WO2021244256A1 - Communication method, apparatus and system - Google Patents

Communication method, apparatus and system Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2021244256A1
WO2021244256A1 PCT/CN2021/093823 CN2021093823W WO2021244256A1 WO 2021244256 A1 WO2021244256 A1 WO 2021244256A1 CN 2021093823 W CN2021093823 W CN 2021093823W WO 2021244256 A1 WO2021244256 A1 WO 2021244256A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
terminal
information
communication device
time resource
time
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2021/093823
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
王洲
刘云
徐海博
薛丽霞
张梦晨
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Publication of WO2021244256A1 publication Critical patent/WO2021244256A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W28/00—Network traffic management; Network resource management
    • H04W28/02—Traffic management, e.g. flow control or congestion control
    • H04W28/04—Error control
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L1/00—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received
    • H04L1/12—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by using return channel
    • H04L1/16—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by using return channel in which the return channel carries supervisory signals, e.g. repetition request signals
    • H04L1/18—Automatic repetition systems, e.g. Van Duuren systems
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W52/00—Power management, e.g. TPC [Transmission Power Control], power saving or power classes
    • H04W52/02—Power saving arrangements
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W52/00—Power management, e.g. TPC [Transmission Power Control], power saving or power classes
    • H04W52/02—Power saving arrangements
    • H04W52/0209—Power saving arrangements in terminal devices
    • H04W52/0225—Power saving arrangements in terminal devices using monitoring of external events, e.g. the presence of a signal
    • H04W52/0248—Power saving arrangements in terminal devices using monitoring of external events, e.g. the presence of a signal dependent on the time of the day, e.g. according to expected transmission activity
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00—Local resource management
    • H04W72/04—Wireless resource allocation
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00—Local resource management
    • H04W72/04—Wireless resource allocation
    • H04W72/044—Wireless resource allocation based on the type of the allocated resource
    • H04W72/0446—Resources in time domain, e.g. slots or frames
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W76/00—Connection management
    • H04W76/20—Manipulation of established connections
    • H04W76/28—Discontinuous transmission [DTX]; Discontinuous reception [DRX]
    • Y—GENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y02—TECHNOLOGIES OR APPLICATIONS FOR MITIGATION OR ADAPTATION AGAINST CLIMATE CHANGE
    • Y02D—CLIMATE CHANGE MITIGATION TECHNOLOGIES IN INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGIES [ICT], I.E. INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGIES AIMING AT THE REDUCTION OF THEIR OWN ENERGY USE
    • Y02D30/00—Reducing energy consumption in communication networks
    • Y02D30/70—Reducing energy consumption in communication networks in wireless communication networks

Definitions

  • the embodiments of the present application relate to the field of communication technologies, and in particular, to a communication method, device, and system.
  • LTE long-time evolution
  • NR new radio
  • data can be transmitted between terminals through side link resources.
  • terminal a acts as the sender terminal (Tx UE) to send service data to the receiver terminal (Rx UE)
  • the sender terminal can sense one or more side link resources in the resource pool to Determine at least one target side link resource a.
  • the terminal a serves as the receiver terminal to receive service data from the sender terminal
  • the terminal a may also perceive one or more side link resources in the resource pool to determine at least one target side link resource b .
  • the difference is that the target side link resource a is used for terminal a to send service data, and the target side link resource b is used for terminal a to receive service data.
  • the above methods can ensure that the terminal The communication quality of a.
  • the current terminal a does not always receive service data during the entire time period, and in the current prior art, regardless of whether the terminal a receives data during the entire time period, it is in a sensing state. This will cause excessive power consumption of terminal a.
  • the embodiments of the present application provide a communication method, device, and system, which are used to ensure the data transmission quality of the terminal while ensuring the reduction of power consumption.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication method, the method includes: a first terminal receives a first discontinuous reception DRX configuration and/or configuration information of a first time resource from a communication device.
  • the first DRX configuration includes configuration information of the first inactive period.
  • the configuration information of the first inactive period is used to indicate that the first terminal is in an inactive state during the first inactive period
  • the first time resource is the time resource for the first terminal to perceive the side link resource
  • the communication device includes the second terminal And/or network equipment.
  • the first terminal sends first information to the communication device, where the first information is used to indicate that the first inactive period conflicts with the first time resource.
  • the embodiment of the application provides a communication method, which can notify the communication device by the first terminal using the first information when the DRX mechanism of the first terminal conflicts with the first time resource for sensing side link resources
  • the first inactive period conflicts with the first time resources. Since the first inactive period and the first time resource means that it may be necessary to sense the side link resources when the first terminal is in an inactive state, but in fact, the first terminal cannot detect PSSCH-RSRP and RSSI when it is in an inactive state. Therefore, the process of sensing the resources of the side link cannot be realized.
  • the first terminal facilitates the communication device to adjust or cancel the DRX configuration of the first terminal in time, and/or cancel or adjust the configuration information of the first time resource, so as to avoid being used to sense the side chain
  • the path resource conflicts with the inactive period of the first terminal, so that the first terminal uses the DRX configuration to reduce power consumption while ensuring the data transmission of the first terminal.
  • the first information is also used to instruct to adjust the inactive period of the first terminal.
  • the same information can be used to indicate the occurrence of a conflict and to instruct the adjustment of the inactive period of the first terminal.
  • the method provided in the embodiment of the present application further includes: the first terminal sends the second information to the communication device.
  • the second information is used to instruct to adjust the inactive period of the first terminal.
  • This solution can use the second information to instruct the first terminal to expect the communication device to adjust the inactive period of the first terminal.
  • the method provided in the embodiment of the present application further includes: the first terminal sends third information to the communication device.
  • the third information is used to indicate the information of the second inactive period.
  • the second inactive period is an inactive period expected by the first terminal. It is convenient for the communication device to reconfigure the time period for sensing the side link resource for the first terminal according to the inactive period expected by the first terminal.
  • the second inactive period and the first time resource do not conflict. This can ensure that both the purpose of saving power consumption of the first terminal and the purpose of sensing side link resources are achieved.
  • the method provided in this embodiment of the present application further includes: the first terminal maintains an awake state during the first inactive period.
  • the first terminal finds that there is a conflict, it can independently decide to maintain the awake state during the first inactive period regardless of whether the second information and the third information are sent to the communication device.
  • the first terminal finds that there is a conflict, and after the first terminal sends the second information or the third information to the communication device, the first terminal decides to maintain the awake state during the first inactive period. It is worth noting that the first terminal can sense the side link resource on the first time resource by maintaining the awake state during the first inactive period.
  • the method may further include: the first terminal determines to maintain the awake state during the first inactive period.
  • the first terminal determining to maintain the awake state during the first inactive period includes: the first terminal receives a first instruction from the communication device, and the first instruction is used by the first terminal to determine that the communication device agrees The first terminal maintains the awake state during the first inactive period.
  • the first terminal determines according to the first instruction that the communication device agrees that the first terminal maintains the awake state during the first inactive period.
  • the first instruction may be an instruction to cancel the DRX configuration of the first terminal, or the first instruction may be an instruction to allow the first terminal to maintain the awake state during the first inactive period. That is, when the first terminal uses the first information to indicate to the communication device that there is a conflict, the communication device may send the first instruction to the first terminal.
  • the first terminal determining to maintain the awake state during the first inactive period includes: the first terminal determines, according to a predefined protocol, the time resource for sensing the side link resource and the non-operation of the first terminal once it occurs. If the active period conflicts, the first terminal can maintain the awake state during the first inactive period.
  • the method provided in the embodiment of the present application further includes: the first terminal enters the inactive state during the second inactive period.
  • the first terminal once the first terminal sends the information of the second inactive period to the communication device, regardless of whether the communication device sends an indication 1 allowing the first terminal to enter the inactive state during the second inactive period, the first terminal is in the second inactive period.
  • the active period enters the inactive state.
  • the first terminal after the first terminal sends the information of the second inactive period to the communication device, if the first terminal receives the instruction 1 from the communication device, the first terminal enters the inactive state during the second inactive period.
  • the first information is also used to indicate that the first DRX configuration configured for the first terminal is cancelled or invalidated.
  • the method provided in the embodiment of the present application further includes: the first terminal sends fourth information to the communication device.
  • the fourth information is used to indicate that the first DRX configuration configured for the first terminal is cancelled or invalid.
  • the first DRX configuration is canceled or invalidated through the first information or the fourth information, so that conflicts between the first time resource and the first inactive period can be avoided.
  • the method provided in the embodiment of the present application further includes: the first terminal is in the first inactive Period to maintain the awake state.
  • maintaining the awake state of the first terminal during the first inactive period includes: maintaining the awake state on the time resources in the first inactive period and the first time resource conflict. In this way, the purpose of not only maintaining the first terminal in a low power consumption state, but also enabling the first terminal to perceive the resources of the side link can be achieved.
  • the method provided in the embodiment of the present application further includes: the first terminal receives the second DRX configuration or the first instruction from the communication device.
  • the first indication is used to indicate the cancellation or invalidation of the first DRX configuration configured for the first terminal.
  • the second DRX configuration is used to determine the third inactive period of the first terminal.
  • the third inactive period is obtained from the first inactive period and the first offset value.
  • the first information is also used to instruct to cancel the configuration information of the first time resource. This can achieve the purpose of saving power consumption of the first terminal.
  • the method provided in the embodiment of the present application further includes: the first terminal sends fifth information to the communication device.
  • the fifth information is used to instruct to cancel the configuration information of the first time resource.
  • the method provided in the embodiment of the present application further includes: the first terminal does not perform sensing side link on the first time resource and the time resource that conflicts with the first inactive period or the first time resource The action of the resource.
  • the method provided in the embodiment of the present application further includes: the first terminal performs an action of sensing the side link resource on the time resource where the first time resource does not conflict with the first inactive period.
  • the purpose of sensing the resources of the side link can be achieved, and the purpose of saving the power consumption of the first terminal can also be achieved.
  • the first information is also used to adjust the configuration information of the first time resource.
  • the method provided in the embodiment of the present application further includes: the first terminal sends sixth information to the communication device.
  • the sixth information is used to indicate the configuration information for adjusting the first time resource. It is convenient for the communication device to determine the configuration information that the first terminal expects the communication device to adjust the first time resource.
  • the method provided in the embodiment of the present application further includes: the first terminal sends information indicating the first time period to the communication device.
  • the first time period does not conflict with the first inactive period.
  • the first time period is a time period for sensing the side link resource expected by the first terminal. This facilitates the communication device to determine the time period during which the first terminal expects to perceive the side link resource.
  • the first time period can also be used as a reference for the time period for the communication device to reconfigure the sensing side link resource for the first terminal.
  • the method provided in the embodiment of the present application further includes: the first terminal perceives the side link resource in the first time period.
  • the first terminal can perceive the side link resource in the first time period.
  • the communication device allows the first terminal to perceive the side link resource in the first time period, the first terminal can perceive the side link resource in the first time period.
  • the first information is also used to indicate adjustment to the configuration information of the first time resource, And adjust the inactive period of the first terminal.
  • the method provided in the embodiment of the present application may further include: Sending configuration information for instructing adjustment to the first time resource, and a fifth instruction for adjusting the inactive period of the first terminal.
  • the method provided in the embodiment of the present application further includes: the first terminal does not execute the sensing side chain on the first time resource conflicting with the first inactive period time resource or on the first time resource The action of the way resource, and maintain the awake state during the first inactive period.
  • the method provided in the embodiment of the present application further includes: the first terminal sends information for indicating the second time period and information for indicating the third time period to the communication device.
  • the second time period and the third time period do not overlap, and the second time period is a time period expected by the first terminal for sensing the side link resource.
  • the third time period is a time period in which the first terminal expects to be in an inactive state.
  • the method provided in the embodiment of the present application further includes: the first terminal receives seventh information from the communication device.
  • the seventh information is used to indicate the cancellation or invalidation of the first DRX configuration, and the configuration information used to indicate the cancellation or invalidation of the first time resource.
  • the method provided in the embodiment of the present application further includes: the first terminal receives the configuration information of the second time resource from the communication device, and/or the second DRX configuration.
  • the configuration information of the second time resource is used to configure the second time resource for sensing the side link resource by the first terminal.
  • the second time resource is obtained from the first time resource and the second offset value.
  • the second DRX configuration is used to determine the third inactive period of the first terminal.
  • the third inactive period is obtained from the first inactive period and the first offset value.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication method, including: a communication device sends first discontinuous reception DRX configuration and/or configuration information of a first time resource to a first terminal.
  • the first DRX configuration includes configuration information of the first inactive period, and the configuration information of the first inactive period is used to indicate that the first terminal is in an inactive state during the first inactive period, and the first time resource is sensed by the first terminal
  • the time resource of the side link resource the communication device includes a second terminal or a network device. The communication device receives first information from the first terminal, where the first information is used to indicate that the first inactive period conflicts with the first time resource.
  • the first information is also used to instruct to adjust the inactive period of the first terminal. It is convenient for the communication device to determine and adjust the inactive period of the first terminal, so that the inactive period reconfigured for the first terminal does not conflict with the first time resource.
  • the method provided in the embodiment of the present application further includes: the communication device receives the second information from the first terminal.
  • the second information is used to instruct to adjust the inactive period of the first terminal. It is convenient for the communication device to adjust the inactive period of the first terminal in time, so that the first terminal not only retains the DRX mechanism, but also can sense the side link resources.
  • the method provided in the embodiment of the present application further includes: the communication device receives the third information from the first terminal.
  • the third information is used to indicate the information of the second inactive period.
  • the second inactive period is an inactive period expected by the first terminal. It is convenient for the communication device to determine the second inactive period expected by the first terminal, so as to avoid sending data to the first terminal during the second inactive period.
  • the communication device can allow the first terminal to be in the second inactive period Is inactive. If the communication device determines that there is a need to send data to the first terminal during the second inactive period, the communication device may indicate to the first terminal that the first terminal is not allowed to be in an inactive state during the second inactive period.
  • the first information is also used to indicate that the first DRX configuration configured for the first terminal is cancelled or invalidated. It is convenient for the communication device to determine to cancel the first DRX configuration configured for the first terminal.
  • the method provided in the embodiment of the present application further includes: the communication device receives the fourth information from the first terminal.
  • the fourth information is used to indicate that the first DRX configuration configured for the first terminal is cancelled or invalid.
  • the method provided in the embodiment of the present application further includes: the communication device sends the second DRX configuration or the first instruction to the first terminal.
  • the first indication is used to indicate the cancellation or invalidation of the first DRX configuration configured for the first terminal.
  • the second DRX configuration is used to determine the third inactive period of the first terminal.
  • the third inactive period is obtained from the first inactive period and the first offset value.
  • the first information is also used to instruct to cancel the configuration information of the first time resource.
  • the method provided in the embodiment of the present application further includes: the communication device receives fifth information from the first terminal, where the fifth information is used to instruct to cancel the configuration information of the first time resource.
  • the first information is also used to adjust the configuration information of the first time resource.
  • the method provided in the embodiment of the present application further includes: the communication device receives sixth information from the first terminal, where the sixth information is used to indicate configuration information for adjusting the first time resource.
  • the method provided in this embodiment of the present application further includes: the communication device receives information from the first terminal for indicating a first time period, where the first time period does not conflict with the first inactive period,
  • the first time period is a time period for which the first terminal expects to sense the side link resource.
  • the first information is also used to indicate adjustment to the configuration information of the first time resource, And adjust the inactive period of the first terminal.
  • the method provided in the embodiment of the present application further includes: the communication device receives information used to indicate a second time period and information used to indicate a third time period from the first terminal.
  • the second time period and the third time period are not completely or partially overlapped, the second time period is the time period expected by the first terminal for sensing side link resources, and the third time period is the first terminal expected to be in The period of inactivity.
  • the method provided in the embodiment of the present application further includes: the communication device receives the seventh information from the first terminal.
  • the seventh information is used to indicate the cancellation or invalidation of the first DRX configuration, and the configuration information used to indicate the cancellation or invalidation of the first time resource.
  • the method provided in the embodiment of the present application further includes: the communication device sends configuration information of the second time resource to the first terminal, and/or the second DRX configuration.
  • the configuration information of the second time resource is used to configure the second time resource for sensing the side link resource by the first terminal.
  • the second time resource is obtained from the first time resource and the second offset value.
  • the second DRX configuration is used to determine the third inactive period of the first terminal.
  • the third inactive period is obtained from the first inactive period and the first offset value.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication method, the method including: a first terminal receives first discontinuous reception DRX configuration and/or configuration information of a first time resource from a communication device.
  • the first DRX configuration includes configuration information of the first inactive period, and the configuration information of the first inactive period is used to indicate that the first terminal is in an inactive state during the first inactive period, and the first time resource is the first terminal Perceive the time resource of the side link resource, the communication device includes the second terminal and/or the network device.
  • the first terminal sends first information to the communication device.
  • the first information is used to instruct to cancel the first DRX configuration configured for the first terminal, and/or cancel the first DRX configuration. Configuration information of a time resource.
  • the first information is used to instruct to cancel the first DRX configuration configured for the first terminal.
  • the method provided in the embodiment of the present application further includes: the first terminal maintains an awake state during the first inactive period.
  • the first terminal when the first terminal determines that the communication device allows cancellation of the first DRX configuration, the first terminal maintains the awake state during the first inactive period.
  • the first information is used to indicate the cancellation of the configuration information of the first time resource.
  • the method provided in this embodiment of the present application further includes: the first terminal does not perform sidelink sensing within the first time resource The action of the resource, or the first terminal does not perform the action of sensing the side link resource within the time resource in which the first time resource conflicts with the first inactive period.
  • the first terminal determines that the communication device allows the cancellation of the configuration information of the first time resource, the first terminal does not perform the action of sensing the side link resource within the first time resource, or , The first terminal does not perform the action of sensing the side link resource within the time resource in which the first time resource conflicts with the first inactive period.
  • the first information is used to instruct to cancel the configuration information of the first time resource configured for the first terminal, and to instruct to cancel the first DRX configuration configured for the first terminal.
  • This embodiment of the application further includes: the first terminal does not perform the action of sensing the side link resource within the time resource in which the first time resource and the first inactive period conflict, and maintaining the awake state during the first inactive period.
  • the first terminal when the first terminal determines that the communication device allows the cancellation of the configuration information of the first time resource and cancels the first DRX configuration, the first terminal performs the first time resource and the first inactive period.
  • the action of sensing the side link resource is not performed within the conflicting time resource, and the awake state is maintained during the first inactive period.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication method.
  • the method includes: a communication device sending first discontinuous reception DRX configuration and/or configuration information of a first time resource to a first terminal.
  • the first DRX configuration includes configuration information of the first inactive period, and the configuration information of the first inactive period is used to indicate that the first terminal is in an inactive state during the first inactive period, and the first time resource is the first terminal Perceive the time resource of the side link resource, the communication device includes the second terminal and/or the network device.
  • the communication device receives the first information from the first terminal.
  • the first information is used to instruct to cancel the first DRX configuration configured for the first terminal, and/or cancel the configuration information of the first time resource.
  • the first information facilitates the communication device to determine that the first time resource conflicts with the first DRX configuration.
  • the first information is used to instruct to cancel the first DRX configuration configured for the first terminal.
  • the method provided in the embodiment of the present application further includes: the communication device sends a first instruction to the first terminal.
  • the first instruction indicates that it is agreed to cancel the first DRX configuration configured for the first terminal.
  • the first indication is used to instruct the first terminal to maintain the awake state during the first inactive period.
  • the first information is used to instruct to cancel the first DRX configuration configured for the first terminal.
  • the method provided in the embodiment of the present application further includes: the communication device sends the second DRX configuration to the first terminal.
  • the first information is used to instruct to cancel the configuration information of the first time resource.
  • the method provided in the embodiment of the present application further includes: the communication device sends an instruction to the first terminal, and the instruction is used to agree to cancel the first time resource.
  • Configuration information of a time resource For example, the indication is used to instruct the first terminal not to perform the action of sensing the side link resource on the first time resource.
  • the first information is used to instruct to cancel the configuration information of the first time resource configured for the first terminal, and to instruct to cancel the first DRX configuration configured for the first terminal.
  • the provided method further includes: the communication device sending a first indication to the first terminal, the first indication being used to indicate that the first terminal is allowed to cancel the configuration information of the first time resource, and used to indicate that the first DRX configuration is allowed to be cancelled.
  • the first indication is used to instruct the first terminal not to perform the action of sensing the side link resource within the time resource in which the first time resource conflicts with the first inactive period, and to maintain the awake state during the first inactive period.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication method, the method including: a first terminal receiving a first discontinuous reception DRX configuration and/or configuration information of a first time resource from a communication device.
  • the first DRX configuration includes configuration information of the first inactive period, and the configuration information of the first inactive period is used to indicate that the first terminal is in an inactive state during the first inactive period, and the first time resource is the first terminal Perceive the time resource of the side link resource, the communication device includes the second terminal and/or the network device.
  • the first terminal sends first information to the communication device.
  • the first information is used to instruct to adjust the first DRX configuration configured for the first terminal, and/or adjust the first DRX configuration. Configuration information of a time resource.
  • the first information indication is adjusted to the inactive period of the first terminal.
  • the method provided in this embodiment of the present application further includes: the first terminal sends information indicating the second inactive period to the communication device .
  • the second inactive period is an inactive period expected by the first terminal.
  • the second inactive period and the first time resource do not conflict.
  • the method provided in the embodiment of the present application further includes: the first terminal maintains the awake state during the first inactive period, and the first terminal enters the inactive state during the second inactive period.
  • the method provided in the embodiment of the present application further includes: the first terminal receives the second DRX configuration.
  • the second DRX configuration is used to determine the third inactive period of the first terminal.
  • the third inactive period is obtained from the first inactive period and the first offset value.
  • the first information is used to indicate adjustment of the configuration information of the first time resource configured for the first terminal.
  • the method provided in this embodiment of the present application further includes: the first terminal sends an instruction to the communication device Information for the first time period.
  • the first time period does not conflict with the first inactive period.
  • the first time period is a time period for sensing the side link resource expected by the first terminal.
  • the method provided in the embodiment of the present application further includes: the first terminal perceives the side link resource in the first time period.
  • the method provided in the embodiment of the present application further includes: the first terminal receives configuration information of the second time resource from the communication device.
  • the second time resource is a time resource for the first terminal to perceive the side link resource, and the second time resource is obtained from the first time resource and the second offset value.
  • the first information is used to instruct to cancel the first time resource configured for the first terminal, and to instruct to cancel the first DRX configuration configured for the first terminal, the method provided in this embodiment of the application It also includes: the first terminal does not perform the action of sensing the side link resource within the first time resource, and maintains the awake state during the first inactive period.
  • the method provided in the embodiment of the present application further includes: the first terminal receives configuration information of the second time resource and the second DRX configuration from the communication device, and the configuration information of the second time resource is used for configuration The time period during which the first terminal perceives the side link resource, the second time resource is obtained from the first time resource and the second offset value, and the second DRX configuration is the third non-sleep period and the second time resource configured by the first terminal Do not conflict.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication method.
  • the method includes: a communication device sending first discontinuous reception DRX configuration and/or configuration information of a first time resource to a first terminal.
  • the first DRX configuration includes configuration information of the first inactive period, and the configuration information of the first inactive period is used to indicate that the first terminal is in an inactive state during the first inactive period, and the first time resource is the first terminal Perceive the time resource of the side link resource, the communication device includes the second terminal and/or the network device.
  • the communication device receives the first information from the first terminal.
  • the first information is used to indicate that the first DRX configuration configured for the first terminal is adjusted, and/or the configuration information of the first time resource is adjusted.
  • the first information indicates an adjustment to the inactive period of the first terminal.
  • the method provided in this embodiment of the present application further includes: the communication device receives from the first terminal an inactive period indicating the second inactive period. information.
  • the second inactive period is an inactive period expected by the first terminal.
  • the second inactive period and the first time resource do not conflict.
  • the method provided in the embodiment of the present application further includes: the communication device instructs the first terminal to allow the first terminal to maintain the awake state during the first inactive period, and the first terminal to maintain the awake state during the second inactive period Enter inactive state.
  • the method provided in the embodiment of the present application further includes: the communication device sends the second DRX configuration to the first terminal.
  • the second DRX configuration is used to determine the third inactive period of the first terminal.
  • the third inactive period is obtained from the first inactive period and the first offset value.
  • the first information is used to indicate adjustment of the configuration information of the first time resource configured for the first terminal.
  • the method provided in the embodiment of the present application further includes: the communication device receives the information from the first terminal for Indicates the information of the first time period.
  • the first time period does not conflict with the first inactive period.
  • the first time period is a time period for sensing the side link resource expected by the first terminal.
  • the method provided in the embodiment of the present application further includes: the communication device allows the first terminal to perceive the side link resource within the first time period.
  • the method provided in the embodiment of the present application further includes: the communication device receives the configuration information of the second time resource from the first terminal.
  • the second time resource is a time resource for the first terminal to perceive the side link resource, and the second time resource is obtained from the first time resource and the second offset value.
  • the first information is used to instruct to cancel the first time resource configured for the first terminal, and to instruct to cancel the first DRX configuration configured for the first terminal, the method provided in this embodiment of the application It also includes: the communication device allows the first terminal to not perform the action of sensing the side link resource within the first time resource, and maintains the awake state during the first inactive period.
  • the method provided in the embodiment of the present application further includes: the communication device sends configuration information of the second time resource and the second DRX configuration to the first terminal, and the configuration information of the second time resource is used to configure the first terminal.
  • the communication device sends configuration information of the second time resource and the second DRX configuration to the first terminal, and the configuration information of the second time resource is used to configure the first terminal.
  • a time period for the terminal to perceive the side link resource, the second time resource is obtained from the first time resource and the second offset value, and the second DRX configuration is the third non-sleep period configured by the first terminal and the second time resource. conflict.
  • the embodiments of the present application provide a computer-readable storage medium.
  • the computer-readable storage medium stores a computer program or instruction.
  • the computer program or instruction runs on a computer, the computer executes the operations as described in the first aspect to the first aspect.
  • the computer may be the first terminal.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a computer-readable storage medium, and a computer program or instruction is stored in the computer-readable storage medium.
  • the computer can be a communication device.
  • embodiments of the present application provide a computer program product including instructions.
  • the instructions run on a computer, the computer executes the communication method described in the first aspect or various possible implementations of the first aspect. .
  • embodiments of the present application provide a computer program product including instructions, which when the instructions run on a computer, cause the computer to execute the second aspect or a communication method described in various possible implementations of the second aspect .
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device for implementing various possible designs of any one of the foregoing first aspect to the sixth aspect.
  • the communication device may be the above-mentioned first terminal, or a device including the above-mentioned first terminal, or a component (for example, a chip) applied to the first terminal.
  • the communication device may be the above-mentioned communication device, or a device including the above-mentioned communication device, or the communication device may be a component (for example, a chip) applied to the communication device.
  • the communication device includes modules and units corresponding to the foregoing methods.
  • the modules and units can be implemented by hardware, software, or hardware execution of corresponding software.
  • the hardware or software includes one or more modules or units corresponding to the above-mentioned functions.
  • the communication device described in the eleventh aspect may further include a bus and a memory, and the memory is used to store code and data.
  • the memory is used to store code and data.
  • at least one processor communication interface and the memory are coupled to each other.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device.
  • the communication device includes a transceiver and at least one processor.
  • at least one processor communicates with the transceiver, and when the communication device is running, the at least one processor executes computer-executable instructions or programs stored in the memory, so that the communication device executes the first aspect or the first aspect described above.
  • the communication device may be the first terminal or a chip applied in the first terminal.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device.
  • the communication device includes a transceiver and at least one processor.
  • at least one processor is coupled with the transceiver, and when the communication device is running, the at least one processor executes computer-executable instructions or programs stored in the memory, so that the communication device executes the second aspect or the second aspect described above.
  • the communication device may be a communication device, or a chip applied in a communication device.
  • the communication device described in the twelfth aspect and the thirteenth aspect may further include a memory.
  • the memory is used to store computer execution instructions or programs.
  • the memory described in any one of the twelfth aspect to the thirteenth aspect may also be replaced with a storage medium, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the memory described in any one of the twelfth aspect to the thirteenth aspect may be a memory inside the communication device.
  • the memory may also be located outside the communication device, but at least one processor
  • the computer-executable instructions or programs stored in the memory can still be executed.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device that includes one or more modules for implementing the first aspect, the second aspect, the third aspect, the fourth aspect, and the fifth aspect,
  • the one or more modules can be combined with any one of the above-mentioned methods of the first, second, third, fourth, fifth, and sixth aspects. The steps correspond to each other.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a chip system that includes a processor, and the processor is configured to read and execute a computer program stored in a memory to execute the first aspect and any possible implementation manners thereof. Methods.
  • the chip system may be a single chip or a chip module composed of multiple chips.
  • the chip system further includes a memory, and the memory and the processor are connected to the memory through a circuit or a wire.
  • the chip system further includes a communication interface.
  • the communication interface is used to communicate with other modules outside the chip.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a chip system including a processor, and the processor is configured to read and execute a computer program stored in a memory to execute the second aspect and any possible implementation manners thereof method.
  • the chip system may be a single chip or a chip module composed of multiple chips.
  • the chip system further includes a memory, and the memory and the processor are connected to the memory through a circuit or a wire.
  • the chip system further includes a communication interface.
  • the communication interface is used to communicate with other modules outside the chip.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication system.
  • the communication system includes: a first terminal and a communication device.
  • the first terminal is used to execute the method in the first aspect and any possible implementation manners thereof
  • the communication device is used to execute the method in the second aspect and any possible implementation manners thereof.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication system.
  • the communication system includes: a first terminal and a communication device.
  • the first terminal is used to execute the method in the third aspect and any possible implementation manners thereof
  • the communication device is used to execute the method in the fourth aspect and any possible implementation manners thereof.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication system.
  • the communication system includes: a first terminal and a communication device.
  • the first terminal is used to execute the method in the fifth aspect and any possible implementation manners thereof
  • the communication device is used to execute the method in the sixth aspect and any possible implementation manners thereof.
  • any of the above-provided devices or computer storage media or computer program products or chips or communication systems are used to execute the corresponding methods provided above. Therefore, the beneficial effects that can be achieved can refer to the corresponding ones provided above The beneficial effects of the corresponding solutions in the method will not be repeated here.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a DRX cycle provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of sensing side link resources provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of the architecture of a communication system provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic structural diagram of another communication system provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 14 is a schematic structural diagram of a chip provided by an embodiment of the application.
  • words such as “first” and “second” are used to distinguish the same or similar items with basically the same function and effect.
  • the first terminal and the second terminal are only used to distinguish between different terminals, and the sequence of them is not limited.
  • the words “first”, “second” and the like do not limit the quantity and order of execution, and the words “first” and “second” do not limit the difference.
  • At least one refers to one or more, and “multiple” refers to two or more.
  • “And/or” describes the association relationship of the associated objects, indicating that there can be three relationships, for example, A and/or B, which can mean: A alone exists, A and B exist at the same time, and B exists alone, where A, B can be singular or plural.
  • the character “/” generally indicates that the associated objects before and after are in an “or” relationship.
  • the following at least one item (a)” or similar expressions refers to any combination of these items, including any combination of a single item (a) or a plurality of items (a).
  • at least one of a, b, or c can mean: a, b, c, ab, ac, bc, or abc, where a, b, and c can be single or multiple .
  • the steps involved in a communication method provided in the embodiments of this application are merely examples. Not all steps are mandatory steps, or not all information or content in the message is mandatory. The medium can be increased or decreased as appropriate.
  • GSM global system for mobile communication
  • E-UTRA evolved universal terrestrial radio access
  • UMTS universal mobile telecommunications system
  • LTE long term evolution
  • 5th-generation 5G
  • NR new radio
  • Sidelink refers to: defined for the direct communication between the terminal and the terminal. That is, the link between the terminal and the terminal for direct communication without forwarding through the base station.
  • the sidelink resource refers to the resource used when transmitting sidelink service data and control information on the sidelink between terminals.
  • Side link service data refers to: service data or control information transmitted by any two terminals on the side link.
  • Discontinuous reception means that the terminal only turns on the receiver when necessary to enter the active state (also called the active state) to receive downlink data and signaling. At other times, the receiver is turned off and enters the dormant state (also called the inactive state). When the terminal is in the dormant state, the terminal stops receiving downlink data and signaling.
  • DRX is a working mode of the terminal to save the power consumption of the terminal.
  • DRX is divided into idle state DRX and connected state DRX. The idle state DRX is realized by sensing the paging channel because there is no RRC connection and terminal dedicated bearer.
  • Connected DRX refers to the DRX characteristics when the terminal is in the RRC connected state, which is implemented by monitoring the physical downlink control channel (PDCCH).
  • PDCCH physical downlink control channel
  • FIG. 1 A schematic diagram of the DRX mechanism is shown in Figure 1.
  • the DRX cycle includes an active period (timed by a DRX duration timer (drx-onDurationTimer)) and an inactive period.
  • the terminal senses the PDCCH or the physical side link control channel (Pysical Sidelink Control Channel, PSCCH).
  • PSCCH Physical Sidelink Control Channel
  • the DRX duration timer refers to the on-duration duration at the beginning of the DRX cycle.
  • the terminal is in an awake state (also called an active state).
  • Typical application scenarios of DRX include the following categories: services that are not sensitive to delay and have data that needs to be received and sent not most of the time, such as web browsing, email, and FTP. Services that generate scarce packets, such as presence services. Periodic continuous small packet services, such as VoIP (Voice over IP) services, and Automatic Neighbour Relation (ANR) measurement.
  • VoIP Voice over IP
  • ANR Automatic Neighbour Relation
  • DRX Cycle is a period of discontinuous reception. In each cycle, the terminal will wake up for a period of time to receive data.
  • the long cycle is an integer multiple of the short cycle.
  • drx-onDurationTimer is the number of continuous downlink subframes during which the terminal needs to sense the PDCCH or PSCCH, which indicates the time for the terminal to maintain the awake state after waking up. The timer is started at the beginning of each DRX cycle.
  • the active period refers to the time when the drx-onDurationTimer is running at the start of a DRX cycle defined in the standard, and the terminal is in an active state during the active period (also called the wake-up state or the active state).
  • the inactive period refers to the time after the drx-onDurationTimer expires in a DRX cycle defined in the standard. During the inactive period, the terminal is in an inactive state (also referred to as a dormant state).
  • the wake-up state refers to the state in which the terminal can monitor service data, that is, the state when receiving data, which is a variable concept.
  • the terminal needs to detect the PDCCH or PSCCH.
  • the PSCCH is used to indicate the time-frequency domain resource location of PSSCH transmission, the modulation and coding scheme, and the priority of the data carried in the side link data channel (Physical Sidelink Shared CHannel, PSSCH), and the PSSCH is used to carry the data.
  • the wake-up state of a terminal includes the wake-up state of the terminal during the active period.
  • the wake-up state of a terminal includes the wake-up state of the terminal during the inactive period and the wake-up state within a time corresponding to the timing of other timers that maintain the wake-up state.
  • the wake-up state is the state the terminal is in during the active period of the terminal.
  • the inactive state is the state the terminal is in during the inactive period.
  • the wake-up state of the terminal includes not only the wake-up state of the terminal during the active period, but also the wake-up state within the time corresponding to the timing of other timers that maintain the wake-up state.
  • the terminal In the inactive state, the terminal cannot monitor service data (may be able to monitor other data), and the terminal does not perform PDCCH or PSCCH detection in the inactive state to save power.
  • the inactive state is the state of the terminal during the inactive period minus the duration of other timers that maintain the awake state.
  • the sender terminal can use the sensing technology to determine the side link resources required for sending service data by itself.
  • the conventional step of sensing and resource reservation is to set a sliding sensing window. During the time of the sliding sensing window, the sender terminal continuously demodulates and measures the control information of the sender terminal and the energy of the PSSCH.
  • Fig. 2 takes the process in which the sender terminal perceives side link resources as an example, and the process includes:
  • Step 201 The sender terminal continues to decode the SA of other terminals and measures the corresponding physical sidelink shared channel (Pysical Sidelink Share Channel, PSSCH) energy (keep decoding other UEs’ SA and measuring corresponding PSSCH energy).
  • PSSCH Physical Sidelink Share Channel
  • Step 202 The sender terminal collects the sensing information located in the sliding sensing window, where the sensing information includes PSSCH-Reference Signal Received Power (RSRP) and Side-Received Signal Strength Indicator (Side-Received Signal Strength Indicator) , S-RSSI) measurement.
  • RSRP PSSCH-Reference Signal Received Power
  • S-RSSI Side-Received Signal Strength Indicator
  • Step 203 The sender terminal excludes side link resources whose energy is higher than a preset energy threshold and forms a candidate side link resource set.
  • Step 204 The sender terminal selects a target resource from the candidate side link resource set and periodically transmits data on the target side link resource.
  • Step 205 If the sender terminal determines that the side link resource needs to be reselected, step 202 is executed. If the sender terminal determines that there is no need to reselect the side link resource, step 204 is executed.
  • step 204 can be replaced by: the receiver terminal selects the target resource from the candidate side uplink resource set, and then sends the target resource information to the sender terminal. It is worth noting that when the receiver terminal senses the side link resources, the sender terminal in the above steps 201 to 204 needs to be replaced with the receiver terminal.
  • V2X communication includes vehicle to vehicle (Vehicle to Vehicle, V2V) communication, vehicle to roadside infrastructure (Vehicle to Infrastructure, V2I) communication, and vehicle to pedestrian (Vehicle to People, V2P) communication.
  • V2X applications will improve driving safety, reduce congestion and vehicle energy consumption, and improve traffic efficiency. For example, communication with facilities such as traffic lights, campuses, and railway crossings.
  • the Internet of Vehicles system is a side-link transmission technology based on Long Term Evaluation (LTE) V2V or New Air Interface V2V. It is different from the traditional LTE system or the way in which communication data in NR is received or sent through network equipment.
  • the Internet of Vehicles The system adopts terminal-to-terminal direct communication.
  • V2V and V2X Vehicle-to-Everything
  • LTE Long Term Evolution
  • NR V2X will supplement LTE V2X to realize advanced V2X services and support interworking with LTE V2X.
  • two terminals can send data directly.
  • the sender terminal does not need to first send the data to the base station, and then forward it through the core network, and then send it to the receiver terminal. Can greatly reduce the data delay.
  • FIG. 3 shows a communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the system includes: a sender terminal (Tx UE) 10, a receiver terminal (Rx UE) 20, and a terminal 30 . It should be understood that one sender terminal 10, a receiver terminal 20, and a terminal 30 are shown in FIG. 3.
  • the receiver terminal 20 in the embodiment of the present application refers to a terminal capable of receiving service data sent by the sender terminal 10.
  • the receiver terminal 20 may also send service data in addition to receiving service data.
  • the sender terminal 10 refers to a terminal capable of sending service data.
  • the sender terminal 10 may also receive service data sent by other devices (such as the terminal 30 or the network device 40) in addition to sending service data.
  • the sender terminal and the receiver terminal are relative concepts.
  • the sender terminal 10 and the receiver terminal 20 can perform sidelink communication, and one or more of the sender terminal 10 or the receiver terminal 20 adopts the power saving mode, that is, the sending The party terminal 10 or the recipient terminal 20 includes an inactive period and an active period in one cycle.
  • the terminal 30 is used to configure the DRX configuration for the sender terminal 10 or the receiver terminal 20, and/or to sense the time resources of the side link resources.
  • the receiver terminal 20 and the sender terminal 10 communicate with the same terminal 30 as an example.
  • DRX configuration is configured for the receiver terminal 20 and the sender terminal 10, and/or, for sensing side travel
  • the terminal of the time resource of the link resource may also be a different terminal.
  • the terminal 30 configures the DRX configuration for the sender terminal 10, and/or is used to sense the time resources of the side link resources.
  • the terminal 30 configures the DRX configuration for the receiver terminal 20 and/or is used to sense the time resources of the side link resources.
  • the terminal configured with DRX configuration for the receiver terminal 20 (or the sender terminal 10) and the terminal configured with time resources for sensing side link resources may be the same terminal or different terminals. This embodiment of the application does not limit this.
  • the terminal 30 may be omitted.
  • the communication system may further include: a network device 40.
  • a network device 40 There is a second interface (for example, Uu interface) between the network device 40 and the sender terminal 10, the receiver terminal 20, and the terminal 30.
  • the user plane of the Uu interface mainly transmits user data; the control plane transmits related signaling to establish, reconfigure and release various mobile communication radio bearer services.
  • the network device 40 is used to configure the DRX configuration (for example, the inactive period and the active period) for the sender terminal 10 or the receiver terminal 20, and/or to sense the time resources of the side link resources.
  • the communication system includes the network device 40, if the time resource and DRX configuration of the sensing side link resource of the sender terminal 10 (or the receiver terminal 20) are configured by the network device 40, the terminal 30 can also be omitted.
  • the network device 40 is included in the communication system, if the DRX configuration of the sender terminal 10 (or receiver terminal 20) is configured by the network device 40, then the sensory side chain of the sender terminal 10 (or receiver terminal 20)
  • the time resource of the path resource can be configured by the terminal 30, and then the terminal 30 needs to reserve it.
  • the terminal 30 can also configure the DRX configuration for the sender terminal 10 (or the receiver terminal 20), and the network device 40 configures the sender terminal 10 (or the receiver terminal 20) with time resources for sensing side link resources.
  • This embodiment of the application does not limit this.
  • the sender terminal 10 and the receiver terminal 20 can access different network devices. In FIG. 1, the two are connected to the same network device as an example.
  • the sender terminal 10 and the receiver terminal 20, the sender terminal 10 and the terminal 30, or the receiver terminal 20 and the terminal 30 have a first interface for direct communication.
  • the first interface may be referred to as a PC5 interface.
  • the transmission link used for communication between terminals on the PC5 interface can be called a side link.
  • the PC5 interface can use a dedicated frequency band (such as 5.9 GHz).
  • a dedicated frequency band such as 5.9 GHz.
  • FIG. 4 shows a scenario architecture of an embodiment of the present application.
  • the side chain between the sender terminal 10 and the receiver terminal 20 in Fig. 4(a) to Fig. 4(b) Roads can include: NR V2X SL and LTE V2X SL.
  • the difference between (a) in FIG. 4 and (b) in FIG. 4 is: in the architecture shown in (a) and (b) in FIG. 4, the sender terminal 10 and the receiver terminal 20
  • the accessed core network is a 5G core network (5G Core, 5GC), but in Figure 4 (a), the sender terminal 10 and the receiver terminal 20 access the same base station, which is an NR base station (such as gNB) , And in Figure 4(b), the sender terminal 10 and the receiver terminal 20 access the same base station, which is a 4G base station (such as an eNB), and in Figure 4(c), the sender terminal 10 and The receiving terminal 20 accesses the same base station, which is a 4G base station (such as an eNB).
  • the sender terminal 10 and the receiver terminal 20 access a 4G core network (for example, Evolved Packet Core (EPC)).
  • EPC Evolved Packet Core
  • the base station provides control or configuration for the NR V2X SL and LTE V2X SL of the terminal.
  • the sender terminal 10 can transmit low data volume or emergency services on LTE V2X SL.
  • the sender terminal 10 can transmit services with high data volume or high reliability requirements on the NR V2X SL.
  • the receiver terminal 20 and the sender terminal 10 can access multiple network devices (for example, a primary base station or a secondary base station).
  • the primary base station may be the first base station accessed by the terminal in the random access process.
  • the primary base station is responsible for establishing a control plane connection with the core network control plane entity, transmitting signaling messages, and deciding whether to create a secondary base station for the terminal.
  • the primary base station can also select a secondary base station for the terminal.
  • the main base station supports the signaling plane access management of the terminal and the offloading of the user plane.
  • the secondary base station may be a second base station other than the primary base station, and is a node used to provide additional wireless resources for the terminal, and there may be no direct control plane connection with the core network control plane entity.
  • the secondary base station supports the offloading of the user plane of the terminal.
  • the secondary base station and the primary base station may be base stations of the same network standard.
  • the network standards respectively corresponding to the secondary base station and the primary base station are evolved Node B (evolved Node B, eNB or eNodeB) in the 4G system.
  • the network standards respectively corresponding to the secondary base station and the primary base station may both be the next generation node B (gNB) in the NR system.
  • gNB next generation node B
  • the secondary base station and the primary base station in the embodiment of the present application may be base stations of different network standards.
  • the network standard corresponding to the primary base station is the eNB in the 4G system
  • the network standard corresponding to the secondary base station is the gNB in the NR system.
  • the network standard corresponding to the primary base station is gNB under the NR system
  • the network standard corresponding to the secondary base station is eNB under the 4G system.
  • the base stations accessed by the receiver terminal 20 and the sender terminal 10 are gNB and eNB as an example, where gNB is the receiver terminal 20 and the sender
  • the main base station of the terminal 10 may be called: MgNB.
  • the eNB is a secondary base station of the receiver terminal 20 and the sender terminal 10, and may be referred to as: SeNB.
  • the core network accessed by the receiver terminal 20 and the sender terminal 10 is 5GC.
  • the base stations accessed by the receiver terminal 20 and the sender terminal 10 are gNB and eNB as an example, where eNB is the receiver terminal 20 and the sender
  • the primary base station of the terminal 10 may be referred to as: MeNB.
  • the gNB is a secondary base station of the receiver terminal 20 and the sender terminal 10, and may be referred to as SgNB.
  • the core network accessed by the receiver terminal 20 and the sender terminal 10 is 5GC.
  • the base stations accessed by the receiver terminal 20 and the sender terminal 10 are gNB and eNB as an example, where gNB is the receiver terminal 20 and the sender
  • the main base station of the terminal 10 may be called: MgNB.
  • the eNB is a secondary base station of the receiver terminal 20 and the sender terminal 10, and may be referred to as: SeNB.
  • the core network accessed by the receiver terminal 20 and the sender terminal 10 is EPC.
  • the receiver terminal 20 and the sender terminal 10 can communicate on the side link between the receiver terminal 20 and the sender terminal 10 through resources.
  • the scenario in which the receiver terminal 20 and the sender terminal 10 communicate on the side link can be referred to as a sidelink communication scenario.
  • the receiver terminal 20 and the sender terminal 10 can communicate with each other.
  • the resource used by the sender terminal 10 for communication on the side link is called: side link resource.
  • the embodiment of the present application does not limit the specific name of the resource, and can be set as required.
  • the sender terminal 10 can currently obtain the side link resource in the following manner.
  • the manner in which the receiver terminal 20 obtains the side link resource may refer to the manner in which the sender terminal 10 obtains the side link resource, which will not be described in detail later.
  • Mode 1 (mode1), the resource allocation mode of network scheduling.
  • the sender terminal 10 performs data transmission with a network device (which can be the same network device as the aforementioned network device 40, or a different network device) in the radio resource control (RRC) connection state, Then, the network device communicating with the sender terminal 10 can schedule side link resources for the sender terminal 10 to transmit side link service data.
  • the sender terminal 10 sends a scheduling request (scheduling request, SR) and a sidelink buffer status report (buffer status report, BSR) to the network device.
  • SR scheduling request
  • BSR sidelink buffer status report
  • the sidelink BSR is used to determine the amount of Sidelink communication data of the sender terminal 10.
  • the network device can determine the amount of sidelink communication data of the sender terminal 10, and schedule the sidelink resources required for the sender terminal 10 to transmit sidelink service data. Among them, the network device uses the configured sidelink wireless network temporary identity (SL-RNTI) to schedule sidelink resources for Sidelink communication.
  • SL-RNTI sidelink wireless network temporary identity
  • Mode 2 the resource selection mode independently selected by the terminal.
  • the sender terminal 10 selects a sidelink resource from a resource pool (usually including one or more sidelink resources).
  • a resource pool usually including one or more sidelink resources.
  • the resource pool is the resource broadcast by the network device in the system information.
  • the resource pool is a resource pre-configured for the sender terminal 10.
  • the resource pool may be a specific resource pool for the sender terminal 10, that is, only the sender terminal 10 can select the side link resource in the resource pool.
  • the resource pool may be a resource pool shared by multiple terminals including the sender terminal 10, that is, other terminals except the sender terminal 10 may also select resources in the resource pool. For the latter, when the sender terminal 10 autonomously selects resources in the resource pool, the sender terminal 10 can perform awareness on the resource pool to select sidelink resources.
  • the sidelink transmission is based on the resource pool.
  • the so-called resource pool is a logical concept.
  • a resource pool includes multiple physical resources, and any one of the physical resources is used to transmit data.
  • the sender terminal 10 before the sender terminal 10 sends service data to the receiver terminal 20 on the side link, the sender terminal 10 can use the method shown in FIG. 2 to perceive the side link in the sending resource pool. Channel resources, and then select the side link resources used to send service data to the receiver terminal 20 from the sensed side link resources.
  • the sender terminal 10 autonomously selects sidelink resources from the sending resource pool, multiple terminals are randomly sending
  • the resource collision caused by the selection of the sidelink resource in the resource pool is to prevent the resource selected by the sender terminal 10 from being occupied by multiple other terminals, thereby reducing the communication quality.
  • the sender terminal 10 can predict the occupancy of the side link resources in a certain time period 1 in the future through perception, and use the occupancy of the side link resources in a certain time period 1 as the sensing result.
  • the so-called occupancy of side link resources may refer to whether other terminals occupy the side link resources in this time period 1 in the future. Therefore, based on the sensing result, the sender terminal 10 can reserve the corresponding sidelink resource in the sensing result to ensure its own communication quality.
  • the sender terminal 10 may use or be based on the sensing process defined in the LTE Release 14 standard protocol to obtain the sensing result.
  • the sensing result of the side link resource may be used to indicate any one or more of the following: the identification or location of the specific side link resource in the resource pool, and the signal strength on the side link resource , The signal power on the side link resource, and the channel busy ratio (CBR) of the side link resource.
  • CBR channel busy ratio
  • the receiver terminal 20 can sense the receiving resources in the receiving resource pool (that is, the above-mentioned sending resource pool), and use auxiliary information to transfer the receiving resource pool.
  • the receiving resource with better communication quality is sent to the sender terminal 10 as the sensing result, so that the sender terminal 10 can consider the auxiliary information sent by the receiver terminal 20 when selecting resources, so as to improve the data reception of the sender terminal 10. quality.
  • the side link resources included in the sending resource pool and the receiving resource pool of this application may be partly the same or all of the same.
  • the sending resource pool and the receiving resource pool are a relative concept. If the sender terminal 10 selects the side link resource in the resource pool 1 to send service data to the receiver terminal 20, then the resource pool 1 is a sender for the sender terminal 10 The resource pool is a receiving resource pool for the recipient terminal 20.
  • the terminal involved in the embodiment of this application is a device with wireless communication function, which can be deployed on land, including indoor or outdoor, handheld or vehicle-mounted. It can also be deployed on the water (such as ships, etc.). It can also be deployed in the air (for example, on airplanes, balloons, satellites, etc.).
  • the terminal is also called user equipment (UE), mobile station (MS), mobile terminal (MT), and terminal equipment, etc., which provide users with voice and/or data connectivity. equipment.
  • terminals include handheld devices with wireless connection functions, vehicle-mounted devices, and so on.
  • the terminal can be: mobile phone (mobile phone), tablet computer, notebook computer, palm computer, mobile internet device (MID), wearable device (such as smart watch, smart bracelet, pedometer, etc.), In-vehicle equipment (for example, cars, bicycles, electric vehicles, airplanes, ships, trains, high-speed rail, etc.), virtual reality (VR) equipment, augmented reality (AR) equipment, industrial control (industrial control) Wireless terminals, smart home equipment (for example, refrigerators, TVs, air conditioners, electric meters, etc.), smart robots, workshop equipment, wireless terminals in self-driving, wireless terminals in remote medical surgery, and smart Wireless terminals in a smart grid, wireless terminals in transportation safety, wireless terminals in a smart city, or wireless terminals in a smart home, and flying equipment (e.g., smart Robots, hot air balloons, drones, airplanes), etc.
  • In-vehicle equipment for example, cars, bicycles, electric vehicles, airplanes, ships, trains, high-speed rail, etc.
  • VR virtual reality
  • the terminal is a terminal that often works on the ground, such as a vehicle-mounted device.
  • chips deployed in the above-mentioned devices such as System-On-a-Chip (SOC), baseband chips, etc., or other chips with communication functions may also be referred to as terminals.
  • the terminal may be a vehicle with corresponding communication function, or a vehicle-mounted communication device, or other embedded communication device, or a user-held communication device, including a mobile phone, a tablet computer, and the like.
  • the terminal may also be a wearable device.
  • Wearable devices can also be called wearable smart devices. It is a general term for the application of wearable technology to intelligently design daily wear and develop wearable devices, such as glasses, gloves, watches, clothing and shoes.
  • a wearable device is a portable device that is directly worn on the body or integrated into the user's clothes or accessories. Wearable devices are not only a hardware device, but also realize powerful functions through software support, data interaction, and cloud interaction.
  • wearable smart devices include full-featured, large-sized, complete or partial functions that can be achieved without relying on smart phones, such as smart watches or smart glasses, and only focus on a certain type of application function, which need to cooperate with other devices such as smart phones.
  • Use such as all kinds of smart bracelets and smart jewelry for physical sign monitoring.
  • a network device is an entity that can be used to transmit or receive signals in conjunction with a terminal.
  • it can be an access point (AP) in a WLAN, an evolved base station (evolvedNodeB, eNB, or eNodeB) in a long-term evolution (LTE), or a relay station or access point, or a vehicle-mounted device, Wearable devices and fifth-generation mobile networks (5th generation mobile networks or 5th generation wireless systems, 5th-Generation, abbreviated as: 5G) network (also called New Radio (NR)) network equipment or future Network equipment in the evolved PLMN network, etc.
  • the network device in the embodiment of the present application may be a base station.
  • the network device 100 may be an evolved base station (evolved NodeB, eNB or eNodeB) in the 4 Generation mobile communication technology (4G) system.
  • the terminal 200 is a terminal that can perform information transmission with an eNB.
  • the network device 100 may be a next generation NodeB (gNB) in the NR system, and the terminal 200 is a terminal that can perform information transmission with the gNB.
  • gNB next generation NodeB
  • FIG. 5 shows a schematic diagram of the hardware structure of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication device includes a processor 51, a communication line 54 and at least one transceiver (in FIG. 5, it is only exemplary and the transceiver 53 is used as an example for description).
  • the processor 51 can be a general-purpose central processing unit (central processing unit, CPU), a microprocessor, an application-specific integrated circuit (ASIC), or one or more programs for controlling the execution of the program of this application. integrated circuit.
  • CPU central processing unit
  • ASIC application-specific integrated circuit
  • the communication line 54 may include a path to transmit information between the aforementioned components.
  • Transceiver 53 uses any device such as a transceiver to communicate with other devices or communication networks, such as Ethernet, radio access network (RAN), wireless local area networks (WLAN), etc. .
  • RAN radio access network
  • WLAN wireless local area networks
  • the communication device may further include a memory 52.
  • the memory 52 may be a read-only memory (ROM) or other types of static storage devices that can store static information and instructions, random access memory (RAM), or other types that can store information and instructions
  • the dynamic storage device can also be electrically erasable programmable read-only memory (EEPROM), compact disc read-only memory (CD-ROM) or other optical disk storage, optical disc storage (Including compact discs, laser discs, optical discs, digital versatile discs, Blu-ray discs, etc.), magnetic disk storage media or other magnetic storage devices, or can be used to carry or store desired program codes in the form of instructions or data structures and can be used by a computer Any other media accessed, but not limited to this.
  • the memory can exist independently, and is connected to the processor through a communication line 55.
  • the memory 52 may also be integrated with the processor 51.
  • the memory 52 is used to store computer-executable instructions for executing the solution of the present application, and the processor 51 controls the execution.
  • the processor 51 is configured to execute computer-executable instructions stored in the memory 52, so as to implement the communication method provided in the following embodiments of the present application.
  • the computer-executable instructions in the embodiments of the present application may also be referred to as application program codes, which are not specifically limited in the embodiments of the present application.
  • the processor 51 may include one or more CPUs, such as CPU0 and CPU1 in FIG. 5.
  • the communication device may include multiple processors, such as the processor 51 and the processor 55 in FIG. 5.
  • processors can be a single-CPU (single-CPU) processor or a multi-core (multi-CPU) processor.
  • the processor here may refer to one or more devices, circuits, and/or processing cores for processing data (for example, computer program instructions).
  • V2X communication When performing sidelink communication between current terminals, specific scenarios that can be considered include but not limited to V2X communication, device to device (D2D), public safety (public safety), commercial communication (commercial) and other sidelink related scenarios Communication scene.
  • D2D device to device
  • public safety public safety
  • commercial commercial
  • other sidelink related scenarios Communication scene In the case that the terminal does not use the DRX mechanism, the terminal continuously monitors the PSCCH during the entire time period, and the terminal continuously maintains the awake state and can receive scheduling data sent by other terminals.
  • Rx UE can be selected by Tx UE
  • the side link resources provided by the Rx UE provide auxiliary information
  • the side link resources indicated in the auxiliary information provided by the Rx UE can be within the entire time range, that is, the sensing range of the Rx UE is also within the entire time period.
  • Rx UE is very power-consuming.
  • the unicast scenario refers to: one Tx UE sends service data to one Rx UE, but one Tx UE may establish sidelink connections with multiple Rx UEs at the same time.
  • the multicast scenario is that multiple terminals form a group, and the terminals in the group communicate with each other, and the terminals in the same group can receive all the data or information in the group.
  • the Rx UE continuously detects PSCCH or PSSCH (the PSCCH can be the PSCCH corresponding to the service data sent by the Tx UE, or the Rx UE is in the process of sensing the receiving resource pool in order to provide auxiliary information. PSCCH detected), even if there is currently no data sent by the Tx UE, the Rx UE does not need to receive service data from the Tx UE, or when the Rx UE does not need to provide auxiliary information to the Tx UE, the Rx UE still remains in the state of continuous monitoring, which will It consumes Rx UE's power very much.
  • PSCCH can be the PSCCH corresponding to the service data sent by the Tx UE, or the Rx UE is in the process of sensing the receiving resource pool in order to provide auxiliary information. PSCCH detected
  • DRX technology was introduced in sidelink to reduce the overhead of sidelink terminals.
  • a DRX mechanism can be configured for the Rx UE, so that the Rx UE is in an inactive period when it does not need to receive service data, thereby avoiding ineffective PSCCH monitoring and reducing the power consumption of the Rx UE.
  • the terminal when the terminal is configured with the DRX mechanism, since the terminal cannot receive PSCCH and/or PSSCH during the inactive period, it cannot sense the side link resources. At this time, if the terminal’s time resources are used to sense the side link resources (For example, the resource perception time window shown in Figure 7a) and the inactive period of the terminal overlap completely or partially (also called conflict). At this time, the terminal will not know whether the conflicting time resource is the sensing sideline. The link resource is still in an inactive state.
  • the embodiments of the present application provide a communication method, which can be notified by the first terminal using the first information when the DRX mechanism of the first terminal conflicts with the first time resource for sensing sidelink resources
  • the first inactive period of the communication device conflicts with the first time resource. Since the first inactive period and the first time resource conflict, it means that it may be necessary to sense the side link resources when the first terminal is in an inactive state, but in fact, the first terminal cannot detect PSSCH-RSRP and PSSCH-RSRP when the first terminal is in an inactive state. RSSI measurement, therefore, the process of sensing side link resources cannot be realized.
  • the communication device by sending the first information, it is convenient for the communication device to adjust or cancel the DRX configuration of the first terminal, and/or cancel or adjust the configuration information of the first time resource, so as to avoid sensing the side link resources and the inactive period of the terminal. Conflict, so as to realize that the first terminal adopts the DRX configuration to reduce power consumption while ensuring the data transmission of the first terminal.
  • the specific structure of the execution subject of a communication method is not particularly limited in the embodiment of this application, as long as the program recorded with the code of a communication method of the embodiment of this application can be run according to this application.
  • Only one communication method of the application embodiment can be used for communication.
  • the execution subject of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application may be a functional module in the first terminal that can call and execute the program, or a communication device applied in the first terminal, such as a chip, a chip system, Integrated circuits and so on. These chips, chip systems, and integrated circuits may be provided inside the first terminal, or may be independent of the first terminal, and the embodiment of the present application does not limit it.
  • the execution subject of the communication method provided by the embodiments of the present application may be a functional module in a communication device that can call and execute the program, or a communication device applied to a communication device, such as a chip, a chip system, an integrated circuit, etc. These chips, chip systems, and integrated circuits may be installed inside the communication device, or may be independent of the communication device, which is not limited in the embodiments of the present application.
  • FIG. 6 shows a flowchart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application, and the method includes:
  • Step 601 The communication device sends the first DRX configuration and/or the configuration information of the first time resource to the first terminal.
  • the first terminal receives the first DRX configuration and/or the configuration information of the first time resource from the communication device.
  • the first DRX configuration includes configuration information of the first inactive period.
  • the configuration information of the first inactive period is used to indicate that the first terminal is in an inactive state during the first inactive period.
  • the first time resource is the time resource for the first terminal to perceive the side link resource.
  • the communication device is a second terminal or a network device.
  • the first time resource in the embodiment of the present application may also be referred to as a resource-aware time window.
  • the communication device may be the terminal 30 shown in FIG. 3, or the communication device may be the network device 40 shown in FIG. 3.
  • the communication device may be the terminal 30 shown in FIG. 3, or the communication device may be the network device 40 shown in FIG.
  • the first DRX configuration includes the information of the first inactive period.
  • the information of the first inactive period may be the start position and the end position of the first inactive period.
  • the information of the first inactive period may be the start position and end duration of the first inactive period.
  • the information of the first inactive period may be determined by the information of the DRX period and the active period.
  • the first DRX configuration includes the information of the DRX period and the active period.
  • the first DRX configuration includes: the DRX cycle is 10 time slots (time slot 1 to time slot 10), and the active period is time slot 1 to time slot 3, then the first terminal can determine that the first inactive period is 7 time slots, namely time slot 4 to time slot 10.
  • the first DRX configuration includes: the DRX cycle is 10 time slots (time slot 1 to time slot 10), and the active period is time slot 1, time slot 3, and time slot 7, then the first terminal can determine the first An inactive period is 7 time slots, namely time slot 2, time slot 4 to time slot 6, and time slot 8 to time slot 10.
  • the communication device configures the first inactive period for the first terminal before performing step 601 or in the process of performing step 601, or other devices or protocols configure the first inactive period for the first terminal, but the first inactive period An inactive period is not activated.
  • the configuration information of the first inactive period can be an activation instruction, which is used to instruct the first terminal to activate the first inactive period of the first terminal.
  • the first terminal It can be determined that the communication device expects the first terminal to be in an inactive state during the first inactive period.
  • the communication device sending the first DRX configuration to the first terminal includes: the communication device sends an indication 1 to the first terminal, and the indication 1 is used to instruct the first terminal to activate multiple DRX configurations.
  • a DRX configuration in the DRX configuration, then the activated DRX configuration is the first DRX configuration.
  • the side link resources in the embodiment of the present application can be used for the first terminal to send data or signaling on the side link.
  • the first terminal performs the action of sensing the side link resource.
  • the first terminal may be the sender terminal 10 shown in FIG. 3.
  • the side link resources in the embodiment of the present application can be used for the first terminal to receive data or signaling on the side link. For example, before the first terminal needs to receive data or signaling sent by the third terminal on the side link, the first terminal performs the action of sensing the side link resource. Then the first terminal sends the information of the sensed side link resource to the third terminal, so that the third terminal can select the target side link resource from the side link resources sensed by the first terminal for the first terminal A terminal sends data or signaling.
  • the third terminal and the second terminal may be the same terminal or the third terminal and the second terminal may be different terminals, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application. At this time, the receiver terminal 20 shown in FIG. 3.
  • the configuration information of the first time resource in the embodiment of the present application may include information about n time resources (for example, identification, index, or time domain location), that is, the communication device instructs the first terminal to perceive the side chain on n time resources Road resources.
  • n time resources for example, identification, index, or time domain location
  • n time resources are continuous time resources.
  • n time resources include time slot 1 to time slot 5.
  • the communication device configures the first terminal to perceive the side link resources in time slot 1 to time slot 5.
  • n time resources may also be non-continuous time resources.
  • n time resources include time slot 1, time slot 3, and time slot 4.
  • the communication device configures the first terminal to perceive the side link resources in time slot 1, time slot 3, and time slot 4.
  • the configuration information of the first time resource in the embodiment of the present application may include a first indication, and the first indication is used to instruct the first terminal to determine n time resources that can be used to sense side link resources from the m time resources.
  • m is greater than or equal to n.
  • each of the m time resources is associated with at least one bit, and at least one bit associated with any one time resource is used to indicate whether the time resource can be used as a time resource for sensing side link resources.
  • at least one bit being the first indicator indicates that the time resource can be used as the time resource for sensing the side link resource.
  • At least one bit being the second indicator indicates that the time resource cannot be used as a time resource for sensing side link resources.
  • the first terminal has time resources 1 to 8, time resources 1, time resources 3, and time resources 4. And at least one bit associated with time resource 5 is "1", and at least one bit associated with time resource 2, time resource 5, time resource 6, time resource 7, and time resource 8 are all "0". In this way, the first terminal can determine that the first time resource includes time resource 1, time resource 3, time resource 4, and time resource 5.
  • the foregoing m time resources may be configured by the communication device for the first terminal.
  • the communication device when the communication device sends configuration information of the first time resource, it also sends information about the m time resources to the first terminal. Or, before sending the configuration information of the first time resource, the communication device further sends the information of m time resources to the first terminal.
  • the foregoing m time resources may be predefined by the protocol, or time resources for sensing side link resources determined by the first terminal itself. Whether it is predefined by the protocol or determined by the first terminal itself, the first terminal may report the information of the m time resources to the communication device. Then, the communication device can determine which of the m time resources can be used as time resources for sensing side link resources according to the information of the m time resources.
  • step 601 can be divided into the following situations:
  • Case 1) The communication device sends the first DRX configuration to the first terminal. That is, the communication device may configure the first DRX configuration for the first terminal without configuring the configuration information of the first time resource.
  • the configuration information of the first time resource may be predefined by the protocol or determined by the first terminal itself, or other The communication device is configured for the first terminal, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication device is the network device 40 and the first terminal is the sender terminal 10 as an example, then the network device 40 may configure the first DRX configuration for the sender terminal 10.
  • the network equipment may be a base station as shown in (a) to (c) in FIG. 4, or in the case that the first terminal is in dual connectivity, the network The device may be the primary base station shown in (d) to (f) in FIG. 4, or may also be a secondary base station.
  • the configuration information of the first time resource may be configured by the terminal 30 for the sender terminal 10.
  • the configuration information of the first time resource may be configured by another network device for the sender terminal 10.
  • the primary base station is the sender terminal 10.
  • the first DRX configuration is configured, and the secondary base station configures the configuration information of the first time resource for the sender terminal 10.
  • the secondary base station configures the first DRX configuration for the sender terminal 10
  • the primary base station configures the first time resource configuration information for the sender terminal 10.
  • Case 2 The communication device sends the configuration information of the first time resource to the first terminal. That is, the communication device may configure the configuration information of the first time resource for the first terminal without configuring the configuration information of the first time resource.
  • the communication device that configures the configuration information of the first time resource for the first terminal may be a different device from the device that configures the first DRX configuration for the first terminal.
  • the communication device is the network device 40
  • the first terminal is the sender terminal 10.
  • the network device 40 may configure the first time resource configuration information for the sender terminal 10, and the first DRX configuration may
  • the sender terminal 10 is configured by the terminal 30 or by another network device.
  • the secondary base station configures the first DRX configuration for the sender terminal 10, and the primary base station configures the sender terminal 10 The configuration information of the resource at the first time.
  • the primary base station configures the first DRX configuration for the sender terminal 10
  • the secondary base station configures the configuration information of the first time resource for the sender terminal 10.
  • the first DRX configuration may be predefined by the protocol, or other communication devices may be configured for the first terminal. This embodiment of the present application There is no restriction on this.
  • Case 3 The communication device sends the first DRX configuration and the configuration information of the first time resource to the first terminal.
  • the communication device configures both the first DRX configuration and the configuration information of the first time resource for the first terminal.
  • the communication device may actively send the first DRX configuration and/or the configuration information of the first time resource to the first terminal.
  • the communication device may send the first DRX configuration and/or the configuration information of the first time resource to the first terminal based on the request of the first terminal.
  • the first terminal sends a request to the communication device, and the request is used to request the communication device to configure the DRX configuration for the first terminal and/or a time period for sensing side link resources. Then the communication device can execute step 601.
  • the communication device may also include the first terminal and the second terminal establishing a side link on the PC5 interface before step 601.
  • the communication device may also include the first terminal and the second terminal establishing a side link on the PC5 interface before step 601.
  • step 601 can be implemented in the following manner: the second terminal sends the first DRX configuration and/or the configuration information of the first time resource to the first terminal on the side link.
  • step 601 can be implemented in the following manner: the network device sends the first message to the first terminal by using the Uu interface.
  • the first message includes the first DRX configuration and/or the configuration information of the first time resource.
  • the first message may be an RRC message.
  • the first DRX configuration further includes configuration information of the first active period, and the configuration information of the first active period is used to indicate that the first terminal is in an inactive state during the first active period.
  • the first DRX configuration and the configuration information of the first time resource are both configured by the communication device for the first terminal, the first DRX configuration and the configuration information of the first time resource may be carried in the same message or in different In the message, this embodiment of the application does not limit this.
  • Step 602 When the first inactive period conflicts with the first time resource, the first terminal sends first information to the communication device, and correspondingly, the communication device receives the first information from the first terminal.
  • the first information is used to indicate that the first inactive period conflicts with the first time resource.
  • the first information can be carried in a second message.
  • the first information may carry field 1, and the field 1 is used to indicate that the first inactive period conflicts with the first time resource.
  • the field 1 may include at least one bit, and the at least one bit is used to indicate that the first inactive period conflicts with the first time resource. Taking the field 1 including 2 bits as an example, 00 is used to indicate that the first inactive period and the first time resource conflict.
  • the conflict between the first inactive period and the first time resource in the embodiment of the present application may refer to: the first time resource and the first inactive period overlap completely or partially.
  • the first inactive period includes timeslot 1 to timeslot 3, and the first time resource includes timeslot 1 and timeslot 2.
  • the first time resource is in the first inactive period. Therefore, it can be regarded as the conflict between the first time resource and the first inactive period.
  • the first inactive period includes time slot 1 to time slot 3
  • the first time resource includes time slot 1, time slot 2, time slot 3, and time slot 4.
  • the first inactive period The active period is located in the first time resource, so it can also be seen as a conflict between the first time resource and the first inactive period.
  • the first inactive period includes time slot 1 to time slot 3, and the first time resource includes time slot 1, time slot 2, and time slot 3.
  • the first inactive period corresponds to The time resource is the same as the first time resource, so it can also be regarded as a conflict between the first time resource and the first inactive period.
  • the communication device may decide to adjust or cancel the DRX configuration configured for the first terminal, and/or, after receiving the first information, the communication device may decide to adjust or cancel Configuration information of the first time resource configured for the first terminal.
  • the embodiment of the application provides a communication method, which can notify the communication device by the first terminal using the first information when the DRX mechanism of the first terminal conflicts with the first time resource for sensing side link resources
  • the first inactive period conflicts with the first time resources. Since the first inactive period and the first time resource conflict, it means that it may be necessary to sense the side link resources when the first terminal is in an inactive state, but in fact, the first terminal cannot detect PSSCH-RSRP and PSSCH-RSRP when the first terminal is in an inactive state. RSSI measurement, so the process of sensing side link resources cannot be realized.
  • the first terminal facilitates the communication device to adjust or cancel the DRX configuration of the first terminal in time, and/or cancel or adjust the configuration information of the first time resource, so as to avoid being used to sense the side chain
  • the path resource conflicts with the inactive period of the first terminal, so that the first terminal uses the DRX configuration to reduce power consumption while ensuring the data transmission of the first terminal.
  • the method provided in the embodiments of the present application may be applicable to unicast, multicast, and broadcast scenarios.
  • the foregoing second message may be RRC, medium access control (medium access control, MAC) control element (CE), and sidelink control information (sidelink control information, SCI).
  • RRC radio resource control
  • MAC medium access control
  • CE control element
  • SCI sidelink control information
  • Example 1 The communication device configures the first DRX configuration for the first terminal.
  • Example 1-1 the inactive period of the first terminal needs to be adjusted.
  • the first information is also used to indicate to adjust the inactive period of the first terminal.
  • the inactive period of the first terminal is a general concept, that is, the first information is used to adjust other active periods of the first terminal in addition to instructing to adjust the first inactive period of the first terminal.
  • the inactive period of the first terminal is a specific concept, that is, the first inactive period of the first terminal is adjusted.
  • field 1 is also used to indicate to adjust the inactive period of the first terminal.
  • field 1 includes the first bit and the second bit. Among them, the first bit is used to indicate that the first inactive period conflicts with the first time resource. The second bit indicates to adjust the inactive period of the first terminal.
  • the first information further includes a field 2, and the field 2 is used to indicate to adjust the inactive period of the first terminal.
  • the method provided by the embodiment of the present application includes steps 801 to 802, and steps 803 to 808, where steps 801 to 802 are the same as steps 601 to 602, I won't repeat them here.
  • Step 803 The first terminal sends second information to the communication device.
  • the communication device receives the second information from the first terminal.
  • the second information is used to indicate to adjust the inactive period of the first terminal.
  • the second information carries field 3, and the field 3 is used to indicate to adjust the inactive period of the first terminal.
  • the field 3 may include at least one bit, and the at least one bit is used to indicate to adjust the inactive period of the first terminal. Taking field 3 including 2 bits as an example, then 01 is used to indicate to adjust the inactive period of the first terminal.
  • the first information and the second information may be carried in the same message, such as the second message. In this way, the signaling overhead between the first terminal and the communication device can be saved.
  • the first information and the second information may be carried in different messages.
  • step 802 and step 803 are performed in no particular order.
  • the communication device may choose to adjust the inactive period of the first terminal or not to adjust the inactive period of the first terminal. In this way, it may be implemented based on a communication device, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application. If the communication device decides to adjust, the communication device can perform the following steps. If the communication device chooses not to adjust, the communication device can send a non-adjustment instruction to the first terminal so that the first terminal can determine that the communication device does not agree to adjust the non-adjustment of the first terminal. Active period.
  • the communication device may choose to adjust the inactive period of the first terminal after receiving the first information, if the communication device does not know the information of the first time resource, it is possible that the inactive period reconfigured for the first terminal remains the same. It overlaps with the first time resources.
  • the method provided in the embodiment of the present application may further include:
  • Step 804 The first terminal sends third information to the communication device.
  • the communication device receives the third information from the first terminal.
  • the third information is used to indicate the information of the second inactive period.
  • the second inactive period is the inactive period expected by the first terminal.
  • the time resources corresponding to the second inactive period do not conflict with the first time resources. It can also be said that there is no intersection between the time resources corresponding to the second inactive period and the first time resources.
  • the third information and the second information may be carried in the same message. This saves the signaling overhead between the first terminal and the communication device.
  • the third information and the second information are carried in different messages.
  • the third information and the second information are the same information.
  • the second information not only has the function of instructing the communication device to adjust the inactive period of the first terminal, but also has the function of indicating the information of the second inactive period.
  • the second information has a field a, and the field a indicates that the communication device adjusts the inactive period of the first terminal, and indicates the information of the second inactive period.
  • the third information may be a field in the second information, or the second information may be a field in the third information.
  • the third information is used to indicate the information of the second inactive period, which may include: the third information is the information of the second inactive period, or the third information is an offset value, which is convenient for the communication device according to the first inactive period.
  • the information and the offset value determine the information of the second inactive period. For example, the offset value is 1 time slot, and if the first inactive period is time slot 1 and time slot 2, then the communication device can determine that the second inactive period is time slot 2 and time slot 3.
  • the first terminal may also implicitly instruct the communication device to adjust the inactive period of the first terminal. For example, if step 804 is performed but step 803 is not performed, then the first terminal may determine that the inactive period of the first terminal needs to be adjusted when the third information is received.
  • the method provided in the embodiment of the present application may further include: the first terminal determines the information of the second inactive period of the first terminal according to the configuration information of the first time resource.
  • one DRX cycle includes 10 time resources, and the first terminal has DRX cycle 1 and DRX cycle 2.
  • time resource 1 to time resource 3 in any DRX cycle are time resources corresponding to the first inactive period of the first terminal.
  • Time resources 4 to 10 are time resources corresponding to the inactive period of the first terminal. If the first time resource of the first terminal is time resource 8 to time resource 10 in DRX cycle 1, then the first terminal can determine that the time resource corresponding to the second inactive period is time resource 1 to time resource 7, that is, subsequent The first terminal is in an inactive state in time resource 1 to time resource 7 in each DRX cycle, and is in an active state in time resource 8 to time resource 10 in each DRX cycle.
  • Step 805 The first terminal maintains an awake state during the first inactive period.
  • the first terminal after the first terminal sends the third information to the communication device, regardless of whether the communication device instructs to adjust the inactive period of the first terminal, the first terminal keeps waking up when the first inactive period arrives. State, that is, the first terminal does not enter the inactive state during the first inactive period.
  • the first terminal after the first terminal sends the third information to the communication device, the first terminal will be in the first terminal only when the first terminal receives the communication device's permission to adjust the inactive period of the first terminal.
  • the wake-up state is maintained when the inactive period arrives.
  • the first terminal may not execute step 803 to step 804 after executing step 801 and step 802, but execute step 805. That is, after the first terminal indicates to the communication device that there is a conflict, when the first inactive period arrives, the first terminal does not perform the action of entering the inactive state.
  • step 805 in the embodiment of the present application can be implemented in the following manner: the first terminal maintains the awake state on the time resource conflicting between the first inactive period and the first time resource, that is, does not enter the non-active period. Active state, and enter the inactive state on the time resource where the first inactive period and the first time resource do not conflict.
  • the first terminal can enter the inactive state on time resource 1, time resource 5, and The awake state is maintained at time slot resource 2 to time 4. In this way, not only the purpose of reducing power consumption of the first terminal can be achieved, but also the purpose of sensing side link resources can be achieved.
  • the method provided in the embodiment of the present application further includes:
  • Step 806 The first terminal enters an inactive state during the second inactive period.
  • the second inactive period and the first time resource do not conflict.
  • the time resource corresponding to the second inactive period may be time resource 5 to time resource 8.
  • the time resource corresponding to the second inactive period may be time resource 2 to time resource 3.
  • the first terminal regardless of whether the communication device instructs to adjust the inactive period of the first terminal, the first terminal enters the inactive state when the second inactive period arrives.
  • the first terminal when the first terminal receives the communication device's permission to adjust the inactive period of the first terminal, the first terminal enters the inactive state when the second inactive period arrives. In this way, it can be ensured that the state of the first terminal learned by the side of the communication device matches the actual state of the first terminal.
  • the method provided in the embodiment of the present application further includes:
  • Step 807 The communication device sends the second DRX configuration or the first instruction to the first terminal.
  • the first terminal receives the second DRX configuration or the first instruction from the communication device.
  • the first indication is used to indicate the cancellation or invalidation of the first DRX configuration configured for the first terminal.
  • the second DRX configuration is used to determine the third inactive period of the first terminal, and the third inactive period is obtained from the first inactive period and the first offset value.
  • the second DRX configuration may include the information of the third inactive period or the second DRX configuration may include the first offset value, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the method provided in the embodiment of the present application may further include: the communication device determining a third inactive period. If the communication device receives the information of the second inactive period, the communication device may refer to the information of the second inactive period to determine the third inactive period.
  • the time resource corresponding to the third inactive period is the time resource corresponding to the second inactive period, or the time resource corresponding to the third inactive period is located in the time resource corresponding to the second inactive period.
  • the time resource corresponding to the third inactive period includes the time resource corresponding to the second inactive period, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the third inactive period reconfigured by the communication device for the first terminal does not conflict with the first time resource of the first terminal.
  • the third inactive period may be determined by the communication device according to its implementation, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication device does not receive the information of the second inactive period, if the communication device can determine the information of the first time resource, then the communication device can determine the information of the third inactive period according to the information of the first time resource, then the communication device The third inactive period configured for the first terminal does not conflict with the first time resource.
  • Step 808 The first terminal enters an inactive state during the third inactive period.
  • the first terminal does not perform step 806. In a case where the first terminal does not receive the fourth information, the first terminal executes step 806.
  • Example 1-1 even if the first terminal indicates that the communication device needs to adjust the inactive period of the first terminal, if the communication device determines that the first inactive period conflicts with the first time resource according to the first information, then The communication device can execute step 807, that is, the above steps 803 to 806 can be omitted. Step 801 to step 802, step 807, and step 808 can be used as an embodiment to describe a solution for how the communication device handles the situation in which the first terminal informs the communication device that there is a conflict.
  • Example 1-1 regardless of whether the communication device configures the first time resource information for the first terminal, the first terminal can use the first information to indicate to the communication device that the first inactive period conflicts with the first time resource. In addition, in Example 1, when the first terminal conflicts with the first time resource during the first inactive period, the first terminal instructs the communication device to cancel or adjust the first inactive period.
  • Example 1-1 the first terminal perceives the side link resource on the first time resource.
  • the first terminal determines that the first time resource conflicts with the first inactive period, if the first terminal needs to send data or signaling to other terminals on the side link resource, or the first terminal If the terminal needs to receive data or signaling sent by other terminals on the side link resources, the first terminal can decide to adjust the inactive period of the first terminal or notify the communication device to adjust the inactive period of the first terminal, and the first terminal can adjust the inactive period of the first terminal. Perceive side link resources in terms of time resources. In this way, the power consumption of the first terminal can be saved, and the data transmission quality of the first terminal can also be guaranteed.
  • Example 1-2 the inactive period of the first terminal needs to be cancelled.
  • the method provided by the embodiment of the present application includes steps 901 to 902 and step 903. Steps 901 to 902 are the same as steps 601 to 602. Repeat it again.
  • Step 903 The first terminal sends fourth information to the communication device, and correspondingly, the communication device receives the fourth information from the first terminal.
  • the fourth information is used to indicate that the first DRX configuration configured for the first terminal is cancelled or invalid.
  • the fourth information may be the same information as the first information.
  • the first information is used to indicate the first inactive period and the first time resource conflict, and also indicate the first terminal configured for the first terminal. DRX configuration is cancelled or invalid.
  • the fourth information and the first information are different information, and the two can be carried in the same message or in different messages.
  • Step 904 The first terminal maintains an awake state during the first inactive period.
  • the first terminal after the first terminal sends the third information to the communication device, regardless of whether the communication device instructs to adjust the inactive period of the first terminal, the first terminal keeps waking up when the first inactive period arrives. State, that is, the first terminal does not enter the inactive state during the first inactive period.
  • the first terminal after the first terminal sends the third information to the communication device, the first terminal will be in the first terminal only when the first terminal receives the communication device's permission to adjust the inactive period of the first terminal. After the inactive period arrives, the awake state is maintained.
  • the first terminal may not perform step 903 after performing step 901 and step 902, but performs step 904. That is, after the first terminal indicates to the communication device that there is a conflict, when the first inactive period arrives, the first terminal does not perform the action of entering the inactive state.
  • Step 905 is the same as step 807, and will not be repeated here.
  • the communication device can perform the action of canceling the first DRX configuration.
  • the communication device can also perform the action of adjusting the first DRX configuration. There is no restriction on this.
  • the first terminal may decide to cancel the first inactive period and perceive the side link resource on the first time resource. In this way, although the power consumption of the first terminal cannot be saved, the transmission quality of the data of the first terminal can be guaranteed.
  • Example 2 The communication device at least configures the configuration information of the first time resource for the first terminal.
  • the communication device may also configure the first DRX configuration for the first terminal, but when the first inactive period and the first time resource conflict, the first terminal instructs the communication device to cancel or adjust the first DRX configuration.
  • Time resource configuration information The following will be introduced separately:
  • Example 2-1 The configuration information of the first-time resource needs to be cancelled.
  • the first information is also used to instruct to cancel the configuration information of the first time resource.
  • the first information includes field 1, which is used to indicate the conflict between the first time resource and the first inactive period, and the configuration information used to indicate the cancellation of the first time resource.
  • the first information includes field 1 and field 4, where field 1 is used to indicate that the first time resource conflicts with the first inactive period. Field 4 is used to indicate to cancel the configuration information of the first time resource.
  • a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application includes: step 1001 to step 1002, wherein, step 1001 to step 1002 are the same as those described above The descriptions at step 601 to step 602 will not be repeated here.
  • the method provided in the embodiment of the present application may further include:
  • Step 1003 The first terminal sends fifth information to the communication device, and correspondingly, the communication device receives the fifth information from the first terminal.
  • the fifth information is used to indicate the cancellation of the configuration information of the first time resource.
  • the cancellation of the configuration information of the first time resource in the embodiment of the present application may also be referred to as the configuration information of the invalid first time resource, that is, the first terminal does not use the configuration information of the first time resource.
  • the fifth information and the first information in the embodiment of the present application may be carried in the same message, or may be carried in different messages.
  • the fifth information may be a field in the first information, or the first information may be a field in the fifth information.
  • the communication device may send an instruction to the first terminal to indicate that the first terminal is allowed to cancel the configuration information of the first time resource.
  • the communication device reconfigures the time resource for sensing the side link resource for the first terminal, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the method provided in the embodiment of the present application may further include:
  • Step 1004 The first terminal does not perform the action of sensing the side link resource on the time resource conflicting between the first time resource and the first inactive period.
  • the first terminal does not perform the action of sensing the side link resource during the partially overlapping time resource.
  • the first time resource includes time slot 1 to time slot 4 as an example, where time slot 1 to time slot 3 are located in the first inactive period (for example, as shown in (c) in Figure 7).
  • the first terminal can sense the side link resources in time slot 4, but does not perform the action of sensing side link resources in time slot 1 to time slot 3.
  • Time slot 1 to time slot 4 can be continuous or non-continuous.
  • (c) in FIG. 7 takes time slot 1 to time slot 4 as continuous time resources as an example, which is not limited in the embodiment of this application. .
  • step 1004 in the embodiment of the present application may be replaced in the following manner: the first terminal does not perform the action of sensing the side link resource on the first time resource. In combination with the above example, the first terminal does not perceive side link resources on time resource 1 to time resource 3.
  • step 1003 may not be performed, but step 1004 is performed, that is, the first terminal indicates that there is a conflict between the first inactive period of the communication device and the first time resource, and then step 1004 is performed.
  • step 1003 and step 1004 are performed.
  • the advantage of this is that the fifth information is used to inform the communication device that the first terminal needs to cancel the configuration information of the first time resource, so that the communication device clarifies the subsequent processing of the first terminal.
  • the first terminal if the first terminal receives an instruction to allow the communication device to cancel the configuration information of the first time resource before step 1004, then the first terminal performs step 1004 again. In this way, it can be avoided that the first terminal does not perceive the side link resource on the conflicting time resource without the permission of the communication device.
  • the first terminal when the first terminal determines that the first time resource conflicts with the first inactive period, if the first terminal determines that there is no data or signaling sent to other terminals on the side link resource, or The first terminal does not need to receive data or signaling sent by other terminals on the side link resource, then the first terminal can decide to cancel or notify the communication device to cancel the configuration information of the first time resource, and enter the non-active period during the first inactive period. Active status. In this way, the power consumption of the first terminal can be guaranteed.
  • Example 2-1 the first terminal enters the inactive state during the first inactive period.
  • Example 2-2 The configuration information of the first-time resource needs to be adjusted.
  • the first information is also used to adjust the configuration information of the first time resource.
  • the first information includes field 1, which is used to indicate that the first time resource conflicts with the first inactive period, and is used to indicate configuration information for adjusting the first time resource.
  • the first information includes field 1 and field 5, where field 1 is used to indicate that the first time resource conflicts with the first inactive period.
  • Field 5 is used to indicate the configuration information for adjusting the first time resource.
  • a communication method provided by this embodiment of the present application includes: steps 1101 to 1102, where steps 1101 to 1102 are the same as those described above The description at step 601 to step 602 will not be repeated here.
  • the method provided in the embodiment of the present application may further include:
  • Step 1103 The first terminal sends sixth information to the communication device.
  • the communication device receives the sixth information from the first terminal.
  • the sixth information is used to indicate the configuration information for adjusting the first time resource.
  • the sixth information and the first information in the embodiment of the present application may be carried in the same message, or may be carried in different messages.
  • the sixth information may be a field in the first information, or the first information may be a field in the sixth information. This embodiment of the application does not limit this.
  • the method provided in the embodiment of the present application may further include:
  • Step 1104 The first terminal sends the information used to indicate the first time period to the communication device, and correspondingly, the communication device receives the information used to indicate the first time period from the first terminal.
  • the first time period does not conflict with the first inactive period, and the first time period is a time period for sensing the side link resource expected by the first terminal.
  • step 1104 it is convenient for the communication device to determine the time period for sensing the side link resource expected by the first terminal, and for the communication device to determine that the first time resource conflicts with the first inactive period, the first time period As a reference, it is re-determined as the time resource used by the first terminal to sense the side link resource.
  • step 1103 can be omitted, that is, the first terminal determines that the first time resource conflicts with the first inactive period, and then does not send the sixth information, but executes step 1104 to send information indicating the first time period , To implicitly instruct the communication device to adjust the configuration information of the first time resource.
  • the information used to indicate the first time period may be carried in the same message as the first information.
  • the information used to indicate the first time period in the embodiment of the present application may be the first time period, and the first time period may be a continuous time period or a discontinuous time period.
  • the information used to indicate the first time period in the embodiment of the present application may be an offset value, so that it is convenient for the communication device to determine the first time period according to the first time resource and the offset value.
  • the method provided in the embodiment of the present application may further include:
  • Step 1105 The first terminal senses the side link resource in the first time period.
  • the first terminal after the first terminal sends the information for indicating the first time period to the communication device, regardless of whether the communication device reconfigures the time resource for sensing the side link resource for the first terminal, Or whether to allow the first terminal to use the first time period, the first terminal performs step 1105.
  • the first terminal executes step 1105 after obtaining that the communication device allows the first terminal to use the first time period.
  • the first terminal determines that the first time resource conflicts with the first inactive period, if the first terminal determines that there is a side link resource sending data or signaling to other terminals, or the first terminal When a terminal needs to receive data or signaling sent by other terminals on the side link resource, the first terminal can decide to adjust or notify the communication device to adjust the configuration information of the first time resource, and enter inactive during the first inactive period state. This can ensure that the power consumption of the first terminal is reduced, and the communication quality of the first terminal is improved.
  • Example 3 The first DRX configuration and the configuration information of the first time resource are both configured by the communication device for the first terminal.
  • the first information is also used to indicate to adjust the configuration information of the first time resource, and to adjust the inactive period of the first terminal.
  • the first information includes field 1, which is used to indicate that the first time resource conflicts with the first inactive period, and to indicate the configuration information that is adjusted to the first time resource, and the inactivity of the first terminal is adjusted. Expect.
  • the first information includes field 1 and field 6.
  • field 1 is used to indicate that the first time resource conflicts with the first inactive period.
  • Field 6 is used to indicate the configuration information of the first time resource and adjust the inactive period of the first terminal.
  • the first information includes field 1, field 7, and field 8.
  • field 1 is used to indicate that the first time resource conflicts with the first inactive period.
  • Field 7 is used to indicate the configuration information of the first time resource.
  • Field 8 is used to indicate to adjust the inactive period of the first terminal.
  • a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application includes: step 1201 to step 1202.
  • Step 1201 The communication device configures the configuration information of the first time resource and the first DRX configuration for the first terminal.
  • Step 1202 is the same as the description at step 602 above, and will not be repeated here.
  • the method provided in the embodiment of the present application may further include:
  • Step 1203 The first terminal sends the seventh information to the communication device, and correspondingly, the communication device receives the seventh information from the first terminal.
  • the seventh information is used to instruct to adjust the configuration information of the first time resource and adjust the inactive period of the first terminal.
  • the seventh information and the first information may be carried in the same message or in different messages, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the seventh information includes field 6.
  • the seventh information includes field 7 and field 8.
  • the method provided in the embodiment of the present application may further include:
  • Step 1204 The first terminal does not perform the action of sensing the side link resource on the conflicting time resource between the first time resource and the first inactive period, and maintains the awake state during the first inactive period.
  • step 1203 can be omitted, that is, the first terminal determines that the first time resource conflicts with the first inactive period, and then does not send the seventh information, but executes step 1204.
  • the first terminal and the communication device can negotiate in advance or the agreement predefines a conflict resolution method, that is, the first terminal does not perform the action of sensing side link resources on the conflicting time resources, and the first inactive Period to maintain the awake state.
  • the first terminal if the first terminal receives the permission instruction of the communication device before step 1204, the first terminal performs step 1204 again. In this way, it can be avoided that the first terminal does not perceive the side link resource on the conflicting time resource without the permission of the communication device, and does not enter the inactive state without following the configuration of the first DRX.
  • the first terminal executes step 1204. This is because there is a conflict, and the first terminal cannot determine whether to enter a non-sleep state or sense side link resources on the conflicting time resources, so the first terminal may not perform the action of sensing side link resources, and Maintain the awake state during the first inactive period.
  • the method provided in the embodiment of the present application further includes:
  • Step 1205 The first terminal sends information indicating a second time period and information indicating a third time period to the communication device, where the second time period and the third time period do not overlap, and the second time period Is a time period expected by the first terminal for sensing sidelink resources, and the third time period is a time period expected by the first terminal to be in an inactive state.
  • step 1205 it is convenient for the communication device to determine the time period during which the first terminal expects to sense side link resources and the time period during which it is expected to be in an inactive state, so that the communication device can subsequently reconfigure the first terminal for sensing side link resources.
  • the information of the second time period can be referred to when the time period is, and in addition, the third time period can also be referred to when the communication device configures the inactive period for the first terminal.
  • the method provided in the embodiment of the present application further includes:
  • Step 1206 The communication device sends the configuration information of the second time resource to the first terminal, and/or the second DRX configuration. Accordingly, the first terminal receives the configuration information of the second time resource from the communication device, and/or, The second DRX configuration.
  • the communication device may choose to be the first terminal and reconfigure at the same time for sensing the side link resources. Time resources and periods of inactivity.
  • the communication device may also reconfigure the time resource for sensing the side link resource for the first terminal, or reconfigure the inactive period of the first terminal, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the method provided in the embodiment of the present application further includes: the first terminal receives seventh information from the communication device, where the seventh information is used to indicate cancellation or invalidation of the first DRX configuration , And the configuration information used to indicate the cancellation or invalidation of the first time resource.
  • the communication device allows the first terminal not to enter the inactive state during the first inactive period, and does not perceive the side link resource in the first time resource.
  • each network element such as a first terminal, a communication device, etc.
  • each network element includes a corresponding structure and/or software module for performing each function.
  • the present application can be implemented in the form of hardware or a combination of hardware and computer software. Whether a certain function is executed by hardware or computer software-driven hardware depends on the specific application and design constraints of the technical solution. Professionals and technicians can use different methods for each specific application to implement the described functions, but such implementation should not be considered as going beyond the scope of this application.
  • the first terminal and the communication device may be divided into functional units according to the foregoing method examples.
  • each functional unit may be divided corresponding to each function, or two or more functions may be integrated into one processing unit.
  • the above-mentioned integrated unit can be implemented in the form of hardware or software functional unit. It should be noted that the division of units in the embodiments of the present application is illustrative, and is only a logical function division, and there may be other division methods in actual implementation.
  • FIG. 13 shows the communication device involved in the foregoing embodiment, and the communication device may include: a communication module 1313 and a processing module 1312.
  • the communication device may further include a storage module 1311 for storing program codes and data of the communication device.
  • the communication device is a first terminal or a chip applied in the first terminal.
  • the communication module 1313 is used to support the communication device to communicate with external network elements (for example, communication equipment).
  • the communication module 1313 is configured to perform the signal transceiving operation of the first terminal in the foregoing method embodiment.
  • the processing module 1312 is configured to perform the signal processing operation of the first terminal in the foregoing method embodiment.
  • the communication module 1313 is configured to execute the receiving action performed by the first terminal in step 601 of FIG. 6 and the sending action performed by the first terminal in step 602 of the foregoing embodiment.
  • the processing module 1312 is configured to support the communication device to execute the processing actions performed by the first terminal in the foregoing embodiment.
  • the communication module 1313 is also used to support the communication device to execute the sending action performed by the first terminal in step 803 and step 804 in FIG. 8.
  • the processing module 1312 is configured to support the communication device to execute steps 805, 806, and 808 performed by the first terminal in FIG. 9 in the foregoing embodiment.
  • the communication module 1313 is also used to support the communication device to execute the receiving action performed by the first terminal in step 807 of FIG. 8 in the foregoing embodiment.
  • the communication module 1313 is further configured to support the communication device to execute the sending action performed by the first terminal in step 903 in FIG. 9.
  • the processing module 1312 is configured to support the communication device to execute steps 904 and 906 performed by the first terminal in FIG. 9 in the foregoing embodiment.
  • the communication module 1313 is also used to support the communication device to perform the receiving action performed by the first terminal in step 905 of FIG. 9 in the foregoing embodiment.
  • the communication module 1313 is further configured to support the communication device to perform the sending action performed by the first terminal in step 1003 in FIG. 10.
  • the processing module 1312 is configured to support the communication device to perform step 1004, step 1006, and step 1008 performed by the first terminal in FIG. 10 in the foregoing embodiment.
  • the communication module 1313 is also configured to support the communication device to perform the receiving action performed by the first terminal in step 1007 of FIG. 10 in the foregoing embodiment.
  • the communication module 1313 is also used to support the communication device to perform step 1103 in FIG. 11 and the sending action performed by the first terminal in step 1104.
  • the processing module 1312 is configured to support the communication device to perform step 1105 performed by the first terminal in FIG. 11 in the foregoing embodiment.
  • the communication module 1313 is also used to support the communication device to execute the sending action performed by the first terminal in step 1203 and step 1205 in FIG. 12.
  • the processing module 1312 is used to support the communication device to execute step 1204 performed by the first terminal in FIG. 12 in the above-mentioned embodiment.
  • the communication module 1313 is also used to support the communication device to perform the receiving action performed by the first terminal in step 1206 in FIG. 12.
  • the communication device is a communication device or a chip applied to a communication device.
  • the communication module 1313 is used to support the communication device to communicate with an external network element (for example, the first terminal).
  • the communication module 1313 is configured to perform the signal transceiving operation of the communication device in the foregoing method embodiment.
  • the processing module 1312 is configured to perform the signal processing operation of the communication device in the foregoing method embodiment.
  • the communication module 1313 is configured to execute the sending action performed by the communication device in step 601 of FIG. 6 and the receiving action performed by the communication device in step 602 of the foregoing embodiment.
  • the processing module 1312 is configured to execute the processing actions performed by the communication device in the foregoing embodiment.
  • the communication module 1313 is also used to support the communication device to perform the receiving action performed by the communication device in step 803 and step 804 in FIG. 8.
  • the communication module 1313 is also used to support the communication device to execute the sending action performed by the communication device in step 807 of FIG. 8 in the foregoing embodiment.
  • the communication module 1313 is also used to support the communication device to perform the receiving action performed by the communication device in step 903 in FIG. 9.
  • the communication module 1313 is also used to support the communication device to execute the sending action performed by the communication device in step 905 of FIG. 9 of the foregoing embodiment.
  • the communication module 1313 is also used to support the communication device to perform the receiving action performed by the communication device in step 1003 in FIG. 10.
  • the communication module 1313 is also used to support the communication device to execute the sending action performed by the communication device in step 1007 of FIG. 10 in the foregoing embodiment.
  • the communication module 1313 is also used to support the communication device to perform step 1103 in FIG. 11 and the receiving action performed by the communication device in step 1104.
  • the communication module 1313 is also used to support the communication device to perform the receiving actions performed by the communication device in step 1203 and step 1205 in FIG. 12.
  • the communication module 1313 is also used to support the communication device to execute the sending action performed by the communication device in step 1206 in FIG. 12.
  • the communication module 1313 shown in FIG. 13 may also be replaced by a communication unit, and the processing module 1312 may also be replaced with reference to the processing unit.
  • the storage module 1311 can also be replaced by a storage unit.
  • the processing unit is used to control and manage the actions of the communication device. For example, the processing unit is used to perform information/data processing steps on the communication device.
  • the communication unit is used to support the communication device to send or receive information/data.
  • the communication unit may include a receiving unit and a sending unit, the receiving unit is used for receiving signals, and the sending unit is used for sending signals.
  • the processing module 1312 may be a processor or a controller, for example, a central processing unit, a general-purpose processor, a digital signal processor, an application specific integrated circuit, a field programmable gate array or other programmable logic devices, transistor logic devices, Hardware components or any combination thereof. It can implement or execute various exemplary logical blocks, modules, and circuits described in conjunction with the disclosure of this application.
  • the processor may also be a combination that implements computing functions, for example, a combination of one or more microprocessors, a combination of a digital signal processor and a microprocessor, and so on.
  • the communication module can be a transceiver, a transceiver circuit, or a communication interface.
  • the storage module may be a memory.
  • the processing module 1312 is the processor 51 or the processor 55
  • the communication module 1313 is the transceiver 53
  • the storage module 1311 is the memory 52
  • the communication device involved in this application may be the communication device shown in FIG. 5.
  • the device is the first terminal or a chip applied to the first terminal.
  • the transceiver 53 is used to support the device to communicate with an external network element (for example, a communication device).
  • the transceiver 53 is used to perform the signal transceiving operation of the first terminal in the foregoing method embodiment.
  • the processor 51 or the processor 55 is configured to perform the signal processing operation of the first terminal in the foregoing method embodiment.
  • the transceiver 53 is configured to perform the receiving action performed by the first terminal in step 601 of FIG. 6 and the sending action performed by the first terminal in step 602 of the foregoing embodiment.
  • the processor 51 or the processor 55 is configured to support the device to execute the processing actions performed by the first terminal in the foregoing embodiment.
  • the transceiver 53 is also used to support the device to perform the sending action performed by the first terminal in step 803 and step 804 in FIG. 8.
  • the processor 51 or the processor 55 is configured to support the device to execute step 805, step 806, and step 808 performed by the first terminal in FIG. 9 in the foregoing embodiment.
  • the transceiver 53 is also used to support the communication device to perform the receiving action performed by the first terminal in step 807 of FIG. 8 in the foregoing embodiment.
  • the transceiver 53 is also used to support the device to perform the sending action performed by the first terminal in step 903 in FIG. 9.
  • the processor 51 or the processor 55 is configured to support the device to execute step 904 and step 906 performed by the first terminal in FIG. 9 in the foregoing embodiment.
  • the transceiver 53 is also used to support the communication device to perform the receiving action performed by the first terminal in step 905 of FIG. 9 of the foregoing embodiment.
  • the transceiver 53 is also used to support the device to perform the sending action performed by the first terminal in step 1003 in FIG. 10.
  • the processor 51 or the processor 55 is configured to support the device to execute step 1004, step 1006, and step 1008 performed by the first terminal in FIG. 10 in the foregoing embodiment.
  • the transceiver 53 is also used to support the communication device to perform the receiving action performed by the first terminal in step 1007 of FIG. 10 in the foregoing embodiment.
  • the transceiver 53 is also used to support the device to perform step 1103 in FIG. 11 and the sending action performed by the first terminal in step 1104.
  • the processor 51 or the processor 55 is configured to support the device to execute step 1105 executed by the first terminal in FIG. 11 in the foregoing embodiment.
  • the transceiver 53 is also used to support the device to perform the sending action performed by the first terminal in step 1203 and step 1205 in FIG. 12.
  • the processor 51 or the processor 55 is configured to support the device to execute step 1204 executed by the first terminal in FIG. 12 in the foregoing embodiment.
  • the transceiver 53 is also used to support the communication device to perform the receiving action performed by the first terminal in step 1206 in FIG. 12.
  • the device is a communication device or a chip applied in a communication device.
  • the transceiver 53 is used to support the device to communicate with an external network element (for example, the first terminal).
  • the transceiver 53 is used to perform the signal transceiving operation of the communication device in the foregoing method embodiment.
  • the processor 51 or the processor 55 is configured to perform the signal processing operation of the communication device in the foregoing method embodiment.
  • the transceiver 53 is configured to perform the sending action performed by the communication device in step 601 of FIG. 6 and the receiving action performed by the communication device in step 602 of the foregoing embodiment.
  • the processor 51 or the processor 55 is configured to execute the processing actions performed by the communication device in the foregoing embodiment.
  • the transceiver 53 is also used to support the device to perform the receiving action performed by the communication device in step 803 and step 804 in FIG. 8.
  • the transceiver 53 is also used to support the device to execute the sending action performed by the communication device in step 807 of FIG. 8 in the foregoing embodiment.
  • the transceiver 53 is also used to support the device to perform the receiving action performed by the communication device in step 903 in FIG. 9.
  • the transceiver 53 is also used to support the communication device to execute the sending action performed by the communication device in step 905 of FIG. 9 in the foregoing embodiment.
  • the transceiver 53 is also used to support the device to perform the receiving action performed by the communication device in step 1003 in FIG. 10.
  • the transceiver 53 is also used to support the device to execute the sending action performed by the communication device in step 1007 of FIG. 10 in the foregoing embodiment.
  • the transceiver 53 is also used to support the device to perform step 1103 in FIG. 11 and the receiving action performed by the communication device in step 1104.
  • the transceiver 53 is also used to support the device to perform the receiving action performed by the communication device in step 1203 and step 1205 in FIG. 12.
  • the transceiver 53 is also used to support the device to perform the sending action performed by the communication device in step 1206 in FIG. 12.
  • FIG. 14 is a schematic structural diagram of a chip 140 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the chip 140 includes one or more (including two) processors 1410 and a communication interface 1430.
  • the chip 140 further includes a memory 1440.
  • the memory 1440 may include a read-only memory and a random access memory, and provides operation instructions and data to the processor 1410.
  • a part of the memory 1440 may also include a non-volatile random access memory (NVRAM).
  • NVRAM non-volatile random access memory
  • the memory 1440 stores the following elements, execution modules or data structures, or their subsets, or their extended sets.
  • the corresponding operation is executed by calling the operation instruction stored in the memory 1440 (the operation instruction may be stored in the operating system).
  • One possible implementation manner is that the structures of the chips used by the first terminal and the communication device are similar, and different devices can use different chips to realize their respective functions.
  • the processor 1410 controls the processing operations of any one of the first terminal and the communication device.
  • the processor 1410 may also be referred to as a central processing unit (central processing unit, CPU).
  • the memory 1440 may include a read-only memory and a random access memory, and provides instructions and data to the processor 1410. A part of the memory 1440 may also include NVRAM.
  • the memory 1440, the communication interface 1430, and the memory 1440 are coupled together through a bus system 1420, where the bus system 1420 may include a power bus, a control bus, and a status signal bus in addition to a data bus.
  • bus system 1420 may include a power bus, a control bus, and a status signal bus in addition to a data bus.
  • various buses are marked as the bus system 1420 in FIG. 14.
  • the method disclosed in the foregoing embodiments of the present application may be applied to the processor 1410 or implemented by the processor 1410.
  • the processor 1410 may be an integrated circuit chip with signal processing capabilities. In the implementation process, the steps of the foregoing method can be completed by an integrated logic circuit of hardware in the processor 1410 or instructions in the form of software.
  • the aforementioned processor 1410 may be a general-purpose processor, a digital signal processing (digital signal processing, DSP), an ASIC, an off-the-shelf programmable gate array (field-programmable gate array, FPGA) or other programmable logic devices, discrete gates or transistors Logic devices, discrete hardware components.
  • DSP digital signal processing
  • ASIC application-the-shelf programmable gate array
  • FPGA field-programmable gate array
  • the methods, steps, and logical block diagrams disclosed in the embodiments of the present application can be implemented or executed.
  • the general-purpose processor may be a microprocessor or the processor may also be any conventional processor or the like.
  • the steps of the method disclosed in the embodiments of the present application may be directly embodied as being executed and completed by a hardware decoding processor, or executed and completed by a combination of hardware and software modules in the decoding processor.
  • the software module can be located in a mature storage medium in the field, such as random access memory, flash memory, read-only memory, programmable read-only memory, or electrically erasable programmable memory, registers.
  • the storage medium is located in the memory 1440, and the processor 1410 reads the information in the memory 1440, and completes the steps of the foregoing method in combination with its hardware.
  • the communication interface 1430 is used to perform the receiving and sending steps of the first terminal in the embodiment shown in FIG. 6 to FIG. 12.
  • the processor 1410 is configured to execute the processing steps of the first terminal in the embodiments shown in FIG. 6 to FIG. 12.
  • the communication interface 1430 is used to perform the receiving and sending steps of the communication device in the embodiments shown in FIGS. 6-12.
  • the processor 1410 is configured to execute the processing steps of the communication device in the embodiments shown in FIG. 6 to FIG. 12.
  • the above communication module may be a communication interface of the device, which is used to receive signals from other devices.
  • the communication module is a communication interface for the chip to receive signals or send signals from other chips or devices.
  • a computer-readable storage medium is provided, and instructions are stored in the computer-readable storage medium.
  • the functions executed by the first terminal as shown in FIGS. 6-12 are realized.
  • a computer-readable storage medium is provided, and instructions are stored in the computer-readable storage medium.
  • the instructions are executed, the functions performed by the communication device as shown in FIGS. 6-12 are realized.
  • a computer program product including instructions is provided.
  • the computer program product includes instructions. When the instructions are executed, the functions performed by the first terminal as shown in FIGS. 6-12 are realized.
  • a computer program product including instructions.
  • the computer program product includes instructions. When the instructions are executed, the functions performed by the communication device as shown in FIGS. 6-12 are realized.
  • a chip is provided.
  • the chip is used in a first terminal.
  • the chip includes at least one processor and a communication interface.
  • the communication interface is coupled to the at least one processor. In the function performed by the first terminal.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a chip that is used in a communication device.
  • the chip includes at least one processor and a communication interface, the communication interface is coupled to at least one processor, and the processor is used to run instructions to implement such as The functions performed by the communication device in Figures 6-12.
  • An embodiment of the present application provides a communication system, and the communication system includes: a first terminal and a communication device.
  • the first terminal is used to perform the functions performed by the first terminal in FIGS. 6-12
  • the communication device is used to perform the functions performed by the communication device in FIGS. 6-12.
  • Embodiment 1 A communication method, the method comprising: a first terminal receives a first discontinuous reception DRX configuration and/or configuration information of a first time resource from a communication device, wherein the first DRX configuration includes a first inactive
  • the configuration information of the first inactive period is used to indicate that the first terminal is in an inactive state during the first inactive period.
  • the first time resource is the time resource for the first terminal to perceive the side link resource.
  • the communication device It includes a second terminal and/or a network device; when the first inactive period conflicts with the first time resource, first information is sent to the communication device, and the first information is used to indicate that the first inactive period conflicts with the first time resource.
  • Embodiment 2 According to the method described in Embodiment 1, the first information is also used to instruct to adjust the inactive period of the first terminal.
  • the method provided in this embodiment of the present application may further include: the first terminal sends the second information to the communication device.
  • the second information is used to instruct to adjust the inactive period of the first terminal.
  • Embodiment 4 According to the method described in any one of Embodiments 1 to 3, the method provided in this embodiment of the present application may further include: the first terminal sends third information to the communication device, and the third information is used to indicate the second Information about the inactive period.
  • the second inactive period is the inactive period expected by the first terminal.
  • Embodiment 5 According to the method described in Embodiment 4, the method provided in this embodiment of the present application may further include: the first terminal enters the inactive state during the second inactive period.
  • the first information is also used to indicate that the first DRX configuration configured for the first terminal is cancelled or invalid.
  • Embodiment 7 According to the method described in Embodiment 1, the method provided in this embodiment of the present application may further include: the first terminal sends fourth information to the communication device, where the fourth information is used to indicate the first DRX configured for the first terminal The configuration is cancelled or invalid.
  • Embodiment 8 According to the method described in any one of Embodiments 1 to 7, the method provided in this embodiment of the present application may further include: the first terminal maintains an awake state during the first inactive period.
  • Embodiment 9 According to the method described in any one of Embodiments 1 to 7, the method provided in this embodiment of the present application may further include: the first terminal is on a time resource that conflicts with the first time resource during the first inactive period The awake state is maintained, and the first terminal enters the inactive state on a time resource where the first inactive period and the first time resource do not conflict.
  • Embodiment 10 may further include: the first terminal receives the second DRX configuration or the first instruction from the communication device.
  • the first indication is used to indicate the cancellation or invalidation of the first DRX configuration configured for the first terminal;
  • the second DRX configuration is used to determine the third inactive period of the first terminal, and the third inactive period is determined by the first inactive period. The period and the first offset value are obtained.
  • the method provided in this embodiment of the present application may further include: the first information is further used to indicate the cancellation of the configuration information of the first time resource.
  • the method provided in this embodiment of the present application may further include: the first terminal sends fifth information to the communication device, where the fifth information is used to instruct to cancel the configuration information of the first time resource.
  • Embodiment 13 According to the method described in any one of Embodiment 1 or Embodiment 12, the method provided in the embodiment of the present application may further include: the first terminal conflicts with the time resource in the first time resource and the first inactive period, or The action of sensing the side link resource is not performed on the first time resource. Or, the first terminal perceives the side link resource on the first time resource and the time resource that does not conflict with the first inactive period.
  • Embodiment 14 According to the method described in Embodiment 1, the first information is also used to adjust the configuration information of the first time resource.
  • the method provided in this embodiment of the present application may further include: the first terminal sends sixth information to the communication device, where the sixth information is used to indicate the configuration information for adjusting the first time resource.
  • the method provided in this embodiment of the present application may further include: the first terminal sends information indicating the first time period to the communication device, and the first time period is compared with the first inactive period. There is no conflict, and the first time period is the time period for sensing the side link resource expected by the first terminal.
  • Embodiment 17 According to the method described in Embodiment 16, the method provided in this embodiment of the present application may further include: the first terminal perceives the side link resource in the first time period.
  • Embodiment 18 According to the method described in Embodiment 1, Embodiment 12, Embodiment 13, or Embodiment 17, when the first DRX configuration and the configuration information of the first time resource are configured by the communication device for the first terminal, the first One piece of information is also used to indicate the configuration information adjusted to the first time resource, and to adjust the inactive period of the first terminal.
  • Embodiment 19 According to the method described in Embodiment 1, Embodiment 12, Embodiment 13, or Embodiment 17 or Embodiment 18, the method provided in this embodiment of the present application may further include: the first terminal performs the first time resource and the first time resource The action of sensing the side link resource is not performed on the conflicting time resource or the first time resource in an inactive period, and the wake-up state is maintained during the first inactive period.
  • Embodiment 20 According to the method described in Embodiment 1, Embodiment 18, or Embodiment 19, the method provided in the embodiment of the present application may further include: the first terminal sends information indicating the second time period to the communication device and Information indicating the third time period, the second time period and the third time period do not overlap, the second time period is the time period expected by the first terminal for sensing side link resources, and the third time period is the first terminal The desired period of inactivity.
  • Embodiment 21 According to the method described in Embodiment 1, Embodiment 18 or Embodiment 19 or Embodiment 20, the method provided in this embodiment of the present application may further include: the first terminal receives seventh information from the communication device, and the seventh information Configuration information used to indicate cancellation or invalidation of the first DRX configuration, and configuration information used to indicate cancellation or invalidation of the first time resource.
  • Embodiment 22 According to the method described in Embodiment 1, Embodiment 18 or Embodiment 19 or Embodiment 20, the method provided in this embodiment of the present application may further include: the first terminal receives the configuration information of the second time resource from the communication device , And/or, the second DRX configuration, the configuration information of the second time resource is used to configure the second time resource for the first terminal to perceive the side link resource, and the second time resource is composed of the first time resource and the second offset value Then, the second DRX configuration is used to determine the third inactive period of the first terminal, and the third inactive period is obtained from the first inactive period and the first offset value.
  • Embodiment 23 a communication method, including: a communication device sends first discontinuous reception DRX configuration and/or configuration information of a first time resource to a first terminal.
  • the first DRX configuration includes configuration information of a first inactive period, and the configuration information of the first inactive period is used to indicate that the first terminal is in an inactive state during the first inactive period, so
  • the first time resource is a time resource for the first terminal to perceive a side link resource.
  • the communication device receives first information from the first terminal, where the first information is used to indicate that the first inactive period conflicts with the first time resource.
  • Embodiment 24 The method described in embodiment 23, wherein the first information is also used to indicate to adjust the inactive period of the first terminal.
  • Embodiment 25 According to the method described in Embodiment 23, the method provided in this embodiment of the application further includes: the communication device receives second information from the first terminal, where the second information is used to instruct to adjust the first terminal The inactive period.
  • Embodiment 26 According to the method described in any one of Embodiment 23 to Embodiment 25, the method provided in this embodiment of the present application further includes: the communication device receives third information from the first terminal, and the third information is used to indicate the second non Information about the active period, the second inactive period is the inactive period expected by the first terminal.
  • the first information is also used to indicate that the first DRX configuration configured for the first terminal is cancelled or invalid.
  • Embodiment 28 According to the method described in Embodiment 23, the method provided in this embodiment of the present application may further include: the communication device receives fourth information from the first terminal, where the fourth information is used to indicate that the second terminal will be The first DRX configuration configured by a terminal is cancelled or invalid.
  • Embodiment 29 According to the method described in Embodiment 23, the first information is further used to indicate cancellation of the configuration information of the first time resource.
  • Embodiment 30 According to the method described in Embodiment 23, the method provided in this embodiment of the present application may further include: a communication device receiving fifth information from the first terminal, where the fifth information is used to instruct to cancel the first terminal. Time resource configuration information.
  • Embodiment 31 According to the method described in Embodiment 23, the first information is also used to adjust the configuration information of the first time resource.
  • Embodiment 32 According to the method described in embodiment 23, the method provided in this embodiment of the present application may further include: the communication device receives sixth information from the first terminal, where the sixth information is used to instruct to adjust the first terminal. Time resource configuration information.
  • Embodiment 33 According to the method described in Embodiment 23 or Embodiment 32, the method provided in this embodiment of the present application may further include: the communication device receives information from the first terminal for indicating the first time period, and the first A period of time does not conflict with the first inactive period, and the first period of time is a period of time for which the first terminal expects to sense the side link resource.
  • Embodiment 34 According to the method described in any one of Embodiment 23 to Embodiment 33, the method provided in this embodiment of the present application may further include: the communication device sends a second DRX configuration or a first indication to the first terminal; where , The first indication is used to indicate the cancellation or invalidation of the first DRX configuration configured for the first terminal; the second DRX configuration is used to determine the third inactive period of the first terminal, so The third inactive period is obtained from the first inactive period and the first offset value.
  • Embodiment 35 According to the method described in embodiment 23, when the first DRX configuration and the configuration information of the first time resource are both configured by the communication device for the first terminal, the first information is also It is used to indicate adjustment to the configuration information of the first time resource, and adjust the inactive period of the first terminal.
  • Embodiment 36 According to the method described in Embodiment 23 or Embodiment 35, the method provided in this embodiment of the present application may further include: the communication device receiving information from the first terminal for indicating the second time period and for indicating Information of the third time period; wherein the second time period and the third time period are not completely or partially overlapped, and the second time period is the side link resource expected by the first terminal
  • the third time period is a time period during which the first terminal expects to be in the inactive state.
  • Embodiment 37 According to the method described in any one of Embodiment 23 or Embodiment 35 or Embodiment 36, the method provided in this embodiment of the present application further includes: the communication device receives seventh information from the first terminal, and The seventh information is used to indicate cancellation or invalidation of the first DRX configuration, and configuration information used to indicate the cancellation or invalidation of the first time resource.
  • Embodiment 38 According to the method described in any one of Embodiment 23 or Embodiment 35 or Embodiment 36 or Embodiment 37, the method provided in this embodiment of the present application further includes: the communication device sends a second time to the first terminal Resource configuration information, and/or, second DRX configuration, the configuration information of the second time resource is used to configure the second time resource of the side link resource that the first terminal senses, and the second time resource is determined by The first time resource and the second offset value are obtained, the second DRX configuration is used to determine a third inactive period of the first terminal, and the third inactive period is determined by the first inactive period And the first offset value.
  • a communication device which may be a first terminal or applied to the first terminal.
  • the communication device includes: a transceiver and at least one processor, wherein the transceiver is configured to receive data from a communication device.
  • the first discontinuous reception DRX configuration and/or the configuration information of the first time resource where the first DRX configuration includes the configuration information of the first inactive period, and the configuration information of the first inactive period is used to indicate that the first terminal is in the first inactive period.
  • An inactive period is in an inactive state
  • the first time resource is a time resource for the first terminal to perceive the side link resource
  • the communication device includes a second terminal and/or a network device.
  • At least one processor is configured to use the transceiver to send first information to the communication device when determining that the first inactive period conflicts with the first time resource, where the first information is used to indicate that the first inactive period conflicts with the first time resource.
  • the first information is also used to indicate to adjust the inactive period of the first terminal.
  • Embodiment 41 The device and transceiver described in embodiment 39 are also used to send second information to a communication device.
  • the second information is used to instruct to adjust the inactive period of the first terminal.
  • Embodiment 42 The device described in any one of Embodiment 39 to Embodiment 41, the transceiver, is also used to send third information to the communication device, the third information is used to indicate the information of the second inactive period, and the second The inactive period is the inactive period expected by the first terminal.
  • Embodiment 43 According to the device described in embodiment 42, at least one processor controls the first terminal to enter the inactive state during the second inactive period.
  • the first information is also used to indicate that the first DRX configuration configured for the first terminal is cancelled or invalid.
  • Embodiment 45 The apparatus and transceiver described in Embodiment 39 are further used to send fourth information to the communication device, where the fourth information is used to indicate that the first DRX configuration configured for the first terminal is cancelled or invalid.
  • Embodiment 46 According to the device described in any one of Embodiment 39 to Embodiment 45, at least one processor is further configured to control the first terminal to maintain the awake state during the first inactive period.
  • Embodiment 47 According to the device described in any one of Embodiment 39 to Embodiment 45, at least one processor is configured to control the first terminal to maintain the awake state on the time resource conflicting between the first inactive period and the first time resource , And controlling the first terminal to enter an inactive state on a time resource where the first inactive period and the first time resource do not conflict.
  • Embodiment 48 The apparatus and transceiver described in any one of Embodiment 39 to Embodiment 47 are further configured to receive the second DRX configuration or the first indication from the communication device.
  • the first indication is used to indicate the cancellation or invalidation of the first DRX configuration configured for the first terminal;
  • the second DRX configuration is used to determine the third inactive period of the first terminal, and the third inactive period is determined by the first inactive period. The period and the first offset value are obtained.
  • the first information is further used to indicate the cancellation of the configuration information of the first time resource.
  • Embodiment 50 The apparatus and transceiver described in Embodiment 39 are further configured to send fifth information to the communication device, where the fifth information is used to indicate the cancellation of the configuration information of the first time resource.
  • Embodiment 51 The device described in any one of Embodiment 39 or Embodiment 50, at least one processor, is further configured to: Perform the action of sensing side link resources. Or, the first terminal perceives the side link resource on the first time resource and the time resource that does not conflict with the first inactive period.
  • the first information is also used to adjust the configuration information of the first time resource.
  • Embodiment 53 according to the device described in embodiment 39, the method provided in this embodiment of the application may further include: a transceiver, which is further used to send sixth information to the communication device, and the sixth information is used to instruct to adjust the configuration of the first time resource information.
  • a transceiver which is further used to send sixth information to the communication device, and the sixth information is used to instruct to adjust the configuration of the first time resource information.
  • Embodiment 54 The apparatus and transceiver described in embodiment 53 are also used to send information indicating the first time period to the communication device.
  • the first time period does not conflict with the first inactive period, and the first time period is The time period during which the first terminal expects to sense the side link resource.
  • Embodiment 55 According to the device described in embodiment 54, the at least one processor is configured to sense side link resources in the first time period.
  • Embodiment 56 according to the device described in embodiment 39, embodiment 50, embodiment 51, or embodiment 55, when the first DRX configuration and the configuration information of the first time resource are configured by the communication device for the first terminal, the first terminal One piece of information is also used to indicate the configuration information adjusted to the first time resource, and to adjust the inactive period of the first terminal.
  • Embodiment 57 the device described in embodiment 39, embodiment 50, embodiment 51, or embodiment 55 or embodiment 56, at least one processor, is also used for conflicting resources at the first time and the first inactive period
  • the action of sensing the side link resource is not performed on the time resource or on the first time resource, and the awake state is maintained during the first inactive period.
  • Embodiment 58 the device described in Embodiment 39, Embodiment 50, or Embodiment 57, and the transceiver, are further used to send information for indicating the second time period and information for indicating the third time period to the communication device,
  • the second time period and the third time period do not overlap, the second time period is the time period expected by the first terminal for sensing side link resources, and the third time period is the time when the first terminal is expected to be in an inactive state part.
  • Embodiment 59 according to the device described in embodiment 39, embodiment 56 or embodiment 57 or embodiment 58, the transceiver is also used to receive seventh information from the communication device, and the seventh information is used to indicate cancellation or invalidation of the first DRX configuration, and configuration information used to indicate the cancellation or invalidation of the first-time resource.
  • Embodiment 60 the device described in embodiment 39, embodiment 56 or embodiment 57 or embodiment 58, the transceiver, is also used to receive the configuration information of the second time resource from the communication device, and/or the second DRX Configuration, the configuration information of the second time resource is used to configure the second time resource for the first terminal to perceive the side link resource, the second time resource is obtained from the first time resource and the second offset value, and the second DRX configuration is used for The third inactive period of the first terminal is determined, and the third inactive period is obtained from the first inactive period and the first offset value.
  • Embodiment 61 A communication device.
  • the communication device may be a communication device or a chip applied to a communication device.
  • the communication device includes a transceiver and a processor, where the transceiver is used to send and receive information, and the processor is used to process information.
  • the transceiver is used to send the first discontinuous reception DRX configuration and/or configuration information of the first time resource to the first terminal.
  • the first DRX configuration includes configuration information of a first inactive period, and the configuration information of the first inactive period is used to indicate that the first terminal is in an inactive state during the first inactive period, so
  • the first time resource is a time resource for the first terminal to perceive a side link resource.
  • the transceiver is further configured to receive first information from the first terminal, where the first information is used to indicate that the first inactive period conflicts with the first time resource.
  • Embodiment 62 The device described in embodiment 61, wherein the first information is further used to instruct to adjust the inactive period of the first terminal.
  • Embodiment 63 The device and transceiver described in Embodiment 61 are further configured to receive second information from the first terminal, where the second information is used to instruct to adjust the inactive period of the first terminal.
  • Embodiment 64 According to the device described in any one of Embodiment 61 to Embodiment 63, the transceiver is further configured to receive third information from the first terminal, and the third information is used to indicate the information of the second inactive period.
  • the second inactive period is the inactive period expected by the first terminal.
  • Embodiment 65 According to the device described in embodiment 61, the first information is also used to indicate that the first DRX configuration configured for the first terminal is cancelled or invalid.
  • Embodiment 66 The device and transceiver described in Embodiment 61 are further configured to receive fourth information from the first terminal, where the fourth information is used to indicate the first terminal configured for the first terminal. A DRX configuration is cancelled or invalid.
  • the first information is further used to indicate cancellation of the configuration information of the first time resource.
  • Embodiment 68 The device and transceiver described in Embodiment 61 are further configured to receive fifth information from the first terminal, where the fifth information is used to instruct to cancel the configuration information of the first time resource.
  • Embodiment 69 According to the device described in Embodiment 61, the first information is also used to adjust the configuration information of the first time resource.
  • Embodiment 70 The device and transceiver described in Embodiment 61 are further configured to receive sixth information from the first terminal, where the sixth information is used to indicate adjustment of configuration information of the first time resource.
  • Embodiment 71 The device and the transceiver described in Embodiment 61 or Embodiment 70 are further configured to receive information from the first terminal for indicating a first time period, where the first time period is related to the first time period.
  • An inactive period does not conflict, and the first period of time is a period of time for which the first terminal expects to sense side link resources.
  • Embodiment 72 The device and transceiver described in any one of Embodiment 61 to Embodiment 71 are further configured to send a second DRX configuration or a first indication to the first terminal;
  • the first indication is used to indicate that the first DRX configuration configured for the first terminal is cancelled or invalid
  • the second DRX configuration is used to determine a third inactive period of the first terminal, and the third inactive period is obtained from the first inactive period and a first offset value.
  • Embodiment 73 when the first DRX configuration and the configuration information of the first time resource are both configured by the communication device for the first terminal, the first information is also It is used to indicate adjustment to the configuration information of the first time resource, and adjust the inactive period of the first terminal.
  • Embodiment 74 The device and transceiver described in Embodiment 61 or Embodiment 73 are further configured to receive information used to indicate a second time period and information used to indicate a third time period from the first terminal;
  • the second time period and the third time period do not completely or partially overlap
  • the second time period is the time period expected by the first terminal for sensing side link resources
  • the first The three time periods are the time periods during which the first terminal is expected to be in the inactive state.
  • Embodiment 75 The device described in any one of Embodiment 61 or Embodiment 73 or Embodiment 74, and the transceiver, is further configured to receive seventh information from the first terminal, where the seventh information is used to indicate Canceling or invalidating the first DRX configuration, and configuration information used to instruct to cancel or invalidate the first time resource.
  • Embodiment 76 the device and transceiver described in any one of Embodiment 61 or Embodiment 73 or Embodiment 74 or Embodiment 75, and the transceiver is further configured to send configuration information of the second time resource to the first terminal, and /Or, the second DRX configuration, the configuration information of the second time resource is used to configure the second time resource of the side link resource that the first terminal senses, and the second time resource is defined by the first time resource And a second offset value, the second DRX configuration is used to determine a third inactive period of the first terminal, and the third inactive period is determined by the first inactive period and the first offset value arrive.
  • Embodiment 77 A computer-readable storage medium that stores instructions in the readable storage medium, and when the instructions are executed, the method described in any one of claims 1 to 22 is implemented.
  • Embodiment 78 A computer-readable storage medium that stores instructions in the readable storage medium. When the instructions are executed, the method described in any one of claims 23 to 38 is implemented.
  • Embodiment 79 A chip comprising: at least one processor, the at least one processor is coupled with a communication interface, and the at least one processor is configured to run a computer program or instruction stored in a memory, so as to implement In the method described in any one of 1 to Embodiment 22, the communication interface is used to communicate with modules other than the chip.
  • Embodiment 80 A chip comprising: at least one processor, the at least one processor is coupled with a communication interface, and the at least one processor is configured to run a computer program or instruction stored in a memory to implement According to the method described in any one of 23 to 38, the communication interface is used to communicate with modules other than the chip.
  • Embodiment 81 A communication device, comprising: a communication unit and at least one processing unit, wherein the communication unit is configured to execute the sending performed by the first terminal in the method described in any one of the embodiments 1 to 22 Or the act of receiving. At least one processing unit is configured to perform processing actions performed by the first terminal in the method described in any one of Embodiments 1 to 22.
  • Embodiment 82 A communication device, comprising: a communication unit and at least one processing unit, where the communication unit is configured to execute the sending or the communication performed by the communication device in the method described in any one of the embodiments 23 to 38. Received action. At least one processing unit is configured to perform processing actions performed by the communication device in the method described in any one of Embodiment 23 to Embodiment 38.
  • a communication system includes: a first terminal and a communication device, wherein the first terminal is used to execute the method described in any one of Embodiments 1 to 22; the communication device is used for Perform the method described in any one of Embodiment 23 to Embodiment 38.
  • Embodiment 84 A computer program product including instructions. When the instructions are run on a computer, the computer executes the method described in any one of Embodiments 1 to 22.
  • Embodiment 85 A computer program product including instructions, which when the instructions are executed on a computer, cause the computer to execute the method described in any one of Embodiments 23 to 39.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

Provided are a communication method, apparatus and system, wherein same relate to the technical field of communications, and are used for ensuring the data transmission quality of a terminal, while also ensuring that there is a reduction in the power consumption. The solution comprises: a first terminal receiving, from a communication device, a first discontinuous reception (DRX) configuration and/or configuration information of a first time resource, wherein the first DRX configuration comprises configuration information at a first inactive period, the configuration information at the first inactive period is used for indicating that the first terminal is in an inactive state in the first inactive period, and the first time resource is a time resource for the first terminal to sense a sidelink resource; and when the first inactive period conflicts with the first time resource, the first terminal sending first information to the communication device, wherein the first information is used for indicating that the first inactive period conflicts with the first time resource.

Description

一种通信方法、装置及系统Communication method, device and system
本申请要求于2020年06月04日提交国家知识产权局、申请号为202010501831.2、申请名称为“一种提供辅助信息的方法及UE”以及2020年09月04日提交国家知识产权局、申请号为202010933188.0、申请名称为“一种通信方法、装置及系统”的中国专利申请的优先权，其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。This application is required to be submitted to the State Intellectual Property Office on June 4, 2020, the application number is 202010501831.2, the application name is "A Method and UE for Providing Supplementary Information", and the application number is submitted to the State Intellectual Property Office on September 4, 2020 It is the priority of the Chinese patent application of 202010933188.0 and the application name is "a communication method, device and system", the entire content of which is incorporated into this application by reference.
技术领域Technical field
本申请实施例涉及通信技术领域，尤其涉及一种通信方法、装置及系统。The embodiments of the present application relate to the field of communication technologies, and in particular, to a communication method, device, and system.
背景技术Background technique
在长期演进(long time evolution，LTE)系统或新空口(new radio，NR)系统中，终端之间可以通过侧行链路资源传输数据。当终端a作为发送方终端(Tx UE)向接收方终端(Rx UE)发送业务数据时，该发送方终端可以对资源池中的一个或多个侧行链路资源进行感知(sensing)，以确定至少一个目标侧行链路资源a。当该终端a作为接收方终端接收来自发送方终端的业务数据时，该终端a也可以在资源池中的一个或多个侧行链路资源进行感知以确定至少一个目标侧行链路资源b。不同的是目标侧行链路资源a用于终端a发送业务数据，目标侧行链路资源b用于终端a接收业务数据，但是无论终端a是发送还是接收业务数据，上述方式均可以保证终端a的通信质量。In a long-time evolution (LTE) system or a new radio (NR) system, data can be transmitted between terminals through side link resources. When terminal a acts as the sender terminal (Tx UE) to send service data to the receiver terminal (Rx UE), the sender terminal can sense one or more side link resources in the resource pool to Determine at least one target side link resource a. When the terminal a serves as the receiver terminal to receive service data from the sender terminal, the terminal a may also perceive one or more side link resources in the resource pool to determine at least one target side link resource b . The difference is that the target side link resource a is used for terminal a to send service data, and the target side link resource b is used for terminal a to receive service data. However, whether terminal a is sending or receiving service data, the above methods can ensure that the terminal The communication quality of a.
但是，目前终端a并非在整个时间段内一直接收业务数据，而目前现有技术中，无论终端a在整个时间段是否有数据接收均处于感知状态。这样会造成终端a过度耗电。However, the current terminal a does not always receive service data during the entire time period, and in the current prior art, regardless of whether the terminal a receives data during the entire time period, it is in a sensing state. This will cause excessive power consumption of terminal a.
发明内容Summary of the invention
本申请实施例提供一种通信方法、装置及系统，用于在确保降低功耗的同时，保障终端的数据传输质量。The embodiments of the present application provide a communication method, device, and system, which are used to ensure the data transmission quality of the terminal while ensuring the reduction of power consumption.
为了实现上述目的，本申请实施例提供的如下技术方案：In order to achieve the foregoing objectives, the following technical solutions are provided in the embodiments of the present application:
第一方面，本申请实施例提供一种通信方法，该方法包括：第一终端接收来自通信设备的第一非连续接收DRX配置和/或第一时间资源的配置信息。其中，第一DRX配置包括第一非活动期的配置信息。该第一非活动期的配置信息用于指示第一终端在第一非活动期处于非活动状态，第一时间资源为第一终端感知侧行链路资源的时间资源，通信设备包括第二终端和/或网络设备。当第一非活动期与第一时间资源冲突时，第一终端向通信设备发送第一信息，该第一信息用于指示第一非活动期与第一时间资源冲突。In a first aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication method, the method includes: a first terminal receives a first discontinuous reception DRX configuration and/or configuration information of a first time resource from a communication device. Wherein, the first DRX configuration includes configuration information of the first inactive period. The configuration information of the first inactive period is used to indicate that the first terminal is in an inactive state during the first inactive period, the first time resource is the time resource for the first terminal to perceive the side link resource, and the communication device includes the second terminal And/or network equipment. When the first inactive period conflicts with the first time resource, the first terminal sends first information to the communication device, where the first information is used to indicate that the first inactive period conflicts with the first time resource.
本申请实施例提供一种通信方法，该方法可以在第一终端的DRX机制和用于感知侧行链路资源的第一时间资源冲突的情况下，由第一终端利用第一信息告知通信设备第一非活动期与第一时间资源冲突。由于第一非活动期与第一时间资源即表示可能需要在第一终端处于非活动状态时感知侧行链路资源，但是实际上第一终端在非活动状态时由于不能检测PSSCH-RSRP和RSSI测量，因此无法实现感知侧行链路资源的过程。因此第一终端通过向通信设备发送第一信息，便于通信设备及时调整或取消该第一终端的DRX配置，和/或，取消或调整第一时间资源的配置信息，避免用于感知侧行链路资源和第一终端的非活动期冲突，以实现第一终端在采用DRX配置降低功耗的同时，保障第一终端的数据传输。The embodiment of the application provides a communication method, which can notify the communication device by the first terminal using the first information when the DRX mechanism of the first terminal conflicts with the first time resource for sensing side link resources The first inactive period conflicts with the first time resources. Since the first inactive period and the first time resource means that it may be necessary to sense the side link resources when the first terminal is in an inactive state, but in fact, the first terminal cannot detect PSSCH-RSRP and RSSI when it is in an inactive state. Therefore, the process of sensing the resources of the side link cannot be realized. Therefore, by sending the first information to the communication device, the first terminal facilitates the communication device to adjust or cancel the DRX configuration of the first terminal in time, and/or cancel or adjust the configuration information of the first time resource, so as to avoid being used to sense the side chain The path resource conflicts with the inactive period of the first terminal, so that the first terminal uses the DRX configuration to reduce power consumption while ensuring the data transmission of the first terminal.
在一种可能的实现方式中，第一信息还用于指示调整第一终端的非活动期。这样可以实现利 用同一个信息既指示发生冲突，又指示调整第一终端的非活动期。In a possible implementation manner, the first information is also used to instruct to adjust the inactive period of the first terminal. In this way, the same information can be used to indicate the occurrence of a conflict and to instruct the adjustment of the inactive period of the first terminal.
在一种可能的实现方式中，本申请实施例提供的方法还包括：第一终端向通信设备发送第二信息。该第二信息用于指示调整第一终端的非活动期。该方案可以实现利用第二信息指示第一终端期望通信设备调整第一终端的非活动期。In a possible implementation manner, the method provided in the embodiment of the present application further includes: the first terminal sends the second information to the communication device. The second information is used to instruct to adjust the inactive period of the first terminal. This solution can use the second information to instruct the first terminal to expect the communication device to adjust the inactive period of the first terminal.
在一种可能的实现方式中，本申请实施例提供的方法还包括：第一终端向通信设备发送第三信息。该第三信息用于指示第二非活动期的信息。该第二非活动期为第一终端期望的非活动期。便于通信设备根据第一终端期望的非活动期重新为第一终端配置感知侧行链路资源的时间段。In a possible implementation manner, the method provided in the embodiment of the present application further includes: the first terminal sends third information to the communication device. The third information is used to indicate the information of the second inactive period. The second inactive period is an inactive period expected by the first terminal. It is convenient for the communication device to reconfigure the time period for sensing the side link resource for the first terminal according to the inactive period expected by the first terminal.
在一种可能的实现方式中，第二非活动期和第一时间资源不冲突。这样可以保证既实现第一终端节省功耗的目的，又实现感知侧行链路资源的目的。In a possible implementation manner, the second inactive period and the first time resource do not conflict. This can ensure that both the purpose of saving power consumption of the first terminal and the purpose of sensing side link resources are achieved.
在一种可能的实现方式中，当第一终端指示通信设备调整第一终端的非活动期时，本申请实施例提供的方法还包括：第一终端在第一非活动期维持唤醒状态。一方面，第一终端发现存在冲突，无论是否向通信设备发送第二信息和第三信息便可以自主决定在第一非活动期维持唤醒状态。另一方面，第一终端发现存在冲突，待第一终端向通信设备发送第二信息或第三信息之后，第一终端便决定在第一非活动期维持唤醒状态。值得说明的是，第一终端在第一非活动期维持唤醒状态便可以在第一时间资源上感知侧行链路资源。In a possible implementation manner, when the first terminal instructs the communication device to adjust the inactive period of the first terminal, the method provided in this embodiment of the present application further includes: the first terminal maintains an awake state during the first inactive period. On the one hand, if the first terminal finds that there is a conflict, it can independently decide to maintain the awake state during the first inactive period regardless of whether the second information and the third information are sent to the communication device. On the other hand, the first terminal finds that there is a conflict, and after the first terminal sends the second information or the third information to the communication device, the first terminal decides to maintain the awake state during the first inactive period. It is worth noting that the first terminal can sense the side link resource on the first time resource by maintaining the awake state during the first inactive period.
在一种可能的实现方式中，第一终端在第一非活动期维持唤醒状态之前，还可以包括：第一终端确定在第一非活动期维持唤醒状态。In a possible implementation manner, before the first terminal maintains the awake state during the first inactive period, the method may further include: the first terminal determines to maintain the awake state during the first inactive period.
在一种可能的实现方式中，第一终端确定在第一非活动期维持唤醒状态，包括：第一终端接收来自通信设备的第一指示，该第一指示用于第一终端确定通信设备同意第一终端在第一非活动期维持唤醒状态。第一终端根据第一指示确定通信设备同意第一终端在第一非活动期维持唤醒状态。比如，第一指示可以为取消第一终端的DRX配置的指示，或者第一指示为允许第一终端在第一非活动期维持唤醒状态的指示。也即，第一终端利用第一信息向通信设备指示存在冲突时，通信设备便可以向第一终端发送第一指示。In a possible implementation manner, the first terminal determining to maintain the awake state during the first inactive period includes: the first terminal receives a first instruction from the communication device, and the first instruction is used by the first terminal to determine that the communication device agrees The first terminal maintains the awake state during the first inactive period. The first terminal determines according to the first instruction that the communication device agrees that the first terminal maintains the awake state during the first inactive period. For example, the first instruction may be an instruction to cancel the DRX configuration of the first terminal, or the first instruction may be an instruction to allow the first terminal to maintain the awake state during the first inactive period. That is, when the first terminal uses the first information to indicate to the communication device that there is a conflict, the communication device may send the first instruction to the first terminal.
在一种可能的实现方式中，第一终端确定在第一非活动期维持唤醒状态，包括：第一终端根据预定义协议确定一旦发生感知侧行链路资源的时间资源和第一终端的非活动期冲突，那么第一终端可以在第一非活动期维持唤醒状态。In a possible implementation manner, the first terminal determining to maintain the awake state during the first inactive period includes: the first terminal determines, according to a predefined protocol, the time resource for sensing the side link resource and the non-operation of the first terminal once it occurs. If the active period conflicts, the first terminal can maintain the awake state during the first inactive period.
在一种可能的实现方式中，本申请实施例提供的方法还包括：第一终端在第二非活动期进入非活动状态。一方面，一旦第一终端向通信设备发送了第二非活动期的信息，无论通信设备是否发送允许第一终端在第二非活动期进入非活动状态的指示1，第一终端在第二非活动期进入非活动状态。另一方面，第一终端向通信设备发送了第二非活动期的信息之后，若第一终端接收到来自通信设备的指示1，那么该第一终端在第二非活动期进入非活动状态。In a possible implementation manner, the method provided in the embodiment of the present application further includes: the first terminal enters the inactive state during the second inactive period. On the one hand, once the first terminal sends the information of the second inactive period to the communication device, regardless of whether the communication device sends an indication 1 allowing the first terminal to enter the inactive state during the second inactive period, the first terminal is in the second inactive period. The active period enters the inactive state. On the other hand, after the first terminal sends the information of the second inactive period to the communication device, if the first terminal receives the instruction 1 from the communication device, the first terminal enters the inactive state during the second inactive period.
在一种可能的实现方式中，第一信息还用于指示将为第一终端配置的第一DRX配置取消或无效。In a possible implementation manner, the first information is also used to indicate that the first DRX configuration configured for the first terminal is cancelled or invalidated.
在一种可能的实现方式中，本申请实施例提供的方法还包括：第一终端向通信设备发送第四信息。该第四信息用于指示将为第一终端配置的第一DRX配置取消或无效。In a possible implementation manner, the method provided in the embodiment of the present application further includes: the first terminal sends fourth information to the communication device. The fourth information is used to indicate that the first DRX configuration configured for the first terminal is cancelled or invalid.
此外，通过第一信息或第四信息将第一DRX配置取消或无效，这样可以避免第一时间资源和第一非活动期冲突。In addition, the first DRX configuration is canceled or invalidated through the first information or the fourth information, so that conflicts between the first time resource and the first inactive period can be avoided.
在一种可能的实现方式中，当第一终端指示通信设备将为第一终端配置的第一DRX配置取消或无效时，本申请实施例提供的方法还包括：第一终端在第一非活动期维持唤醒状态。In a possible implementation manner, when the first terminal instructs the communication device to cancel or invalidate the first DRX configuration configured for the first terminal, the method provided in the embodiment of the present application further includes: the first terminal is in the first inactive Period to maintain the awake state.
在一种可能的实现方式中，第一终端在第一非活动期维持唤醒状态，包括：第一终端在第一非活动期和第一时间资源冲突的时间资源上维持唤醒状态。这样可以实现既维持第一终端处于低功耗状态，又使得第一终端能够感知侧行链路资源的目的。In a possible implementation manner, maintaining the awake state of the first terminal during the first inactive period includes: maintaining the awake state on the time resources in the first inactive period and the first time resource conflict. In this way, the purpose of not only maintaining the first terminal in a low power consumption state, but also enabling the first terminal to perceive the resources of the side link can be achieved.
在一种可能的实现方式中，本申请实施例提供的方法还包括：第一终端接收来自通信设备的第二DRX配置或者第一指示。其中，该第一指示用于指示将为第一终端配置的第一DRX配置取消或无效。第二DRX配置用于确定第一终端的第三非活动期。该第三非活动期由第一非活动期和第一偏移值得到。通过接收第二DRX配置或者第一指示，便于第一终端明确在发生冲突时，通信设备的处理措施。In a possible implementation manner, the method provided in the embodiment of the present application further includes: the first terminal receives the second DRX configuration or the first instruction from the communication device. Wherein, the first indication is used to indicate the cancellation or invalidation of the first DRX configuration configured for the first terminal. The second DRX configuration is used to determine the third inactive period of the first terminal. The third inactive period is obtained from the first inactive period and the first offset value. By receiving the second DRX configuration or the first instruction, it is convenient for the first terminal to clarify the processing measures of the communication device when a conflict occurs.
在一种可能的实现方式中，第一信息还用于指示取消第一时间资源的配置信息。这样可以实现节省第一终端功耗的目的。In a possible implementation manner, the first information is also used to instruct to cancel the configuration information of the first time resource. This can achieve the purpose of saving power consumption of the first terminal.
在一种可能的实现方式中，本申请实施例提供的方法还包括：第一终端向通信设备发送第五信息。该第五信息用于指示取消第一时间资源的配置信息。In a possible implementation manner, the method provided in the embodiment of the present application further includes: the first terminal sends fifth information to the communication device. The fifth information is used to instruct to cancel the configuration information of the first time resource.
在一种可能的实现方式中，本申请实施例提供的方法还包括：第一终端在第一时间资源和第一非活动期冲突的时间资源或者第一时间资源上不执行感知侧行链路资源的动作。In a possible implementation manner, the method provided in the embodiment of the present application further includes: the first terminal does not perform sensing side link on the first time resource and the time resource that conflicts with the first inactive period or the first time resource The action of the resource.
在一种可能的实现方式中，本申请实施例提供的方法还包括：第一终端在第一时间资源和第一非活动期不冲突的时间资源上执行感知侧行链路资源的动作。这样既可以实现感知侧行链路资源的目的，又实现节省第一终端功耗的目的。In a possible implementation manner, the method provided in the embodiment of the present application further includes: the first terminal performs an action of sensing the side link resource on the time resource where the first time resource does not conflict with the first inactive period. In this way, the purpose of sensing the resources of the side link can be achieved, and the purpose of saving the power consumption of the first terminal can also be achieved.
在一种可能的实现方式中，第一信息还用于调整第一时间资源的配置信息。In a possible implementation manner, the first information is also used to adjust the configuration information of the first time resource.
在一种可能的实现方式中，本申请实施例提供的方法还包括：第一终端向通信设备发送第六信息。该第六信息用于指示调整第一时间资源的配置信息。便于通信设备确定第一终端期望通信设备调整第一时间资源的配置信息。In a possible implementation manner, the method provided in the embodiment of the present application further includes: the first terminal sends sixth information to the communication device. The sixth information is used to indicate the configuration information for adjusting the first time resource. It is convenient for the communication device to determine the configuration information that the first terminal expects the communication device to adjust the first time resource.
在一种可能的实现方式中，本申请实施例提供的方法还包括：第一终端向通信设备发送用于指示第一时间段的信息。该第一时间段与第一非活动期不冲突。该第一时间段为第一终端期望的感知侧行链路资源的时间段。这样便于通信设备确定第一终端期望感知侧行链路资源的时间段。此外，该第一时间段还可以作为通信设备重新为第一终端配置感知侧行链路资源的时间段的参考。In a possible implementation manner, the method provided in the embodiment of the present application further includes: the first terminal sends information indicating the first time period to the communication device. The first time period does not conflict with the first inactive period. The first time period is a time period for sensing the side link resource expected by the first terminal. This facilitates the communication device to determine the time period during which the first terminal expects to perceive the side link resource. In addition, the first time period can also be used as a reference for the time period for the communication device to reconfigure the sensing side link resource for the first terminal.
在一种可能的实现方式中，本申请实施例提供的方法还包括：第一终端在第一时间段内感知侧行链路资源。一方面，待第一终端向通信设备发送用于指示第一时间段的信息之后，第一终端便可以在第一时间段内感知侧行链路资源。另一方面，待通信设备允许第一终端在第一时间段内感知侧行链路资源的情况下，第一终端才在第一时间段内感知侧行链路资源。In a possible implementation manner, the method provided in the embodiment of the present application further includes: the first terminal perceives the side link resource in the first time period. On the one hand, after the first terminal sends the information indicating the first time period to the communication device, the first terminal can perceive the side link resource in the first time period. On the other hand, when the communication device allows the first terminal to perceive the side link resource in the first time period, the first terminal can perceive the side link resource in the first time period.
在一种可能的实现方式中，当第一DRX配置和第一时间资源的配置信息均由通信设备为第一终端配置时，第一信息还用于指示调整为第一时间资源的配置信息，以及调整第一终端的非活动期。In a possible implementation manner, when both the first DRX configuration and the configuration information of the first time resource are configured by the communication device for the first terminal, the first information is also used to indicate adjustment to the configuration information of the first time resource, And adjust the inactive period of the first terminal.
在一种可能的实现方式中，当第一DRX配置和第一时间资源的配置信息均由通信设备为第一终端配置时，本申请实施例提供的方法还可以包括：第一终端向通信设备发送用于指示调整为第一时间资源的配置信息，以及调整第一终端的非活动期的第五指示。In a possible implementation manner, when both the first DRX configuration and the configuration information of the first time resource are configured by the communication device for the first terminal, the method provided in the embodiment of the present application may further include: Sending configuration information for instructing adjustment to the first time resource, and a fifth instruction for adjusting the inactive period of the first terminal.
在一种可能的实现方式中，本申请实施例提供的方法还包括：第一终端在第一时间资源和第一非活动期冲突的时间资源上或第一时间资源上不执行感知侧行链路资源的动作，以及在第一非活动期维持唤醒状态。In a possible implementation manner, the method provided in the embodiment of the present application further includes: the first terminal does not execute the sensing side chain on the first time resource conflicting with the first inactive period time resource or on the first time resource The action of the way resource, and maintain the awake state during the first inactive period.
在一种可能的实现方式中，本申请实施例提供的方法还包括：第一终端向通信设备发送用于 指示第二时间段的信息以及用于指示第三时间段的信息。该第二时间段和第三时间段不重叠，第二时间段为第一终端期望的用于感知侧行链路资源的时间段。第三时间段为第一终端期望的处于非活动状态的时间段。In a possible implementation manner, the method provided in the embodiment of the present application further includes: the first terminal sends information for indicating the second time period and information for indicating the third time period to the communication device. The second time period and the third time period do not overlap, and the second time period is a time period expected by the first terminal for sensing the side link resource. The third time period is a time period in which the first terminal expects to be in an inactive state.
在一种可能的实现方式中，本申请实施例提供的方法还包括：第一终端接收来自通信设备的第七信息。该第七信息用于指示取消或无效第一DRX配置，以及用于指示取消或无效第一时间资源的配置信息。In a possible implementation manner, the method provided in the embodiment of the present application further includes: the first terminal receives seventh information from the communication device. The seventh information is used to indicate the cancellation or invalidation of the first DRX configuration, and the configuration information used to indicate the cancellation or invalidation of the first time resource.
在一种可能的实现方式中，本申请实施例提供的方法还包括：第一终端接收来自通信设备的第二时间资源的配置信息，和/或，第二DRX配置。该第二时间资源的配置信息用于配置第一终端感知侧行链路资源的第二时间资源。第二时间资源由第一时间资源和第二偏移值得到。该第二DRX配置用于确定第一终端的第三非活动期。第三非活动期由第一非活动期和第一偏移值得到。In a possible implementation manner, the method provided in the embodiment of the present application further includes: the first terminal receives the configuration information of the second time resource from the communication device, and/or the second DRX configuration. The configuration information of the second time resource is used to configure the second time resource for sensing the side link resource by the first terminal. The second time resource is obtained from the first time resource and the second offset value. The second DRX configuration is used to determine the third inactive period of the first terminal. The third inactive period is obtained from the first inactive period and the first offset value.
第二方面，本申请实施例提供一种通信方法，包括：通信设备向第一终端发送第一非连续接收DRX配置和/或第一时间资源的配置信息。其中，第一DRX配置包括第一非活动期的配置信息，第一非活动期的配置信息用于指示第一终端在第一非活动期处于非活动状态，第一时间资源为第一终端感知侧行链路资源的时间资源，通信设备包括第二终端或网络设备。通信设备接收来自第一终端的第一信息，第一信息用于指示第一非活动期与第一时间资源冲突。In a second aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication method, including: a communication device sends first discontinuous reception DRX configuration and/or configuration information of a first time resource to a first terminal. Wherein, the first DRX configuration includes configuration information of the first inactive period, and the configuration information of the first inactive period is used to indicate that the first terminal is in an inactive state during the first inactive period, and the first time resource is sensed by the first terminal The time resource of the side link resource, the communication device includes a second terminal or a network device. The communication device receives first information from the first terminal, where the first information is used to indicate that the first inactive period conflicts with the first time resource.
在一种可能的实现方式中，第一信息还用于指示调整第一终端的非活动期。便于通信设备确定调整第一终端的非活动期，以实现为第一终端重新配置的非活动期与第一时间资源不冲突。In a possible implementation manner, the first information is also used to instruct to adjust the inactive period of the first terminal. It is convenient for the communication device to determine and adjust the inactive period of the first terminal, so that the inactive period reconfigured for the first terminal does not conflict with the first time resource.
在一种可能的实现方式中，本申请实施例提供的方法还包括：通信设备接收来自第一终端的第二信息。该第二信息用于指示调整第一终端的非活动期。便于通信设备及时调整第一终端的非活动期，从而使得第一终端既保留DRX机制，又能够感知侧行链路资源。In a possible implementation manner, the method provided in the embodiment of the present application further includes: the communication device receives the second information from the first terminal. The second information is used to instruct to adjust the inactive period of the first terminal. It is convenient for the communication device to adjust the inactive period of the first terminal in time, so that the first terminal not only retains the DRX mechanism, but also can sense the side link resources.
在一种可能的实现方式中，本申请实施例提供的方法还包括：通信设备接收来自第一终端的第三信息。该第三信息用于指示第二非活动期的信息。该第二非活动期为第一终端期望的非活动期。便于通信设备确定第一终端期望的第二非活动期，从而可以避免在第二非活动期向第一终端发送数据。在通信设备接收到第二非活动期的信息之后，若通信设备确定在第二非活动期内不存在向第一终端发送的数据，那么通信设备便可以允许第一终端在第二非活动期处于非活动状态。如果通信设备确定在第二非活动期内存在向第一终端发送数据的需求，那么通信设备便可以向第一终端指示不允许第一终端在第二非活动期处于非活动状态。In a possible implementation manner, the method provided in the embodiment of the present application further includes: the communication device receives the third information from the first terminal. The third information is used to indicate the information of the second inactive period. The second inactive period is an inactive period expected by the first terminal. It is convenient for the communication device to determine the second inactive period expected by the first terminal, so as to avoid sending data to the first terminal during the second inactive period. After the communication device receives the information of the second inactive period, if the communication device determines that there is no data sent to the first terminal during the second inactive period, the communication device can allow the first terminal to be in the second inactive period Is inactive. If the communication device determines that there is a need to send data to the first terminal during the second inactive period, the communication device may indicate to the first terminal that the first terminal is not allowed to be in an inactive state during the second inactive period.
在一种可能的实现方式中，第一信息还用于指示将为第一终端配置的第一DRX配置取消或无效。便于通信设备确定取消为第一终端配置的第一DRX配置。In a possible implementation manner, the first information is also used to indicate that the first DRX configuration configured for the first terminal is cancelled or invalidated. It is convenient for the communication device to determine to cancel the first DRX configuration configured for the first terminal.
在一种可能的实现方式中，本申请实施例提供的方法还包括：通信设备接收来自第一终端的第四信息。该第四信息用于指示将为第一终端配置的第一DRX配置取消或无效。In a possible implementation manner, the method provided in the embodiment of the present application further includes: the communication device receives the fourth information from the first terminal. The fourth information is used to indicate that the first DRX configuration configured for the first terminal is cancelled or invalid.
在一种可能的实现方式中，本申请实施例提供的方法还包括：通信设备向第一终端发送第二DRX配置或者第一指示。其中，第一指示用于指示将为第一终端配置的第一DRX配置取消或无效。第二DRX配置用于确定第一终端的第三非活动期。第三非活动期由第一非活动期和第一偏移值得到。这样能够在通信设备确定第一非活动期和第一时间资源冲突的情况下，利用第二DRX配置重新为第一终端配置非活动期，或者指示第一终端取消第一DRX配置。In a possible implementation manner, the method provided in the embodiment of the present application further includes: the communication device sends the second DRX configuration or the first instruction to the first terminal. The first indication is used to indicate the cancellation or invalidation of the first DRX configuration configured for the first terminal. The second DRX configuration is used to determine the third inactive period of the first terminal. The third inactive period is obtained from the first inactive period and the first offset value. In this way, when the communication device determines that the first inactive period and the first time resource conflict, the second DRX configuration can be used to reconfigure the inactive period for the first terminal, or instruct the first terminal to cancel the first DRX configuration.
在一种可能的实现方式中，第一信息还用于指示取消第一时间资源的配置信息。In a possible implementation manner, the first information is also used to instruct to cancel the configuration information of the first time resource.
在一种可能的实现方式中，本申请实施例提供的方法还包括：通信设备接收来自第一终端的第五信息，该第五信息用于指示取消第一时间资源的配置信息。In a possible implementation manner, the method provided in the embodiment of the present application further includes: the communication device receives fifth information from the first terminal, where the fifth information is used to instruct to cancel the configuration information of the first time resource.
在一种可能的实现方式中，第一信息还用于调整第一时间资源的配置信息。In a possible implementation manner, the first information is also used to adjust the configuration information of the first time resource.
在一种可能的实现方式中，本申请实施例提供的方法还包括：通信设备接收来自第一终端的第六信息，第六信息用于指示调整第一时间资源的配置信息。In a possible implementation manner, the method provided in the embodiment of the present application further includes: the communication device receives sixth information from the first terminal, where the sixth information is used to indicate configuration information for adjusting the first time resource.
在一种可能的实现方式中，本申请实施例提供的方法还包括：通信设备接收来自第一终端的用于指示第一时间段的信息，第一时间段与第一非活动期不冲突，第一时间段为第一终端期望的感知侧行链路资源的时间段。In a possible implementation manner, the method provided in this embodiment of the present application further includes: the communication device receives information from the first terminal for indicating a first time period, where the first time period does not conflict with the first inactive period, The first time period is a time period for which the first terminal expects to sense the side link resource.
在一种可能的实现方式中，当第一DRX配置和第一时间资源的配置信息均由通信设备为第一终端配置时，第一信息还用于指示调整为第一时间资源的配置信息，以及调整第一终端的非活动期。In a possible implementation manner, when both the first DRX configuration and the configuration information of the first time resource are configured by the communication device for the first terminal, the first information is also used to indicate adjustment to the configuration information of the first time resource, And adjust the inactive period of the first terminal.
在一种可能的实现方式中，本申请实施例提供的方法还包括：通信设备接收来自第一终端的用于指示第二时间段的信息以及用于指示第三时间段的信息。其中，第二时间段和第三时间段不完全或部分重叠，第二时间段为第一终端期望的用于感知侧行链路资源的时间段，第三时间段为第一终端期望的处于非活动状态的时间段。In a possible implementation manner, the method provided in the embodiment of the present application further includes: the communication device receives information used to indicate a second time period and information used to indicate a third time period from the first terminal. Among them, the second time period and the third time period are not completely or partially overlapped, the second time period is the time period expected by the first terminal for sensing side link resources, and the third time period is the first terminal expected to be in The period of inactivity.
在一种可能的实现方式中，本申请实施例提供的方法还包括：通信设备接收来自第一终端的第七信息。该第七信息用于指示取消或无效第一DRX配置，以及用于指示取消或无效第一时间资源的配置信息。In a possible implementation manner, the method provided in the embodiment of the present application further includes: the communication device receives the seventh information from the first terminal. The seventh information is used to indicate the cancellation or invalidation of the first DRX configuration, and the configuration information used to indicate the cancellation or invalidation of the first time resource.
在一种可能的实现方式中，本申请实施例提供的方法还包括：通信设备向第一终端发送第二时间资源的配置信息，和/或，第二DRX配置。第二时间资源的配置信息用于配置第一终端感知侧行链路资源的第二时间资源。第二时间资源由第一时间资源和第二偏移值得到。第二DRX配置用于确定第一终端的第三非活动期。第三非活动期由第一非活动期和第一偏移值得到。In a possible implementation manner, the method provided in the embodiment of the present application further includes: the communication device sends configuration information of the second time resource to the first terminal, and/or the second DRX configuration. The configuration information of the second time resource is used to configure the second time resource for sensing the side link resource by the first terminal. The second time resource is obtained from the first time resource and the second offset value. The second DRX configuration is used to determine the third inactive period of the first terminal. The third inactive period is obtained from the first inactive period and the first offset value.
第三方面，本申请实施例提供一种通信方法，该方法包括：第一终端接收来自通信设备的第一非连续接收DRX配置和/或第一时间资源的配置信息。其中，第一DRX配置包括第一非活动期的配置信息，该第一非活动期的配置信息用于指示第一终端在第一非活动期处于非活动状态，第一时间资源为第一终端感知侧行链路资源的时间资源，通信设备包括第二终端和/或网络设备。当第一非活动期与第一时间资源冲突时，第一终端向通信设备发送第一信息，该第一信息用于指示取消为第一终端配置的第一DRX配置，和/或，取消第一时间资源的配置信息。In a third aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication method, the method including: a first terminal receives first discontinuous reception DRX configuration and/or configuration information of a first time resource from a communication device. The first DRX configuration includes configuration information of the first inactive period, and the configuration information of the first inactive period is used to indicate that the first terminal is in an inactive state during the first inactive period, and the first time resource is the first terminal Perceive the time resource of the side link resource, the communication device includes the second terminal and/or the network device. When the first inactive period conflicts with the first time resource, the first terminal sends first information to the communication device. The first information is used to instruct to cancel the first DRX configuration configured for the first terminal, and/or cancel the first DRX configuration. Configuration information of a time resource.
在一种可能的实现方式中，第一信息用于指示取消为第一终端配置的第一DRX配置，本申请实施例提供的方法还包括：第一终端在第一非活动期维持唤醒状态。In a possible implementation manner, the first information is used to instruct to cancel the first DRX configuration configured for the first terminal. The method provided in the embodiment of the present application further includes: the first terminal maintains an awake state during the first inactive period.
在一种可能的实现方式中，在第一终端确定通信设备允许取消第一DRX配置的情况下，第一终端在第一非活动期维持唤醒状态。In a possible implementation manner, when the first terminal determines that the communication device allows cancellation of the first DRX configuration, the first terminal maintains the awake state during the first inactive period.
在一种可能的实现方式中，第一信息用于指示取消第一时间资源的配置信息，本申请实施例提供的方法还包括：第一终端在第一时间资源内不执行感知侧行链路资源的动作，或者，第一终端在第一时间资源和第一非活动期冲突的时间资源内不执行感知侧行链路资源的动作。In a possible implementation manner, the first information is used to indicate the cancellation of the configuration information of the first time resource. The method provided in this embodiment of the present application further includes: the first terminal does not perform sidelink sensing within the first time resource The action of the resource, or the first terminal does not perform the action of sensing the side link resource within the time resource in which the first time resource conflicts with the first inactive period.
在一种可能的实现方式中，在第一终端确定通信设备允许取消第一时间资源的配置信息的情况下，第一终端在第一时间资源内不执行感知侧行链路资源的动作，或者，第一终端在第一时间资源和第一非活动期冲突的时间资源内不执行感知侧行链路资源的动作。In a possible implementation manner, in the case where the first terminal determines that the communication device allows the cancellation of the configuration information of the first time resource, the first terminal does not perform the action of sensing the side link resource within the first time resource, or , The first terminal does not perform the action of sensing the side link resource within the time resource in which the first time resource conflicts with the first inactive period.
在一种可能的实现方式中，第一信息用于指示取消为第一终端配置的第一时间资源的配置信息，以及用于指示取消为第一终端配置的第一DRX配置，本申请实施例提供的方法还包括：第一终端在第一时间资源和第一非活动期冲突的时间资源内不执行感知侧行链路资源的动作，以及在 第一非活动期维持唤醒状态。In a possible implementation manner, the first information is used to instruct to cancel the configuration information of the first time resource configured for the first terminal, and to instruct to cancel the first DRX configuration configured for the first terminal. This embodiment of the application The provided method further includes: the first terminal does not perform the action of sensing the side link resource within the time resource in which the first time resource and the first inactive period conflict, and maintaining the awake state during the first inactive period.
在一种可能的实现方式中，在第一终端确定通信设备允许取消第一时间资源的配置信息，以及取消第一DRX配置的情况下，第一终端在第一时间资源和第一非活动期冲突的时间资源内不执行感知侧行链路资源的动作，以及在第一非活动期维持唤醒状态。In a possible implementation manner, when the first terminal determines that the communication device allows the cancellation of the configuration information of the first time resource and cancels the first DRX configuration, the first terminal performs the first time resource and the first inactive period. The action of sensing the side link resource is not performed within the conflicting time resource, and the awake state is maintained during the first inactive period.
第四方面，本申请实施例提供一种通信方法，该方法包括：通信设备向第一终端发送第一非连续接收DRX配置和/或第一时间资源的配置信息。其中，第一DRX配置包括第一非活动期的配置信息，该第一非活动期的配置信息用于指示第一终端在第一非活动期处于非活动状态，第一时间资源为第一终端感知侧行链路资源的时间资源，通信设备包括第二终端和/或网络设备。通信设备接收来自第一终端的第一信息。该第一信息用于指示取消为第一终端配置的第一DRX配置，和/或，取消第一时间资源的配置信息。In a fourth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication method. The method includes: a communication device sending first discontinuous reception DRX configuration and/or configuration information of a first time resource to a first terminal. The first DRX configuration includes configuration information of the first inactive period, and the configuration information of the first inactive period is used to indicate that the first terminal is in an inactive state during the first inactive period, and the first time resource is the first terminal Perceive the time resource of the side link resource, the communication device includes the second terminal and/or the network device. The communication device receives the first information from the first terminal. The first information is used to instruct to cancel the first DRX configuration configured for the first terminal, and/or cancel the configuration information of the first time resource.
通过第一信息便于通信设备确定第一时间资源和第一DRX配置冲突。The first information facilitates the communication device to determine that the first time resource conflicts with the first DRX configuration.
在一种可能的实现方式中，第一信息用于指示取消为第一终端配置的第一DRX配置，本申请实施例提供的方法还包括：通信设备向第一终端发送第一指示。该第一指示表示同意取消为第一终端配置的第一DRX配置。比如，第一指示用于指示第一终端在第一非活动期维持唤醒状态。In a possible implementation manner, the first information is used to instruct to cancel the first DRX configuration configured for the first terminal. The method provided in the embodiment of the present application further includes: the communication device sends a first instruction to the first terminal. The first instruction indicates that it is agreed to cancel the first DRX configuration configured for the first terminal. For example, the first indication is used to instruct the first terminal to maintain the awake state during the first inactive period.
在一种可能的实现方式中，第一信息用于指示取消为第一终端配置的第一DRX配置，本申请实施例提供的方法还包括：通信设备向第一终端发送第二DRX配置。In a possible implementation manner, the first information is used to instruct to cancel the first DRX configuration configured for the first terminal. The method provided in the embodiment of the present application further includes: the communication device sends the second DRX configuration to the first terminal.
在一种可能的实现方式中，第一信息用于指示取消第一时间资源的配置信息，本申请实施例提供的方法还包括：通信设备向第一终端发送指示，该指示用于同意取消第一时间资源的配置信息。比如，该指示用于指示第一终端在第一时间资源上不执行感知侧行链路资源的动作。In a possible implementation manner, the first information is used to instruct to cancel the configuration information of the first time resource. The method provided in the embodiment of the present application further includes: the communication device sends an instruction to the first terminal, and the instruction is used to agree to cancel the first time resource. Configuration information of a time resource. For example, the indication is used to instruct the first terminal not to perform the action of sensing the side link resource on the first time resource.
在一种可能的实现方式中，第一信息用于指示取消为第一终端配置的第一时间资源的配置信息，以及用于指示取消为第一终端配置的第一DRX配置，本申请实施例提供的方法还包括：通信设备向第一终端发送第一指示，该第一指示用于指示允许第一终端取消第一时间资源的配置信息，以及用于指示允许取消第一DRX配置。比如，第一指示用于指示第一终端在第一时间资源和第一非活动期冲突的时间资源内不执行感知侧行链路资源的动作，以及在第一非活动期维持唤醒状态。In a possible implementation manner, the first information is used to instruct to cancel the configuration information of the first time resource configured for the first terminal, and to instruct to cancel the first DRX configuration configured for the first terminal. This embodiment of the application The provided method further includes: the communication device sending a first indication to the first terminal, the first indication being used to indicate that the first terminal is allowed to cancel the configuration information of the first time resource, and used to indicate that the first DRX configuration is allowed to be cancelled. For example, the first indication is used to instruct the first terminal not to perform the action of sensing the side link resource within the time resource in which the first time resource conflicts with the first inactive period, and to maintain the awake state during the first inactive period.
第五方面，本申请实施例提供一种通信方法，该方法包括：第一终端接收来自通信设备的第一非连续接收DRX配置和/或第一时间资源的配置信息。其中，第一DRX配置包括第一非活动期的配置信息，该第一非活动期的配置信息用于指示第一终端在第一非活动期处于非活动状态，第一时间资源为第一终端感知侧行链路资源的时间资源，通信设备包括第二终端和/或网络设备。当第一非活动期与第一时间资源冲突时，第一终端向通信设备发送第一信息，该第一信息用于指示调整为第一终端配置的第一DRX配置，和/或，调整第一时间资源的配置信息。In a fifth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication method, the method including: a first terminal receiving a first discontinuous reception DRX configuration and/or configuration information of a first time resource from a communication device. The first DRX configuration includes configuration information of the first inactive period, and the configuration information of the first inactive period is used to indicate that the first terminal is in an inactive state during the first inactive period, and the first time resource is the first terminal Perceive the time resource of the side link resource, the communication device includes the second terminal and/or the network device. When the first inactive period conflicts with the first time resource, the first terminal sends first information to the communication device. The first information is used to instruct to adjust the first DRX configuration configured for the first terminal, and/or adjust the first DRX configuration. Configuration information of a time resource.
在一种可能的实现方式中，第一信息指示调整为第一终端的非活动期，本申请实施例提供的方法还包括:第一终端向通信设备发送用于指示第二非活动期的信息。该第二非活动期为第一终端期望的非活动期。In a possible implementation manner, the first information indication is adjusted to the inactive period of the first terminal. The method provided in this embodiment of the present application further includes: the first terminal sends information indicating the second inactive period to the communication device . The second inactive period is an inactive period expected by the first terminal.
在一种可能的实现方式中，第二非活动期和第一时间资源不冲突。In a possible implementation manner, the second inactive period and the first time resource do not conflict.
在一种可能的实现方式中，本申请实施例提供的方法还包括：第一终端在第一非活动期维持唤醒状态，以及第一终端在第二非活动期进入非活动状态。In a possible implementation manner, the method provided in the embodiment of the present application further includes: the first terminal maintains the awake state during the first inactive period, and the first terminal enters the inactive state during the second inactive period.
在一种可能的实现方式中，本申请实施例提供的方法还包括：第一终端接收来自第二DRX配置。第二DRX配置用于确定第一终端的第三非活动期。该第三非活动期由第一非活动期和第一偏移值得到。In a possible implementation manner, the method provided in the embodiment of the present application further includes: the first terminal receives the second DRX configuration. The second DRX configuration is used to determine the third inactive period of the first terminal. The third inactive period is obtained from the first inactive period and the first offset value.
在一种可能的实现方式中，第一信息用于指示调整为第一终端配置的第一时间资源的配置信息，本申请实施例提供的方法还包括：第一终端向通信设备发送用于指示第一时间段的信息。该第一时间段与第一非活动期不冲突。该第一时间段为第一终端期望的感知侧行链路资源的时间段。In a possible implementation manner, the first information is used to indicate adjustment of the configuration information of the first time resource configured for the first terminal. The method provided in this embodiment of the present application further includes: the first terminal sends an instruction to the communication device Information for the first time period. The first time period does not conflict with the first inactive period. The first time period is a time period for sensing the side link resource expected by the first terminal.
在一种可能的实现方式中，本申请实施例提供的方法还包括：第一终端在第一时间段内感知侧行链路资源。In a possible implementation manner, the method provided in the embodiment of the present application further includes: the first terminal perceives the side link resource in the first time period.
在一种可能的实现方式中，本申请实施例提供的方法还包括：第一终端接收来自通信设备的第二时间资源的配置信息。该第二时间资源为第一终端感知侧行链路资源的时间资源，第二时间资源由第一时间资源和第二偏移值得到。In a possible implementation manner, the method provided in the embodiment of the present application further includes: the first terminal receives configuration information of the second time resource from the communication device. The second time resource is a time resource for the first terminal to perceive the side link resource, and the second time resource is obtained from the first time resource and the second offset value.
在一种可能的实现方式中，第一信息用于指示取消为第一终端配置的第一时间资源，以及用于指示取消为第一终端配置的第一DRX配置，本申请实施例提供的方法还包括：第一终端在第一时间资源内不执行感知侧行链路资源的动作，以及在第一非活动期维持唤醒状态。In a possible implementation manner, the first information is used to instruct to cancel the first time resource configured for the first terminal, and to instruct to cancel the first DRX configuration configured for the first terminal, the method provided in this embodiment of the application It also includes: the first terminal does not perform the action of sensing the side link resource within the first time resource, and maintains the awake state during the first inactive period.
在一种可能的实现方式中，本申请实施例提供的方法还包括：第一终端接收来自通信设备的第二时间资源的配置信息以及第二DRX配置，第二时间资源的配置信息用于配置第一终端感知侧行链路资源的时间段，第二时间资源由第一时间资源和第二偏移值得到，第二DRX配置为第一终端配置的第三非休眠期与第二时间资源不冲突。In a possible implementation manner, the method provided in the embodiment of the present application further includes: the first terminal receives configuration information of the second time resource and the second DRX configuration from the communication device, and the configuration information of the second time resource is used for configuration The time period during which the first terminal perceives the side link resource, the second time resource is obtained from the first time resource and the second offset value, and the second DRX configuration is the third non-sleep period and the second time resource configured by the first terminal Do not conflict.
第六方面，本申请实施例提供一种通信方法，该方法包括：通信设备向第一终端发送第一非连续接收DRX配置和/或第一时间资源的配置信息。其中，第一DRX配置包括第一非活动期的配置信息，该第一非活动期的配置信息用于指示第一终端在第一非活动期处于非活动状态，第一时间资源为第一终端感知侧行链路资源的时间资源，通信设备包括第二终端和/或网络设备。通信设备接收来自第一终端的第一信息。该第一信息用于指示调整为第一终端配置的第一DRX配置，和/或，调整第一时间资源的配置信息。In a sixth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication method. The method includes: a communication device sending first discontinuous reception DRX configuration and/or configuration information of a first time resource to a first terminal. The first DRX configuration includes configuration information of the first inactive period, and the configuration information of the first inactive period is used to indicate that the first terminal is in an inactive state during the first inactive period, and the first time resource is the first terminal Perceive the time resource of the side link resource, the communication device includes the second terminal and/or the network device. The communication device receives the first information from the first terminal. The first information is used to indicate that the first DRX configuration configured for the first terminal is adjusted, and/or the configuration information of the first time resource is adjusted.
在一种可能的实现方式中，第一信息指示调整为第一终端的非活动期，本申请实施例提供的方法还包括:通信设备接收来自第一终端的用于指示第二非活动期的信息。该第二非活动期为第一终端期望的非活动期。In a possible implementation manner, the first information indicates an adjustment to the inactive period of the first terminal. The method provided in this embodiment of the present application further includes: the communication device receives from the first terminal an inactive period indicating the second inactive period. information. The second inactive period is an inactive period expected by the first terminal.
在一种可能的实现方式中，第二非活动期和第一时间资源不冲突。In a possible implementation manner, the second inactive period and the first time resource do not conflict.
在一种可能的实现方式中，本申请实施例提供的方法还包括：通信设备指示第一终端，允许第一终端在第一非活动期维持唤醒状态，以及第一终端在第二非活动期进入非活动状态。In a possible implementation manner, the method provided in the embodiment of the present application further includes: the communication device instructs the first terminal to allow the first terminal to maintain the awake state during the first inactive period, and the first terminal to maintain the awake state during the second inactive period Enter inactive state.
在一种可能的实现方式中，本申请实施例提供的方法还包括：通信设备向第一终端发送第二DRX配置。第二DRX配置用于确定第一终端的第三非活动期。该第三非活动期由第一非活动期和第一偏移值得到。In a possible implementation manner, the method provided in the embodiment of the present application further includes: the communication device sends the second DRX configuration to the first terminal. The second DRX configuration is used to determine the third inactive period of the first terminal. The third inactive period is obtained from the first inactive period and the first offset value.
在一种可能的实现方式中，第一信息用于指示调整为第一终端配置的第一时间资源的配置信息，本申请实施例提供的方法还包括：通信设备接收来自第一终端的用于指示第一时间段的信息。该第一时间段与第一非活动期不冲突。该第一时间段为第一终端期望的感知侧行链路资源的时间段。In a possible implementation manner, the first information is used to indicate adjustment of the configuration information of the first time resource configured for the first terminal. The method provided in the embodiment of the present application further includes: the communication device receives the information from the first terminal for Indicates the information of the first time period. The first time period does not conflict with the first inactive period. The first time period is a time period for sensing the side link resource expected by the first terminal.
在一种可能的实现方式中，本申请实施例提供的方法还包括：通信设备允许第一终端在第一时间段内感知侧行链路资源。In a possible implementation manner, the method provided in the embodiment of the present application further includes: the communication device allows the first terminal to perceive the side link resource within the first time period.
在一种可能的实现方式中，本申请实施例提供的方法还包括：通信设备接收来自第一终端的第二时间资源的配置信息。该第二时间资源为第一终端感知侧行链路资源的时间资源，第二时间资源由第一时间资源和第二偏移值得到。In a possible implementation manner, the method provided in the embodiment of the present application further includes: the communication device receives the configuration information of the second time resource from the first terminal. The second time resource is a time resource for the first terminal to perceive the side link resource, and the second time resource is obtained from the first time resource and the second offset value.
在一种可能的实现方式中，第一信息用于指示取消为第一终端配置的第一时间资源，以及用于指示取消为第一终端配置的第一DRX配置，本申请实施例提供的方法还包括：通信设备允许第一终端在第一时间资源内不执行感知侧行链路资源的动作，以及在第一非活动期维持唤醒状态。In a possible implementation manner, the first information is used to instruct to cancel the first time resource configured for the first terminal, and to instruct to cancel the first DRX configuration configured for the first terminal, the method provided in this embodiment of the application It also includes: the communication device allows the first terminal to not perform the action of sensing the side link resource within the first time resource, and maintains the awake state during the first inactive period.
在一种可能的实现方式中，本申请实施例提供的方法还包括：通信设备向第一终端发送第二时间资源的配置信息以及第二DRX配置，第二时间资源的配置信息用于配置第一终端感知侧行链路资源的时间段，第二时间资源由第一时间资源和第二偏移值得到，第二DRX配置为第一终端配置的第三非休眠期与第二时间资源不冲突。In a possible implementation manner, the method provided in the embodiment of the present application further includes: the communication device sends configuration information of the second time resource and the second DRX configuration to the first terminal, and the configuration information of the second time resource is used to configure the first terminal. A time period for the terminal to perceive the side link resource, the second time resource is obtained from the first time resource and the second offset value, and the second DRX configuration is the third non-sleep period configured by the first terminal and the second time resource. conflict.
第七方面，本申请实施例提供一种计算机可读存储介质，计算机可读存储介质中存储有计算机程序或指令，当计算机程序或指令在计算机上运行时，使得计算机执行如第一方面至第一方面的任意一种可能的实现方式中描述的一种通信方法。该计算机可以为第一终端。In a seventh aspect, the embodiments of the present application provide a computer-readable storage medium. The computer-readable storage medium stores a computer program or instruction. When the computer program or instruction runs on a computer, the computer executes the operations as described in the first aspect to the first aspect. A communication method described in any one of the possible implementations on the one hand. The computer may be the first terminal.
第八方面，本申请实施例提供一种计算机可读存储介质，计算机可读存储介质中存储有计算机程序或指令，当计算机程序或指令在计算机上运行时，使得计算机执行如第二方面至第二方面的任意一种可能的实现方式中描述的一种通信方法。该计算机可以为通信设备。In an eighth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a computer-readable storage medium, and a computer program or instruction is stored in the computer-readable storage medium. A communication method described in any one of the possible implementations of the two aspects. The computer can be a communication device.
第九方面，本申请实施例提供一种包括指令的计算机程序产品，当指令在计算机上运行时，使得计算机执行第一方面或第一方面的各种可能的实现方式中描述的一种通信方法。In a ninth aspect, embodiments of the present application provide a computer program product including instructions. When the instructions run on a computer, the computer executes the communication method described in the first aspect or various possible implementations of the first aspect. .
第十方面，本申请实施例提供一种包括指令的计算机程序产品，当指令在计算机上运行时，使得计算机执行第二方面或第二方面的各种可能的实现方式中描述的一种通信方法。In a tenth aspect, embodiments of the present application provide a computer program product including instructions, which when the instructions run on a computer, cause the computer to execute the second aspect or a communication method described in various possible implementations of the second aspect .
第十一方面，本申请实施例提供一种通信装置用于实现上述第一方面至第六方面中任一方面的各种可能的设计中的各种方法。该通信装置可以为上述第一终端，或者包含上述第一终端的装置，或者应用于第一终端中的部件(例如，芯片)。或者，该通信装置可以为上述通信设备，或者包含上述通信设备的装置，或者通信装置可以为应用于通信设备中的部件(例如，芯片)。该通信装置包括实现上述方法相应的模块、单元、该模块、单元可以通过硬件实现，软件实现，或者通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。该硬件或软件包括一个或多个与上述功能相对应的模块或单元。In an eleventh aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device for implementing various possible designs of any one of the foregoing first aspect to the sixth aspect. The communication device may be the above-mentioned first terminal, or a device including the above-mentioned first terminal, or a component (for example, a chip) applied to the first terminal. Alternatively, the communication device may be the above-mentioned communication device, or a device including the above-mentioned communication device, or the communication device may be a component (for example, a chip) applied to the communication device. The communication device includes modules and units corresponding to the foregoing methods. The modules and units can be implemented by hardware, software, or hardware execution of corresponding software. The hardware or software includes one or more modules or units corresponding to the above-mentioned functions.
应理解，上述第十一方面中描述的通信装置中还可以包括：总线和存储器，存储器用于存储代码和数据。可选的，至少一个处理器通信接口和存储器相互耦合。It should be understood that the communication device described in the eleventh aspect may further include a bus and a memory, and the memory is used to store code and data. Optionally, at least one processor communication interface and the memory are coupled to each other.
第十二方面，本申请实施例提供了一种通信装置，该通信装置包括：收发器和至少一个处理器。其中，至少一个处理器和收发器通信，当该通信装置运行时，该至少一个处理器执行存储器中存储的计算机执行指令或程序，以使该通信装置执行如上述第一方面或第一方面的任一方面的各种可能的设计中的任一项的方法。例如，该通信装置可以为第一终端，或者为应用于第一终端中的芯片。In a twelfth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device. The communication device includes a transceiver and at least one processor. Wherein, at least one processor communicates with the transceiver, and when the communication device is running, the at least one processor executes computer-executable instructions or programs stored in the memory, so that the communication device executes the first aspect or the first aspect described above. Any one of the various possible designs of any aspect. For example, the communication device may be the first terminal or a chip applied in the first terminal.
第十三方面，本申请实施例提供了一种通信装置，该通信装置包括：收发器和至少一个处理器。其中，至少一个处理器和收发器耦合，当该通信装置运行时，该至少一个处理器执行存储器中存储的计算机执行指令或程序，以使该通信装置执行如上述第二方面或第二方面的任一方面的各种可能的设计中的任一项的方法。例如，该通信装置可以为通信设备，或者为应用于通信设备中的芯片。In a thirteenth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device. The communication device includes a transceiver and at least one processor. Wherein, at least one processor is coupled with the transceiver, and when the communication device is running, the at least one processor executes computer-executable instructions or programs stored in the memory, so that the communication device executes the second aspect or the second aspect described above. Any one of the various possible designs of any aspect. For example, the communication device may be a communication device, or a chip applied in a communication device.
在一种可能的实现方式中，第十二方面和第十三方面中描述的通信装置还可以包括：存储器。其中，存储器用于存储计算机执行指令或程序。In a possible implementation manner, the communication device described in the twelfth aspect and the thirteenth aspect may further include a memory. Among them, the memory is used to store computer execution instructions or programs.
第十二方面至第十三方面任一方面描述的存储器还可以使用存储介质替换，本申请实施例对此不作限定。The memory described in any one of the twelfth aspect to the thirteenth aspect may also be replaced with a storage medium, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
在一种可能的实现方式中，第十二方面至第十三方面任一方面描述的存储器可以为该通信装置内部的存储器，当然，该存储器也可以位于该通信装置外部，但是至少一个处理器仍然可以执行该存储器中存储的计算机执行指令或程序。In a possible implementation manner, the memory described in any one of the twelfth aspect to the thirteenth aspect may be a memory inside the communication device. Of course, the memory may also be located outside the communication device, but at least one processor The computer-executable instructions or programs stored in the memory can still be executed.
第十四方面，本申请实施例提供了一种通信装置，该通信装置包括一个或者多个模块，用于实现上述第一方面、第二方面、第三方面、第四方面、第五方面、第六方面中任一个方面的方法，该一个或者多个模块可以与上述第一方面、第二方面、第三方面、第四方面、第五方面、第六方面中任一个方面的方法中的各个步骤相对应。In a fourteenth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device that includes one or more modules for implementing the first aspect, the second aspect, the third aspect, the fourth aspect, and the fifth aspect, In the method of any one of the sixth aspect, the one or more modules can be combined with any one of the above-mentioned methods of the first, second, third, fourth, fifth, and sixth aspects. The steps correspond to each other.
第十五方面，本申请实施例提供一种芯片系统，该芯片系统包括处理器，该处理器用于读取并执行存储器中存储的计算机程序，以执行第一方面及其任意可能的实现方式中的方法。In a fifteenth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a chip system that includes a processor, and the processor is configured to read and execute a computer program stored in a memory to execute the first aspect and any possible implementation manners thereof. Methods.
可选地，芯片系统可以为单个芯片，或者多个芯片组成的芯片模组。Optionally, the chip system may be a single chip or a chip module composed of multiple chips.
可选地，芯片系统还包括存储器，存储器与处理器通过电路或电线与存储器连接。Optionally, the chip system further includes a memory, and the memory and the processor are connected to the memory through a circuit or a wire.
进一步可选地，芯片系统还包括通信接口。通信接口用于与芯片之外的其它模块进行通信。Further optionally, the chip system further includes a communication interface. The communication interface is used to communicate with other modules outside the chip.
第十六方面，本申请实施例提供一种芯片系统，该芯片系统包括处理器，处理器用于读取并执行存储器中存储的计算机程序，以执行第二方面及其任意可能的实现方式中的方法。In a sixteenth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a chip system including a processor, and the processor is configured to read and execute a computer program stored in a memory to execute the second aspect and any possible implementation manners thereof method.
可选地，芯片系统可以为单个芯片，或者多个芯片组成的芯片模组。Optionally, the chip system may be a single chip or a chip module composed of multiple chips.
可选地，芯片系统还包括存储器，存储器与处理器通过电路或电线与存储器连接。Optionally, the chip system further includes a memory, and the memory and the processor are connected to the memory through a circuit or a wire.
进一步可选地，芯片系统还包括通信接口。通信接口用于与芯片之外的其它模块进行通信。Further optionally, the chip system further includes a communication interface. The communication interface is used to communicate with other modules outside the chip.
第十七方面，本申请实施例提供一种通信系统，该通信系统包括：第一终端和通信设备。其中，第一终端用于执行第一方面及其任意可能的实现方式中的方法，通信设备用于执行第二方面及其任意可能的实现方式中的方法。In a seventeenth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication system. The communication system includes: a first terminal and a communication device. The first terminal is used to execute the method in the first aspect and any possible implementation manners thereof, and the communication device is used to execute the method in the second aspect and any possible implementation manners thereof.
第十八方面，本申请实施例提供一种通信系统，该通信系统包括：第一终端和通信设备。其中，第一终端用于执行第三方面及其任意可能的实现方式中的方法，通信设备用于执行第四方面及其任意可能的实现方式中的方法。In an eighteenth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication system. The communication system includes: a first terminal and a communication device. The first terminal is used to execute the method in the third aspect and any possible implementation manners thereof, and the communication device is used to execute the method in the fourth aspect and any possible implementation manners thereof.
第十九方面，本申请实施例提供一种通信系统，该通信系统包括：第一终端和通信设备。其中，第一终端用于执行第五方面及其任意可能的实现方式中的方法，通信设备用于执行第六方面及其任意可能的实现方式中的方法。In a nineteenth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication system. The communication system includes: a first terminal and a communication device. The first terminal is used to execute the method in the fifth aspect and any possible implementation manners thereof, and the communication device is used to execute the method in the sixth aspect and any possible implementation manners thereof.
上述提供的任一种装置或计算机存储介质或计算机程序产品或芯片或通信系统均用于执行上文所提供的对应的方法，因此，其所能达到的有益效果可参考上文提供的对应的方法中对应方案的有益效果，此处不再赘述。Any of the above-provided devices or computer storage media or computer program products or chips or communication systems are used to execute the corresponding methods provided above. Therefore, the beneficial effects that can be achieved can refer to the corresponding ones provided above The beneficial effects of the corresponding solutions in the method will not be repeated here.
附图说明Description of the drawings
图1为本申请实施例提供的一种DRX周期的示意图；FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a DRX cycle provided by an embodiment of this application;
图2为本申请实施例提供的一种感知侧行链路资源的示意图；FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of sensing side link resources provided by an embodiment of this application;
图3为本申请实施例提供的一种通信系统的架构示意图；FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of the architecture of a communication system provided by an embodiment of this application;
图4为本申请实施例提供的另一种通信系统的架构示意图；FIG. 4 is a schematic structural diagram of another communication system provided by an embodiment of this application;
图5为本申请实施例提供的一种通信设备的结构示意图；FIG. 5 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of this application;
图6为本申请实施例提供的一种通信方法的流程示意图；FIG. 6 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of this application;
图7a～图7d为本申请实施例提供的一种时间资源和非活动期冲突的示意图；7a to 7d are schematic diagrams of conflicts between time resources and inactive periods provided by embodiments of this application;
图8～图12为本申请实施例提供的另一种通信方法的流程示意图；8 to 12 are schematic flowcharts of another communication method provided by an embodiment of this application;
图13为本申请实施例提供的一种通信装置的结构示意图；FIG. 13 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of this application;
图14为本申请实施例提供的一种芯片的结构示意图。FIG. 14 is a schematic structural diagram of a chip provided by an embodiment of the application.
具体实施方式detailed description
为了便于清楚描述本申请实施例的技术方案，在本申请的实施例中，采用了“第一”、“第二”等字样对功能和作用基本相同的相同项或相似项进行区分。例如，第一终端和第二终端仅仅是为了区分不同的终端，并不对其先后顺序进行限定。本领域技术人员可以理解“第一”、“第二”等字样并不对数量和执行次序进行限定，并且“第一”、“第二”等字样也并不限定一定不同。In order to clearly describe the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application, in the embodiments of the present application, words such as "first" and "second" are used to distinguish the same or similar items with basically the same function and effect. For example, the first terminal and the second terminal are only used to distinguish between different terminals, and the sequence of them is not limited. Those skilled in the art can understand that the words "first", "second" and the like do not limit the quantity and order of execution, and the words "first" and "second" do not limit the difference.
需要说明的是，本申请中，“示例性的”或者“例如”等词用于表示作例子、例证或说明。本申请中被描述为“示例性的”或者“例如”的任何实施例或设计方案不应被解释为比其他实施例或设计方案更优选或更具优势。确切而言，使用“示例性的”或者“例如”等词旨在以具体方式呈现相关概念。It should be noted that in this application, words such as "exemplary" or "for example" are used to represent examples, illustrations, or illustrations. Any embodiment or design solution described as "exemplary" or "for example" in this application should not be construed as being more preferable or advantageous than other embodiments or design solutions. To be precise, words such as "exemplary" or "for example" are used to present related concepts in a specific manner.
本申请实施例描述的网络架构以及业务场景是为了更加清楚的说明本申请实施例的技术方案，并不构成对于本申请实施例提供的技术方案的限定，本领域普通技术人员可知，随着网络架构的演变和新业务场景的出现，本申请实施例提供的技术方案对于类似的技术问题，同样适用。The network architecture and business scenarios described in the embodiments of this application are intended to more clearly illustrate the technical solutions of the embodiments of this application, and do not constitute a limitation to the technical solutions provided in the embodiments of this application. Those of ordinary skill in the art will know that with the network With the evolution of architecture and the emergence of new business scenarios, the technical solutions provided in the embodiments of this application are equally applicable to similar technical problems.
本申请中，“至少一个”是指一个或者多个，“多个”是指两个或两个以上。“和/或”，描述关联对象的关联关系，表示可以存在三种关系，例如，A和/或B，可以表示：单独存在A，同时存在A和B，单独存在B的情况，其中A，B可以是单数或者复数。字符“/”一般表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系。“以下至少一项(个)”或其类似表达，是指的这些项中的任意组合，包括单项(个)或复数项(个)的任意组合。例如，a，b，或c中的至少一项(个)，可以表示：a，b，c，a-b，a-c，b-c，或a-b-c，其中a，b，c可以是单个，也可以是多个。In this application, "at least one" refers to one or more, and "multiple" refers to two or more. "And/or" describes the association relationship of the associated objects, indicating that there can be three relationships, for example, A and/or B, which can mean: A alone exists, A and B exist at the same time, and B exists alone, where A, B can be singular or plural. The character "/" generally indicates that the associated objects before and after are in an "or" relationship. "The following at least one item (a)" or similar expressions refers to any combination of these items, including any combination of a single item (a) or a plurality of items (a). For example, at least one of a, b, or c can mean: a, b, c, ab, ac, bc, or abc, where a, b, and c can be single or multiple .
本申请实施例中提供的一种通信方法中所涉及到的步骤仅仅作为示例，并非所有的步骤均是必须执行的步骤，或者并非各个信息或消息中的内容均是必选的，在使用过程中可以根据需要酌情增加或减少。The steps involved in a communication method provided in the embodiments of this application are merely examples. Not all steps are mandatory steps, or not all information or content in the message is mandatory. The medium can be increased or decreased as appropriate.
本申请实施例中同一个步骤或者具有相同功能的步骤或者消息在不同实施例之间可以互相参考借鉴。The same step or steps or messages with the same function in the embodiments of the present application may refer to each other among different embodiments.
本申请实施例描述的系统架构以及业务场景是为了更加清楚的说明本申请实施例的技术方案，并不构成对于本申请实施例提供的技术方案的限定，本领域普通技术人员可知，随着网络架构的演变和新业务场景的出现，本申请实施例提供的技术方案对于类似的技术问题，同样适用。The system architecture and business scenarios described in the embodiments of this application are intended to illustrate the technical solutions of the embodiments of this application more clearly, and do not constitute a limitation on the technical solutions provided in the embodiments of this application. Those of ordinary skill in the art will know that with the network With the evolution of architecture and the emergence of new business scenarios, the technical solutions provided in the embodiments of this application are equally applicable to similar technical problems.
本申请实施例的技术方案可以应用于各种通信系统。例如：全球移动通信系统(global system for mobile communication，GSM)、演进通用无线陆地接入(evolved universal terrestrial radio access，E-UTRA)系统、通用移动通信系统(universal mobile telecommunications system，UMTS)以及UMTS演进版本、长期演进(long term evolution，LTE)和基于LTE演进的各种版本、第五代(5th-generation，5G)通信系统、以及新空口(new radio，NR)等下一代通信系统中。此外，上述通信系统还可以适用于面向未来的通信技术，都适用本申请实施例提供的技术方案。The technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application can be applied to various communication systems. For example: global system for mobile communication (GSM), evolved universal terrestrial radio access (E-UTRA) system, universal mobile telecommunications system (UMTS), and UMTS evolution Versions, long term evolution (LTE) and various versions based on LTE evolution, fifth-generation (5th-generation, 5G) communication systems, and new radio (NR) and other next-generation communication systems. In addition, the above-mentioned communication system may also be applicable to future-oriented communication technologies, all of which are applicable to the technical solutions provided in the embodiments of the present application.
在介绍本申请实施例之前首先对本申请实施例中涉及到的名词作如下释义：Before introducing the embodiments of the present application, firstly, the terms involved in the embodiments of the present application are explained as follows:
1)、侧行链路(sidelink，SL)是指：针对终端和终端之间直接通信定义的。也即终端和终端之间不通过基站转发而直接通信的链路。1). Sidelink (SL) refers to: defined for the direct communication between the terminal and the terminal. That is, the link between the terminal and the terminal for direct communication without forwarding through the base station.
2)、sidelink资源是指：终端之间在侧行链路上进行侧行链路业务数据和控制信息传输时使用的资源。2) The sidelink resource refers to the resource used when transmitting sidelink service data and control information on the sidelink between terminals.
3)、侧行链路业务数据是指：任意两个终端在侧行链路上传输的业务数据或者控制信息。3). Side link service data refers to: service data or control information transmitted by any two terminals on the side link.
4)、非连续接收(discontinuous reception，DRX)，是指终端仅在必要的时间打开接收机进入激活态(也可以称为活动状态)，以接收下行数据和信令。而在其他时间关闭接收机进入休眠态(也可以称为非活动状态)。在终端处于休眠态时，该终端停止接收下行数据和信令。DRX为终端的一种节省终端电力消耗的工作模式。DRX分为空闲态DRX和连接态DRX。空闲态DRX由于没有RRC连接和终端专有承载，所以是通过感知寻呼信道实现。连接态DRX是指终端处于RRC连接态时的DRX特性，通过监听物理下行控制信道(Physical downlink control channel，PDCCH)来实现。DRX机制的示意图如图1所示，在时域上，时间被分成一个个连续的DRX周期(DRX cycle)。DRX周期包括活动期(采用DRX持续时间定时器(drx-onDurationTimer)计时)和非活动期。在活动期，终端感知PDCCH或物理侧行链路控制信道(Pysical Sidelink Control Channel，PSCCH)。在非活动期，终端不感知也不接收下行信号，以节省功耗。DRX持续时间定时器指：DRX周期开始时，其中on duration的持续时间，在该drx-onDurationTimer运行期间，终端处于唤醒状态(也可以称为激活状态)。4) Discontinuous reception (DRX) means that the terminal only turns on the receiver when necessary to enter the active state (also called the active state) to receive downlink data and signaling. At other times, the receiver is turned off and enters the dormant state (also called the inactive state). When the terminal is in the dormant state, the terminal stops receiving downlink data and signaling. DRX is a working mode of the terminal to save the power consumption of the terminal. DRX is divided into idle state DRX and connected state DRX. The idle state DRX is realized by sensing the paging channel because there is no RRC connection and terminal dedicated bearer. Connected DRX refers to the DRX characteristics when the terminal is in the RRC connected state, which is implemented by monitoring the physical downlink control channel (PDCCH). A schematic diagram of the DRX mechanism is shown in Figure 1. In the time domain, time is divided into successive DRX cycles (DRX cycles). The DRX cycle includes an active period (timed by a DRX duration timer (drx-onDurationTimer)) and an inactive period. During the active period, the terminal senses the PDCCH or the physical side link control channel (Pysical Sidelink Control Channel, PSCCH). During the inactive period, the terminal does not sense or receive downlink signals to save power consumption. The DRX duration timer refers to the on-duration duration at the beginning of the DRX cycle. During the operation of the drx-onDurationTimer, the terminal is in an awake state (also called an active state).
DRX的典型应用场景包括下面几类：对时延不敏感、非大多数时刻都有数据需要接收和发送的业务，如浏览网页、email、FTP。产生稀少小包的业务，例如呈现(Presence)业务。周期性连续小包业务，如VoIP(Voice over IP)业务，自动邻居关系(Automatic Neighbour Relation，ANR)测量。Typical application scenarios of DRX include the following categories: services that are not sensitive to delay and have data that needs to be received and sent not most of the time, such as web browsing, email, and FTP. Services that generate scarce packets, such as presence services. Periodic continuous small packet services, such as VoIP (Voice over IP) services, and Automatic Neighbour Relation (ANR) measurement.
如图1所示，DRX Cycle为不连续接收的周期，每个周期内终端会定时醒过来一段时间接收数据。DRX Cycle有两种：长周期(如图1中的(a)所示)和短周期(如图1中的(b)所示)，长周期是短周期的整数倍。drx-onDurationTimer一段连续的下行子帧数，在这段时间内终端需要感知PDCCH或PSCCH，表示终端醒来后维持唤醒状态的时间。该定时器在每个DRX周期开始时刻启动。As shown in Figure 1, DRX Cycle is a period of discontinuous reception. In each cycle, the terminal will wake up for a period of time to receive data. There are two DRX Cycles: long cycle (as shown in Figure 1 (a)) and short cycle (as shown in Figure 1 (b)). The long cycle is an integer multiple of the short cycle. drx-onDurationTimer is the number of continuous downlink subframes during which the terminal needs to sense the PDCCH or PSCCH, which indicates the time for the terminal to maintain the awake state after waking up. The timer is started at the beginning of each DRX cycle.
5)、活动期，指的是标准上定义的一个DRX cycle开始时drx-onDurationTimer运行时的时间，终端在活动期处于活动状态(也可以称为唤醒状态或者激活状态)。5) The active period refers to the time when the drx-onDurationTimer is running at the start of a DRX cycle defined in the standard, and the terminal is in an active state during the active period (also called the wake-up state or the active state).
6)、非活动期，指的是标准上定义的一个DRX cycle内drx-onDurationTimer超时以后的时间，终端在非活动期处于非活动状态(也可以称为休眠状态)。6) The inactive period refers to the time after the drx-onDurationTimer expires in a DRX cycle defined in the standard. During the inactive period, the terminal is in an inactive state (also referred to as a dormant state).
7)、唤醒状态，指终端能监听业务数据的状态，即处于接收数据时的状态，其是一个可变的概念。在唤醒状态时终端需要对PDCCH或PSCCH进行检测。PSCCH用于指示PSSCH传输的时频域资源位置、调制编码方式和侧行链路数据信道(PhysicalSidelinkSharedCHannel，PSSCH)中承载的数据的优先级等，PSSCH用于承载数据。7) The wake-up state refers to the state in which the terminal can monitor service data, that is, the state when receiving data, which is a variable concept. In the wake-up state, the terminal needs to detect the PDCCH or PSCCH. The PSCCH is used to indicate the time-frequency domain resource location of PSSCH transmission, the modulation and coding scheme, and the priority of the data carried in the side link data channel (Physical Sidelink Shared CHannel, PSSCH), and the PSSCH is used to carry the data.
其中，一个终端的唤醒状态包含该终端在活动期内的唤醒状态。或者一个终端的唤醒状态包括该终端在非活动期内的唤醒状态和其他维持唤醒状态的定时器的定时对应的时间内的唤醒状态。Among them, the wake-up state of a terminal includes the wake-up state of the terminal during the active period. Or the wake-up state of a terminal includes the wake-up state of the terminal during the inactive period and the wake-up state within a time corresponding to the timing of other timers that maintain the wake-up state.
值得说明的是，如果终端没有其他维持唤醒状态的定时器开启，则唤醒状态为该终端的活动期内终端所处的状态。非活动状态为终端在非活动期内所处的状态。It is worth noting that if the terminal does not have other timers for maintaining the wake-up state to be started, the wake-up state is the state the terminal is in during the active period of the terminal. The inactive state is the state the terminal is in during the inactive period.
如果终端存在其他维持唤醒状态的定时器开启，则终端的唤醒状态不仅包括该终端在活动期内的唤醒状态，也包括其他维持唤醒状态的定时器的定时对应的时间内的唤醒状态。If the terminal has other timers that maintain the wake-up state, the wake-up state of the terminal includes not only the wake-up state of the terminal during the active period, but also the wake-up state within the time corresponding to the timing of other timers that maintain the wake-up state.
8)、非活动状态，终端不能监听业务数据(可能可以监听其他数据)，在非活动状态终端不进行PDCCH或PSCCH检测，以节约电量。8) In the inactive state, the terminal cannot monitor service data (may be able to monitor other data), and the terminal does not perform PDCCH or PSCCH detection in the inactive state to save power.
非活动状态为终端在非活动期减去其他维持唤醒状态的定时器的持续时间内的状态。The inactive state is the state of the terminal during the inactive period minus the duration of other timers that maintain the awake state.
9)、资源感知(sensing)技术，在LTE V2X中，发送方终端在侧行链路上发送业务数据之前，可以使用感知技术，用以判定自身发送业务数据所需要的侧行链路资源。感知和资源保留的常规步骤为设置一个滑动感知窗，在滑动感知窗的这段时间中发送方终端持续解调和测量发送方终端的控制信息和PSSCH的能量。9) Resource sensing (sensing) technology. In LTE V2X, before sending service data on the side link, the sender terminal can use the sensing technology to determine the side link resources required for sending service data by itself. The conventional step of sensing and resource reservation is to set a sliding sensing window. During the time of the sliding sensing window, the sender terminal continuously demodulates and measures the control information of the sender terminal and the energy of the PSSCH.
如图2所示，图2以发送方终端感知侧行链路资源的过程为例，该过程包括：As shown in Fig. 2, Fig. 2 takes the process in which the sender terminal perceives side link resources as an example, and the process includes:
步骤201、发送方终端持续解码其他终端SA以及测量符合的物理侧行链路共享信道(Pysical Sidelink Share Channel，PSSCH)能量(keep decoding other UEs’SA and measuring corresponding PSSCH energy)。Step 201: The sender terminal continues to decode the SA of other terminals and measures the corresponding physical sidelink shared channel (Pysical Sidelink Share Channel, PSSCH) energy (keep decoding other UEs’ SA and measuring corresponding PSSCH energy).
步骤202、发送方终端收集位于滑动感知窗内的感知信息，其中，感知信息包括PSSCH-参考信号接收功率(Reference Signal Receiving Power，RSRP)以及侧行接收信号强度指示符(Side-Received Signal Strength Indicator，S-RSSI)测量。Step 202: The sender terminal collects the sensing information located in the sliding sensing window, where the sensing information includes PSSCH-Reference Signal Received Power (RSRP) and Side-Received Signal Strength Indicator (Side-Received Signal Strength Indicator) , S-RSSI) measurement.
步骤203、发送方终端排除能量高于预设能量阈值的侧行链路资源以及形成候选侧行链路资源集。Step 203: The sender terminal excludes side link resources whose energy is higher than a preset energy threshold and forms a candidate side link resource set.
步骤204、发送方终端从候选侧行链路资源集中选择目标资源以及周期性在该目标侧行链路资源上传输数据。Step 204: The sender terminal selects a target resource from the candidate side link resource set and periodically transmits data on the target side link resource.
步骤205、发送方终端如果判断需要重新选择侧行链路资源，则执行步骤202。如果发送方终端判断无需重新选择侧行链路资源，则执行步骤204。Step 205: If the sender terminal determines that the side link resource needs to be reselected, step 202 is executed. If the sender terminal determines that there is no need to reselect the side link resource, step 204 is executed.
本申请但凡涉及到终端感知侧行链路资源的过程均可以参考图2的描述，对于接收方终端而言，如果该接收方终端感知侧行链路的目的是为了供发送方终端传输数据，那么步骤204可以替换为：接收方终端从候选侧行链路资源集中选择目标资源，然后将目标资源的信息发送给发送方终端。值得说明的是，当接收方终端感知侧行链路资源时上述步骤201～204中的发送方终端需要替换为接收方终端。In this application, reference can be made to the description of Fig. 2 for the process of terminal sensing of side link resources. For the receiver terminal, if the purpose of the receiver terminal's sensing of the side link is for the sender terminal to transmit data, Then step 204 can be replaced by: the receiver terminal selects the target resource from the candidate side uplink resource set, and then sends the target resource information to the sender terminal. It is worth noting that when the receiver terminal senses the side link resources, the sender terminal in the above steps 201 to 204 needs to be replaced with the receiver terminal.
为了提升交通系统的安全性和智能化，智能交通的系统理念逐渐兴起。近阶段，智能交通系统的开发将主要集中在智能公路交通系统领域，也就是俗称的车联网(vehicle to everything，V2X)。V2X通信包括车与车(Vehicle to Vehicle，V2V)通信、车与路侧基础设施(Vehicle to Infrastructure，V2I)通信以及车与行人通信(Vehicle to People，V2P)通信。V2X应用将改善驾驶安全性、减少拥堵和车辆能耗、提高交通效率。比如与红绿灯、校区和铁路道口等设施之间通信。车联网系统是基于长期演进(Long Term Evaluation。LTE)V2V或新空口V2V的一种侧行链传输技术，与传统的LTE系统或者NR中通信数据通过网络设备接收或者发送的方式不同，车联网系统采用终端到终端直接通信的方式。In order to improve the safety and intelligence of the transportation system, the system concept of intelligent transportation is gradually emerging. In the recent stage, the development of intelligent transportation systems will mainly focus on the field of intelligent highway transportation systems, which is commonly known as the vehicle to everything (V2X). V2X communication includes vehicle to vehicle (Vehicle to Vehicle, V2V) communication, vehicle to roadside infrastructure (Vehicle to Infrastructure, V2I) communication, and vehicle to pedestrian (Vehicle to People, V2P) communication. V2X applications will improve driving safety, reduce congestion and vehicle energy consumption, and improve traffic efficiency. For example, communication with facilities such as traffic lights, campuses, and railway crossings. The Internet of Vehicles system is a side-link transmission technology based on Long Term Evaluation (LTE) V2V or New Air Interface V2V. It is different from the traditional LTE system or the way in which communication data in NR is received or sent through network equipment. The Internet of Vehicles The system adopts terminal-to-terminal direct communication.
随着通信技术的演进，万物互联也在不断加速，3GPP在Release 14和15期间，在LTE中引入了对V2V和V2X(Vehicle-to-Everything)服务的支持，以便将3GPP平台扩展到汽车行业。NR V2X将补充LTE V2X以实现先进的V2X服务，并支持与LTE V2X的互通。With the evolution of communication technology, the Internet of Everything is also accelerating. During Release 14 and 15, 3GPP introduced support for V2V and V2X (Vehicle-to-Everything) services in LTE in order to extend the 3GPP platform to the automotive industry. . NR V2X will supplement LTE V2X to realize advanced V2X services and support interworking with LTE V2X.
在sidelink中，两个终端(比如，发送方终端和接收方终端)之间可以直接发送数据。这样发送方终端不需要先把数据发送给基站，再通过核心网的转发，再发给接收方终端。可以大大减少数据时延。In sidelink, two terminals (for example, the sender terminal and the receiver terminal) can send data directly. In this way, the sender terminal does not need to first send the data to the base station, and then forward it through the core network, and then send it to the receiver terminal. Can greatly reduce the data delay.
sidelink通信的场景如图3所示，图3示出了本申请实施例提供的一种通信系统，该系统包括：发送方终端(Tx UE)10、接收方终端(Rx UE)20、终端30。应理解，在图3中示出了1个发送方终端10、接收方终端20以及终端30。The scenario of sidelink communication is shown in Figure 3, which shows a communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application. The system includes: a sender terminal (Tx UE) 10, a receiver terminal (Rx UE) 20, and a terminal 30 . It should be understood that one sender terminal 10, a receiver terminal 20, and a terminal 30 are shown in FIG. 3.
本申请实施例中的接收方终端20指能够接收发送方终端10发送的业务数据的终端，当然，该接收方终端20除了接收业务数据外也可以发送业务数据。发送方终端10指能够发送业务数据的终端，当然，该发送方终端10除了发送业务数据外也可以接收其他设备(比如终端30或网络设备40)发送的业务数据。发送方终端和接收方终端为相对的概念。The receiver terminal 20 in the embodiment of the present application refers to a terminal capable of receiving service data sent by the sender terminal 10. Of course, the receiver terminal 20 may also send service data in addition to receiving service data. The sender terminal 10 refers to a terminal capable of sending service data. Of course, the sender terminal 10 may also receive service data sent by other devices (such as the terminal 30 or the network device 40) in addition to sending service data. The sender terminal and the receiver terminal are relative concepts.
可以理解的是，本申请实施例中发送方终端10、接收方终端20能够进行侧行链路通信，且发送方终端10或接收方终端20中的一个或多个采用省电模式，即发送方终端10或接收方终端20在一个周期内包括非活动期和活动期。It is understandable that in the embodiment of the present application, the sender terminal 10 and the receiver terminal 20 can perform sidelink communication, and one or more of the sender terminal 10 or the receiver terminal 20 adopts the power saving mode, that is, the sending The party terminal 10 or the recipient terminal 20 includes an inactive period and an active period in one cycle.
终端30用于为发送方终端10或接收方终端20配置DRX配置，和/或，用于感知侧行链路资源的时间资源。图3中以接收方终端20和发送方终端10与同一个终端30通信为例，在实际过程中，为接收方终端20和发送方终端10配置DRX配置，和/或，用于感知侧行链路资源的时间资源的终端也可以是不同的终端。比如，终端30为发送方终端10配置DRX配置，和/或，用于感知侧行链路资源的时间资源。比如，终端30为接收方终端20配置DRX配置，和/或，用于感知侧行链路资源的时间资源。值得说明的是，为接收方终端20(或发送方终端10)配置DRX配置的终端和配置用于感知侧行链路资源的时间资源的终端可以是同一个终端，也可以是不同的终端，本申请实施例对此不做限定。The terminal 30 is used to configure the DRX configuration for the sender terminal 10 or the receiver terminal 20, and/or to sense the time resources of the side link resources. In FIG. 3, the receiver terminal 20 and the sender terminal 10 communicate with the same terminal 30 as an example. In the actual process, DRX configuration is configured for the receiver terminal 20 and the sender terminal 10, and/or, for sensing side travel The terminal of the time resource of the link resource may also be a different terminal. For example, the terminal 30 configures the DRX configuration for the sender terminal 10, and/or is used to sense the time resources of the side link resources. For example, the terminal 30 configures the DRX configuration for the receiver terminal 20 and/or is used to sense the time resources of the side link resources. It is worth noting that the terminal configured with DRX configuration for the receiver terminal 20 (or the sender terminal 10) and the terminal configured with time resources for sensing side link resources may be the same terminal or different terminals. This embodiment of the application does not limit this.
值得说明的是，当接收方终端20的DRX配置，和/或，用于感知侧行链路资源的时间资源由发送方终端10配置时，终端30可以省略。It is worth noting that when the DRX configuration of the receiver terminal 20 and/or the time resource for sensing side link resources is configured by the sender terminal 10, the terminal 30 may be omitted.
在一种可能的实现方式中，该通信系统还可以包括：网络设备40。其中，网络设备40与发送方终端10、接收方终端20、终端30之间具有第二接口(比如，Uu接口)。其中，Uu接口的用户面主要传输用户数据；控制面传输相关信令，建立、重新配置和释放各种移动通信无线承载业务。In a possible implementation manner, the communication system may further include: a network device 40. There is a second interface (for example, Uu interface) between the network device 40 and the sender terminal 10, the receiver terminal 20, and the terminal 30. Among them, the user plane of the Uu interface mainly transmits user data; the control plane transmits related signaling to establish, reconfigure and release various mobile communication radio bearer services.
网络设备40用于为发送方终端10或接收方终端20配置DRX配置(例如，非活动期和活动期)，和/或，用于感知侧行链路资源的时间资源。当通信系统中包括网络设备40时，如果发送方终端10(或接收方终端20)的感知侧行链路资源的时间资源和DRX配置均由网络设备40配置，那么该终端30也可以省略。当然，当通信系统中包括网络设备40时，如果发送方终端10(或接收方终端20)的DRX配置由网络设备40配置，那么发送方终端10(或接收方终端20)的感知侧行链路资源的时间资源可以由终端30配置，这时终端30则需要保留。当然，终端30也可以为发送方终端10(或接收方终端20)配置DRX配置，而由网络设备40为发送方终端10(或接收方终端20)配置感知侧行链路资源的时间资源，本申请实施例对此不做限定。该发送方终端10和接收方终端20可以接入不同的网络设备，在图1中以二者接入同一个网络设备为例。The network device 40 is used to configure the DRX configuration (for example, the inactive period and the active period) for the sender terminal 10 or the receiver terminal 20, and/or to sense the time resources of the side link resources. When the communication system includes the network device 40, if the time resource and DRX configuration of the sensing side link resource of the sender terminal 10 (or the receiver terminal 20) are configured by the network device 40, the terminal 30 can also be omitted. Of course, when the network device 40 is included in the communication system, if the DRX configuration of the sender terminal 10 (or receiver terminal 20) is configured by the network device 40, then the sensory side chain of the sender terminal 10 (or receiver terminal 20) The time resource of the path resource can be configured by the terminal 30, and then the terminal 30 needs to reserve it. Of course, the terminal 30 can also configure the DRX configuration for the sender terminal 10 (or the receiver terminal 20), and the network device 40 configures the sender terminal 10 (or the receiver terminal 20) with time resources for sensing side link resources. This embodiment of the application does not limit this. The sender terminal 10 and the receiver terminal 20 can access different network devices. In FIG. 1, the two are connected to the same network device as an example.
其中，发送方终端10和接收方终端20、发送方终端10和终端30、或者接收方终端20和终端30之间具有用于直连通信的第一接口，该第一接口可以称为PC5接口。PC5接口上用于终端之间通信的传输链路可以称为侧行链路。Among them, the sender terminal 10 and the receiver terminal 20, the sender terminal 10 and the terminal 30, or the receiver terminal 20 and the terminal 30 have a first interface for direct communication. The first interface may be referred to as a PC5 interface. . The transmission link used for communication between terminals on the PC5 interface can be called a side link.
例如，PC5接口可以采用专用频段(如5.9GHz)。For example, the PC5 interface can use a dedicated frequency band (such as 5.9 GHz).
如图4所示，以网络设备40为基站为例，图4示出了本申请实施例的一种场景架构。As shown in FIG. 4, taking the network device 40 as a base station as an example, FIG. 4 shows a scenario architecture of an embodiment of the present application.
如图4中的(a)～图4中的(f)所示，图4中的(a)～图4中的(b)中发送方终端10和接收方终端20之间的侧行链路可以包括：NR V2X SL和LTE V2X SL。As shown in Fig. 4(a) to Fig. 4(f), the side chain between the sender terminal 10 and the receiver terminal 20 in Fig. 4(a) to Fig. 4(b) Roads can include: NR V2X SL and LTE V2X SL.
图4中的(a)～图4中的(b)的区别在于：在图4中的(a)～图4中的(b)所示的架构中，发送方终端10和接收方终端20接入的核心网为5G核心网(5G Core，5GC)，但是在图4中的 (a)中发送方终端10和接收方终端20接入同一个基站，该基站为NR基站(比如gNB)，而在图4中的(b)中发送方终端10和接收方终端20接入同一个基站，该基站为4G基站(比如eNB)，在图4中的(c)中发送方终端10和接收方终端20接入同一个基站，该基站为4G基站(比如eNB)。在图4中的(c)中发送方终端10和接收方终端20接入4G核心网(例如，核心分组网演进(Evolved Packet Core，EPC)。The difference between (a) in FIG. 4 and (b) in FIG. 4 is: in the architecture shown in (a) and (b) in FIG. 4, the sender terminal 10 and the receiver terminal 20 The accessed core network is a 5G core network (5G Core, 5GC), but in Figure 4 (a), the sender terminal 10 and the receiver terminal 20 access the same base station, which is an NR base station (such as gNB) , And in Figure 4(b), the sender terminal 10 and the receiver terminal 20 access the same base station, which is a 4G base station (such as an eNB), and in Figure 4(c), the sender terminal 10 and The receiving terminal 20 accesses the same base station, which is a 4G base station (such as an eNB). In (c) of FIG. 4, the sender terminal 10 and the receiver terminal 20 access a 4G core network (for example, Evolved Packet Core (EPC)).
在图4中的(a)～图4中的(c)中，由基站为终端的NR V2X SL和LTE V2X SL提供控制或配置。在图4中的(a)～图4中的(c)中，发送方终端10可以在LTE V2X SL上传输数据量低，或紧急业务。发送方终端10可以在NR V2X SL上传输数据量高，或可靠性要求较高的业务。In Figure 4 (a) to Figure 4 (c), the base station provides control or configuration for the NR V2X SL and LTE V2X SL of the terminal. In Fig. 4(a) to Fig. 4(c), the sender terminal 10 can transmit low data volume or emergency services on LTE V2X SL. The sender terminal 10 can transmit services with high data volume or high reliability requirements on the NR V2X SL.
在图4中的(a)～图4中的(c)所示的架构中，以接收方终端20和发送方终端10接入一个基站为例，在实际过程中，接收方终端20和发送方终端10可以接入多个网络设备(比如，主基站或辅基站)。In the architecture shown in Fig. 4(a) to Fig. 4(c), taking the receiver terminal 20 and the sender terminal 10 accessing a base station as an example, in the actual process, the receiver terminal 20 and the sender terminal The party terminal 10 can access multiple network devices (for example, a primary base station or a secondary base station).
其中，主基站可以是终端在随机接入过程中接入的第一个基站。主基站负责与核心网控制面实体之间建立控制面连接、传输信令消息、以及决定是否为终端创建辅基站。此外，主基站还可以为终端选择辅基站。主基站支持终端的信令面接入管理、以及用户面的分流。Among them, the primary base station may be the first base station accessed by the terminal in the random access process. The primary base station is responsible for establishing a control plane connection with the core network control plane entity, transmitting signaling messages, and deciding whether to create a secondary base station for the terminal. In addition, the primary base station can also select a secondary base station for the terminal. The main base station supports the signaling plane access management of the terminal and the offloading of the user plane.
辅基站可以是主基站之外的第二个基站，用于为终端提供额外的无线资源的节点，与核心网控制面实体之间可以没有直接的控制面连接。辅基站支持终端的用户面的分流。The secondary base station may be a second base station other than the primary base station, and is a node used to provide additional wireless resources for the terminal, and there may be no direct control plane connection with the core network control plane entity. The secondary base station supports the offloading of the user plane of the terminal.
一种示例，本申请实施例中辅基站和主基站可以相同网络制式的基站。例如，辅基站和主基站分别对应的网络制式为4G系统中的演进型基站(evolved Node B，eNB或eNodeB)。又例如，辅基站和主基站分别对应的网络制式可以均为NR系统中的下一代节点B(The Next Generation Node B，gNB)。As an example, in the embodiment of the present application, the secondary base station and the primary base station may be base stations of the same network standard. For example, the network standards respectively corresponding to the secondary base station and the primary base station are evolved Node B (evolved Node B, eNB or eNodeB) in the 4G system. For another example, the network standards respectively corresponding to the secondary base station and the primary base station may both be the next generation node B (gNB) in the NR system.
另一种示例，本申请实施例中的辅基站和主基站可以为不同网络制式的基站。例如，主基站对应的网络制式为4G系统中的eNB，辅基站对应的网络制式为NR系统中的gNB。或者，主基站对应的网络制式为NR系统下的gNB，辅基站对应的网络制式为4G系统下的eNB。In another example, the secondary base station and the primary base station in the embodiment of the present application may be base stations of different network standards. For example, the network standard corresponding to the primary base station is the eNB in the 4G system, and the network standard corresponding to the secondary base station is the gNB in the NR system. Or, the network standard corresponding to the primary base station is gNB under the NR system, and the network standard corresponding to the secondary base station is eNB under the 4G system.
如图4中的(d)所示，以网络设备为基站为例，接收方终端20和发送方终端10接入的基站为gNB和eNB为例，其中，gNB为接收方终端20和发送方终端10的主基站，可以称为：MgNB。eNB为接收方终端20和发送方终端10的辅基站，可以称为：SeNB。该接收方终端20和发送方终端10所接入的核心网为5GC。As shown in (d) in Figure 4, taking the network equipment as the base station as an example, the base stations accessed by the receiver terminal 20 and the sender terminal 10 are gNB and eNB as an example, where gNB is the receiver terminal 20 and the sender The main base station of the terminal 10 may be called: MgNB. The eNB is a secondary base station of the receiver terminal 20 and the sender terminal 10, and may be referred to as: SeNB. The core network accessed by the receiver terminal 20 and the sender terminal 10 is 5GC.
如图4中的(e)所示，以网络设备为基站为例，接收方终端20和发送方终端10接入的基站为gNB和eNB为例，其中，eNB为接收方终端20和发送方终端10的主基站，可以称为：MeNB。gNB为接收方终端20和发送方终端10的辅基站，可以称为：SgNB。该接收方终端20和发送方终端10所接入的核心网为5GC。As shown in (e) in Figure 4, taking the network equipment as the base station as an example, the base stations accessed by the receiver terminal 20 and the sender terminal 10 are gNB and eNB as an example, where eNB is the receiver terminal 20 and the sender The primary base station of the terminal 10 may be referred to as: MeNB. The gNB is a secondary base station of the receiver terminal 20 and the sender terminal 10, and may be referred to as SgNB. The core network accessed by the receiver terminal 20 and the sender terminal 10 is 5GC.
如图4中的(f)所示，以网络设备为基站为例，接收方终端20和发送方终端10接入的基站为gNB和eNB为例，其中，gNB为接收方终端20和发送方终端10的主基站，可以称为：MgNB。eNB为接收方终端20和发送方终端10的辅基站，可以称为：SeNB。该接收方终端20和发送方终端10所接入的核心网为EPC。As shown in (f) in Figure 4, taking the network equipment as the base station as an example, the base stations accessed by the receiver terminal 20 and the sender terminal 10 are gNB and eNB as an example, where gNB is the receiver terminal 20 and the sender The main base station of the terminal 10 may be called: MgNB. The eNB is a secondary base station of the receiver terminal 20 and the sender terminal 10, and may be referred to as: SeNB. The core network accessed by the receiver terminal 20 and the sender terminal 10 is EPC.
以接收方终端20和发送方终端10为例，接收方终端20和发送方终端10可以通过资源在接收方终端20和发送方终端10之间的侧行链路上进行通信。本申请实施例中可以将接收方终端20和发送方终端10在侧行链路上进行通信的场景称为：sidelink通信场景，作为一种示例，本申请实施例中可以将接收方终端20和发送方终端10在侧行链路上进行通信所使用的资源称为：侧行 链路资源，本申请实施例对资源的具体名称不做限定，可以根据需要设置。Taking the receiver terminal 20 and the sender terminal 10 as an example, the receiver terminal 20 and the sender terminal 10 can communicate on the side link between the receiver terminal 20 and the sender terminal 10 through resources. In the embodiment of the present application, the scenario in which the receiver terminal 20 and the sender terminal 10 communicate on the side link can be referred to as a sidelink communication scenario. As an example, in the embodiment of the present application, the receiver terminal 20 and the sender terminal 10 can communicate with each other. The resource used by the sender terminal 10 for communication on the side link is called: side link resource. The embodiment of the present application does not limit the specific name of the resource, and can be set as required.
以发送方终端10利用侧行链路资源向接收方终端20发送侧行链路业务数据为例，那么发送方终端10目前可以通过以下方式获取侧行链路资源。接收方终端20获取侧行链路资源的方式可以参考发送方终端10获取侧行链路资源的方式，后续不再赘述。Taking the sender terminal 10 using the side link resource to send side link service data to the receiver terminal 20 as an example, the sender terminal 10 can currently obtain the side link resource in the following manner. The manner in which the receiver terminal 20 obtains the side link resource may refer to the manner in which the sender terminal 10 obtains the side link resource, which will not be described in detail later.
方式1(mode1)、网络调度的资源分配模式。Mode 1 (mode1), the resource allocation mode of network scheduling.
mode 1：发送方终端10在无线资源控制(radio resource control，RRC)连接态下，与网络设备(可以和上述网络设备40为同一个网络设备，也可以为不同的网络设备)进行数据传输，那么，与该发送方终端10通信的网络设备可以为该发送方终端10调度用于传输侧行链路业务数据的侧行链路资源。例如，发送方终端10向网络设备发送调度请求(scheduling request，SR)以及sidelink缓冲状态报告(buffer status reporting，BSR)。其中，sidelink BSR用于确定发送方终端10的Sidelink通信数据量大小。网络设备基于该sidelink BSR，可以确定发送方终端10的sidelink通信数据量大小，并为发送方终端10调度传输侧行链路业务数据所需的侧行链路资源。其中，网络设备使用配置的侧行链路无线网络临时标识(SL-radio network tempory identity，SL-RNTI)来调度用于Sidelink通信的侧行链路资源。Mode 1: The sender terminal 10 performs data transmission with a network device (which can be the same network device as the aforementioned network device 40, or a different network device) in the radio resource control (RRC) connection state, Then, the network device communicating with the sender terminal 10 can schedule side link resources for the sender terminal 10 to transmit side link service data. For example, the sender terminal 10 sends a scheduling request (scheduling request, SR) and a sidelink buffer status report (buffer status report, BSR) to the network device. Among them, the sidelink BSR is used to determine the amount of Sidelink communication data of the sender terminal 10. Based on the sidelink BSR, the network device can determine the amount of sidelink communication data of the sender terminal 10, and schedule the sidelink resources required for the sender terminal 10 to transmit sidelink service data. Among them, the network device uses the configured sidelink wireless network temporary identity (SL-RNTI) to schedule sidelink resources for Sidelink communication.
方式2(mode2)、终端自主选择的资源选择模式。Mode 2 (mode2), the resource selection mode independently selected by the terminal.
mode2、发送方终端10从资源池(通常包括一个或多个sidelink资源)中选择sidelink资源。例如，当发送方终端10处于网络覆盖范围内时，该资源池为网络设备在系统信息中广播的资源。当发送方终端10处于网络覆盖范围外时，该资源池为该发送方终端10预配置的资源。该资源池可以是针对该发送方终端10的特定资源池，即只有发送方终端10可以在该资源池中选择侧行链路资源。或者该资源池可以是包括该发送方终端10在内的多个终端共享的资源池，即除了该发送方终端10之外的其余终端也可以在该资源池中选择资源。针对后者，那么当发送方终端10自主选择资源池中的资源时，发送方终端10可以对资源池执行感知来选择sidelink资源。mode2, the sender terminal 10 selects a sidelink resource from a resource pool (usually including one or more sidelink resources). For example, when the sender terminal 10 is within the network coverage area, the resource pool is the resource broadcast by the network device in the system information. When the sender terminal 10 is outside the network coverage, the resource pool is a resource pre-configured for the sender terminal 10. The resource pool may be a specific resource pool for the sender terminal 10, that is, only the sender terminal 10 can select the side link resource in the resource pool. Or the resource pool may be a resource pool shared by multiple terminals including the sender terminal 10, that is, other terminals except the sender terminal 10 may also select resources in the resource pool. For the latter, when the sender terminal 10 autonomously selects resources in the resource pool, the sender terminal 10 can perform awareness on the resource pool to select sidelink resources.
sidelink传输是基于资源池的。所谓资源池，是一个逻辑上的概念，一个资源池包括多个物理资源，其中任意一个物理资源是用于传输数据的。一个终端进行数据传输的时候，可以从资源池中使用一个资源进行传输。The sidelink transmission is based on the resource pool. The so-called resource pool is a logical concept. A resource pool includes multiple physical resources, and any one of the physical resources is used to transmit data. When a terminal transmits data, it can use a resource from the resource pool for transmission.
一方面，本申请实施例中当发送方终端10在侧行链路上向接收方终端20发送业务数据之前，发送方终端10可以利用图2所示的方式在发送资源池中感知侧行链路资源，然后从感知到的侧行链路资源中选择用于向接收方终端20发送业务数据的侧行链路资源。On the one hand, in the embodiment of the present application, before the sender terminal 10 sends service data to the receiver terminal 20 on the side link, the sender terminal 10 can use the method shown in FIG. 2 to perceive the side link in the sending resource pool. Channel resources, and then select the side link resources used to send service data to the receiver terminal 20 from the sensed side link resources.
另一方面，为了保证发送方终端10发送的sidelink业务数据所使用的sidelink资源的质量，避免发送方终端10在自主从发送资源池中选择侧行链路资源时，由于多个终端随机在发送资源池中选择sidelink资源而导致的资源碰撞，即避免发送方终端10所选择的资源被其他多个终端占用，从而降低通信质量。那么发送方终端10可以通过感知预测未来某个时间段1内的侧行链路资源的占用情况，并将某个时间段1内的侧行链路资源的占用情况作为感知结果。所谓的侧行链路资源的占用情况可以指：其他终端是否占用了未来的该时间段1内的侧行链路资源。因此，基于感知结果，发送方终端10可以预留感知结果中对应的sidelink资源，保证自身通信质量。On the other hand, in order to ensure the quality of the sidelink resources used by the sidelink service data sent by the sender terminal 10, it is avoided that when the sender terminal 10 autonomously selects sidelink resources from the sending resource pool, multiple terminals are randomly sending The resource collision caused by the selection of the sidelink resource in the resource pool is to prevent the resource selected by the sender terminal 10 from being occupied by multiple other terminals, thereby reducing the communication quality. Then the sender terminal 10 can predict the occupancy of the side link resources in a certain time period 1 in the future through perception, and use the occupancy of the side link resources in a certain time period 1 as the sensing result. The so-called occupancy of side link resources may refer to whether other terminals occupy the side link resources in this time period 1 in the future. Therefore, based on the sensing result, the sender terminal 10 can reserve the corresponding sidelink resource in the sensing result to ensure its own communication quality.
在基于LTE或NR的V2X通信中，发送方终端10可以使用或基于LTE版本(Release)14标准协议中定义的感知过程来获取感知结果。示例性的，侧行链路资源的感知结果可以用于指示以下任意一项或多项：该资源池中的特定侧行链路资源的标识或者位置，该侧行链路资源上的信号强度，该侧行链路资源上的信号功率，该侧行链路资源的信道占用比(channel busy ratio，CBR)。In V2X communication based on LTE or NR, the sender terminal 10 may use or be based on the sensing process defined in the LTE Release 14 standard protocol to obtain the sensing result. Exemplarily, the sensing result of the side link resource may be used to indicate any one or more of the following: the identification or location of the specific side link resource in the resource pool, and the signal strength on the side link resource , The signal power on the side link resource, and the channel busy ratio (CBR) of the side link resource.
基于此，当发送方终端10向接收方终端20发送业务数据时，接收方终端20可以对接收资源池(即为上述发送资源池)中的接收资源进行sensing，并通过辅助信息将接收资源池中通信质量较好的接收资源的作为sensing结果发送给发送方终端10，使发送方终端10在进行资源选择时可以考虑接收方终端20所发送的辅助信息，以提高发送方终端10的数据接收质量。Based on this, when the sender terminal 10 sends service data to the receiver terminal 20, the receiver terminal 20 can sense the receiving resources in the receiving resource pool (that is, the above-mentioned sending resource pool), and use auxiliary information to transfer the receiving resource pool. The receiving resource with better communication quality is sent to the sender terminal 10 as the sensing result, so that the sender terminal 10 can consider the auxiliary information sent by the receiver terminal 20 when selecting resources, so as to improve the data reception of the sender terminal 10. quality.
值得说明的是，本申请的发送资源池和接收资源池包括的侧行链路资源可以部分相同或者全部相同。发送资源池和接收资源池是个相对的概念，如果发送方终端10在资源池1中选择侧行链路资源用于向接收方终端20发送业务数据，那么资源池1对于发送方终端10为发送资源池，对于接收方终端20为接收资源池。It is worth noting that the side link resources included in the sending resource pool and the receiving resource pool of this application may be partly the same or all of the same. The sending resource pool and the receiving resource pool are a relative concept. If the sender terminal 10 selects the side link resource in the resource pool 1 to send service data to the receiver terminal 20, then the resource pool 1 is a sender for the sender terminal 10 The resource pool is a receiving resource pool for the recipient terminal 20.
本申请实施例中涉及到的终端是一种具有无线通信功能的设备，可以部署在陆地上，包括室内或室外、手持或车载。也可以部署在水面上(如轮船等)。还可以部署在空中(例如飞机、气球和卫星上等)。终端又称之为用户设备(user equipment，UE)，移动台(mobile station，MS)、移动终端(mobile terminal，MT)以及终端设备等，是一种向用户提供语音和/或数据连通性的设备。例如，终端包括具有无线连接功能的手持式设备、车载设备等。目前，终端可以是：手机(mobile phone)、平板电脑、笔记本电脑、掌上电脑、移动互联网设备(mobile internet device，MID)、可穿戴设备(例如智能手表、智能手环、计步器等)，车载设备(例如，汽车、自行车、电动车、飞机、船舶、火车、高铁等)、虚拟现实(virtual reality，VR)设备、增强现实(augmented reality，AR)设备、工业控制(industrial control)中的无线终端、智能家居设备(例如，冰箱、电视、空调、电表等)、智能机器人、车间设备、无人驾驶(self driving)中的无线终端、远程手术(remote medical surgery)中的无线终端、智能电网(smart grid)中的无线终端、运输安全(transportation safety)中的无线终端、智慧城市(smart city)中的无线终端，或智慧家庭(smart home)中的无线终端、飞行设备(例如，智能机器人、热气球、无人机、飞机)等。本申请一种可能的应用的场景中终端为经常工作在地面的终端，例如车载设备。在本申请中，为了便于叙述，部署在上述设备中的芯片，例如片上系统(System-On-a-Chip，SOC)、基带芯片等，或者其他具备通信功能的芯片也可以称为终端。The terminal involved in the embodiment of this application is a device with wireless communication function, which can be deployed on land, including indoor or outdoor, handheld or vehicle-mounted. It can also be deployed on the water (such as ships, etc.). It can also be deployed in the air (for example, on airplanes, balloons, satellites, etc.). The terminal is also called user equipment (UE), mobile station (MS), mobile terminal (MT), and terminal equipment, etc., which provide users with voice and/or data connectivity. equipment. For example, terminals include handheld devices with wireless connection functions, vehicle-mounted devices, and so on. At present, the terminal can be: mobile phone (mobile phone), tablet computer, notebook computer, palm computer, mobile internet device (MID), wearable device (such as smart watch, smart bracelet, pedometer, etc.), In-vehicle equipment (for example, cars, bicycles, electric vehicles, airplanes, ships, trains, high-speed rail, etc.), virtual reality (VR) equipment, augmented reality (AR) equipment, industrial control (industrial control) Wireless terminals, smart home equipment (for example, refrigerators, TVs, air conditioners, electric meters, etc.), smart robots, workshop equipment, wireless terminals in self-driving, wireless terminals in remote medical surgery, and smart Wireless terminals in a smart grid, wireless terminals in transportation safety, wireless terminals in a smart city, or wireless terminals in a smart home, and flying equipment (e.g., smart Robots, hot air balloons, drones, airplanes), etc. In a possible application scenario of this application, the terminal is a terminal that often works on the ground, such as a vehicle-mounted device. In this application, for ease of description, chips deployed in the above-mentioned devices, such as System-On-a-Chip (SOC), baseband chips, etc., or other chips with communication functions may also be referred to as terminals.
终端可以是具有相应通信功能的车辆，或者车载通信装置，或者其它嵌入式通信装置，也可以是用户手持通信设备，包括手机，平板电脑等。The terminal may be a vehicle with corresponding communication function, or a vehicle-mounted communication device, or other embedded communication device, or a user-held communication device, including a mobile phone, a tablet computer, and the like.
作为示例，在本申请实施例中，该终端还可以是可穿戴设备。可穿戴设备也可以称为穿戴式智能设备，是应用穿戴式技术对日常穿戴进行智能化设计、开发出可以穿戴的设备的总称，如眼镜、手套、手表、服饰及鞋等。可穿戴设备即直接穿在身上，或是整合到用户的衣服或配件的一种便携式设备。可穿戴设备不仅仅是一种硬件设备，更是通过软件支持以及数据交互、云端交互来实现强大的功能。广义穿戴式智能设备包括功能全、尺寸大、可不依赖智能手机实现完整或者部分的功能，例如：智能手表或智能眼镜等，以及只专注于某一类应用功能，需要和其它设备如智能手机配合使用，如各类进行体征监测的智能手环、智能首饰等。As an example, in the embodiment of the present application, the terminal may also be a wearable device. Wearable devices can also be called wearable smart devices. It is a general term for the application of wearable technology to intelligently design daily wear and develop wearable devices, such as glasses, gloves, watches, clothing and shoes. A wearable device is a portable device that is directly worn on the body or integrated into the user's clothes or accessories. Wearable devices are not only a hardware device, but also realize powerful functions through software support, data interaction, and cloud interaction. In a broad sense, wearable smart devices include full-featured, large-sized, complete or partial functions that can be achieved without relying on smart phones, such as smart watches or smart glasses, and only focus on a certain type of application function, which need to cooperate with other devices such as smart phones. Use, such as all kinds of smart bracelets and smart jewelry for physical sign monitoring.
网络设备为与终端配合使用的一种可以用于发射或接收信号的实体。例如，可以是WLAN中的接入点(accesspoint，AP)，还可以是长期演进(longtimeevolution，LTE)中的演进型基站(evolvedNodeB，eNB或eNodeB)，或者中继站或接入点，或者车载设备、可穿戴设备以及第五代移动通信技术(5th generation mobile networks或5th generation wireless systems、5th-Generation，简称为：5G)网络(也可以称为新空口(NewRadio，NR))中的网络设备或者未来演进的PLMN网络中的网络设备等。本申请实施例中的网络设备可以为基站。作为一种示例，网络设备100可 以为第四代通讯技术(the 4 Generation mobile communication technology，4G)系统中的演进型基站(evolvedNodeB，eNB或eNodeB)。终端200为可以与eNB进行信息传输的终端。作为另一种示例，网络设备100可以为NR系统中的下一代节点B(thenextgenerationNodeB，gNB)，终端200为可以与gNB进行信息传输的终端。A network device is an entity that can be used to transmit or receive signals in conjunction with a terminal. For example, it can be an access point (AP) in a WLAN, an evolved base station (evolvedNodeB, eNB, or eNodeB) in a long-term evolution (LTE), or a relay station or access point, or a vehicle-mounted device, Wearable devices and fifth-generation mobile networks (5th generation mobile networks or 5th generation wireless systems, 5th-Generation, abbreviated as: 5G) network (also called New Radio (NR)) network equipment or future Network equipment in the evolved PLMN network, etc. The network device in the embodiment of the present application may be a base station. As an example, the network device 100 may be an evolved base station (evolved NodeB, eNB or eNodeB) in the 4 Generation mobile communication technology (4G) system. The terminal 200 is a terminal that can perform information transmission with an eNB. As another example, the network device 100 may be a next generation NodeB (gNB) in the NR system, and the terminal 200 is a terminal that can perform information transmission with the gNB.
本申请实施例描述的各个方案应用于V2X场景时，可以适用于如下领域：无人驾驶(unmanned driving)、自动驾驶(automated driving/ADS)、辅助驾驶(driver assistance/ADAS)、智能驾驶(intelligent driving)、网联驾驶(connected driving)、智能网联驾驶(Intelligent network driving)、汽车共享(car sharing)。当然，本申请实施例描述的各个方案也可以应用于手环和手机、VR眼镜和手机之间的交互。When the various solutions described in the embodiments of this application are applied to V2X scenarios, they can be applied to the following fields: unmanned driving, autonomous driving/ADS, driver assistance/ADAS, intelligent driving driving, connected driving, intelligent network driving, car sharing. Of course, the various solutions described in the embodiments of the present application can also be applied to the interaction between the bracelet and the mobile phone, and the VR glasses and the mobile phone.
图5示出了本申请实施例提供一种通信设备的硬件结构示意图。本申请实施例中的第一终端、网络设备的硬件结构可以参考如图5所示的结构。该通信设备包括处理器51，通信线路54以及至少一个收发器(图5中仅是示例性的以包括收发器53为例进行说明)。FIG. 5 shows a schematic diagram of the hardware structure of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application. For the hardware structure of the first terminal and the network device in the embodiment of the present application, reference may be made to the structure shown in FIG. 5. The communication device includes a processor 51, a communication line 54 and at least one transceiver (in FIG. 5, it is only exemplary and the transceiver 53 is used as an example for description).
处理器51可以是一个通用中央处理器(central processing unit，CPU)，微处理器，特定应用集成电路(application-specific integrated circuit，ASIC)，或一个或多个用于控制本申请方案程序执行的集成电路。The processor 51 can be a general-purpose central processing unit (central processing unit, CPU), a microprocessor, an application-specific integrated circuit (ASIC), or one or more programs for controlling the execution of the program of this application. integrated circuit.
通信线路54可包括一通路，在上述组件之间传送信息。The communication line 54 may include a path to transmit information between the aforementioned components.
收发器53，使用任何收发器一类的装置，用于与其他设备或通信网络通信，如以太网，无线接入网(radio access network，RAN)，无线局域网(wireless local area networks，WLAN)等。 Transceiver 53, uses any device such as a transceiver to communicate with other devices or communication networks, such as Ethernet, radio access network (RAN), wireless local area networks (WLAN), etc. .
可选的，该通信设备还可以包括存储器52。Optionally, the communication device may further include a memory 52.
存储器52可以是只读存储器(read-only memory，ROM)或可存储静态信息和指令的其他类型的静态存储设备，随机存取存储器(random access memory，RAM)或者可存储信息和指令的其他类型的动态存储设备，也可以是电可擦可编程只读存储器(electrically erasable programmable read-only memory，EEPROM)、只读光盘(compact disc read-only memory，CD-ROM)或其他光盘存储、光碟存储(包括压缩光碟、激光碟、光碟、数字通用光碟、蓝光光碟等)、磁盘存储介质或者其他磁存储设备、或者能够用于携带或存储具有指令或数据结构形式的期望的程序代码并能够由计算机存取的任何其他介质，但不限于此。存储器可以是独立存在，通过通信线路55与处理器相连接。存储器52也可以和处理器51集成在一起。The memory 52 may be a read-only memory (ROM) or other types of static storage devices that can store static information and instructions, random access memory (RAM), or other types that can store information and instructions The dynamic storage device can also be electrically erasable programmable read-only memory (EEPROM), compact disc read-only memory (CD-ROM) or other optical disk storage, optical disc storage (Including compact discs, laser discs, optical discs, digital versatile discs, Blu-ray discs, etc.), magnetic disk storage media or other magnetic storage devices, or can be used to carry or store desired program codes in the form of instructions or data structures and can be used by a computer Any other media accessed, but not limited to this. The memory can exist independently, and is connected to the processor through a communication line 55. The memory 52 may also be integrated with the processor 51.
其中，存储器52用于存储执行本申请方案的计算机执行指令，并由处理器51来控制执行。处理器51用于执行存储器52中存储的计算机执行指令，从而实现本申请下述实施例提供的通信方法。Among them, the memory 52 is used to store computer-executable instructions for executing the solution of the present application, and the processor 51 controls the execution. The processor 51 is configured to execute computer-executable instructions stored in the memory 52, so as to implement the communication method provided in the following embodiments of the present application.
可选的，本申请实施例中的计算机执行指令也可以称之为应用程序代码，本申请实施例对此不作具体限定。Optionally, the computer-executable instructions in the embodiments of the present application may also be referred to as application program codes, which are not specifically limited in the embodiments of the present application.
在具体实现中，作为一种实施例，处理器51可以包括一个或多个CPU，例如图5中的CPU0和CPU1。In a specific implementation, as an embodiment, the processor 51 may include one or more CPUs, such as CPU0 and CPU1 in FIG. 5.
在具体实现中，作为一种实施例，通信设备可以包括多个处理器，例如图5中的处理器51和处理器55。这些处理器中的每一个可以是一个单核(single-CPU)处理器，也可以是一个多核(multi-CPU)处理器。这里的处理器可以指一个或多个设备、电路、和/或用于处理数据(例如计算机程序指令)的处理核。In a specific implementation, as an embodiment, the communication device may include multiple processors, such as the processor 51 and the processor 55 in FIG. 5. Each of these processors can be a single-CPU (single-CPU) processor or a multi-core (multi-CPU) processor. The processor here may refer to one or more devices, circuits, and/or processing cores for processing data (for example, computer program instructions).
当前终端之间进行侧行链路通信时，具体可以考虑的场景包括但不限于V2X通信、设备对设 备(device to device，D2D)、公共安全(public safety)、商业通信(commercial)等sidelink相关通信场景。在终端未使用DRX机制的情况下，终端在整个时间段持续监测PSCCH，终端持续保持唤醒状态并可接收其他终端发送的调度数据。而在某些场景中，例如单播场景，或有反馈的组播场景中，以终端为Rx UE为例，为了提高Rx UE接收侧行链路数据的质量，Rx UE可以为Tx UE所选择的侧行链路资源提供辅助信息，则Rx UE提供的辅助信息中指示的侧行链路资源可以在整个时间范围内，也就是说，Rx UE的感知范围也是整个时间段内，而这对于Rx UE来说是十分耗电的。其中，单播场景指：一个Tx UE向一个Rx UE发送业务数据，但一个Tx UE可能同时与多个Rx UE建立sidelink连接。组播场景即多个终端组成一个群组(group)，群组内的终端之间进行通信，同一个群组内的终端可以接收到组内的所有数据或信息。When performing sidelink communication between current terminals, specific scenarios that can be considered include but not limited to V2X communication, device to device (D2D), public safety (public safety), commercial communication (commercial) and other sidelink related scenarios Communication scene. In the case that the terminal does not use the DRX mechanism, the terminal continuously monitors the PSCCH during the entire time period, and the terminal continuously maintains the awake state and can receive scheduling data sent by other terminals. In some scenarios, such as unicast scenarios or multicast scenarios with feedback, taking the terminal as Rx UE as an example, in order to improve the quality of Rx UE receiving side link data, Rx UE can be selected by Tx UE The side link resources provided by the Rx UE provide auxiliary information, the side link resources indicated in the auxiliary information provided by the Rx UE can be within the entire time range, that is, the sensing range of the Rx UE is also within the entire time period. Rx UE is very power-consuming. Among them, the unicast scenario refers to: one Tx UE sends service data to one Rx UE, but one Tx UE may establish sidelink connections with multiple Rx UEs at the same time. The multicast scenario is that multiple terminals form a group, and the terminals in the group communicate with each other, and the terminals in the same group can receive all the data or information in the group.
如上所述，当前sidelink通信中，Rx UE持续检测PSCCH或PSSCH(该PSCCH可以是Tx UE发送的业务数据所对应的PSCCH，也可以是Rx UE为了提供辅助信息而对接收资源池进行sensing过程中所检测的PSCCH)，即使当前无Tx UE所发送的数据，Rx UE无需接收来自Tx UE的业务数据，或者Rx UE无需向Tx UE提供辅助信息时，Rx UE仍然保持持续监听的状态，这样将非常消耗Rx UE的电量。As mentioned above, in the current sidelink communication, the Rx UE continuously detects PSCCH or PSSCH (the PSCCH can be the PSCCH corresponding to the service data sent by the Tx UE, or the Rx UE is in the process of sensing the receiving resource pool in order to provide auxiliary information. PSCCH detected), even if there is currently no data sent by the Tx UE, the Rx UE does not need to receive service data from the Tx UE, or when the Rx UE does not need to provide auxiliary information to the Tx UE, the Rx UE still remains in the state of continuous monitoring, which will It consumes Rx UE's power very much.
基于上述缺陷，在3GPP R17的立项讨论中，在sidelink中引入DRX技术，用以降低sidelink终端的开销。本申请实施例中可以为Rx UE配置DRX机制，使Rx UE在无需接收业务数据时处于非活动期，从而避免无效的PSCCH监测，减少Rx UE的功耗。Based on the above shortcomings, in the 3GPP R17 project discussion, DRX technology was introduced in sidelink to reduce the overhead of sidelink terminals. In the embodiments of this application, a DRX mechanism can be configured for the Rx UE, so that the Rx UE is in an inactive period when it does not need to receive service data, thereby avoiding ineffective PSCCH monitoring and reducing the power consumption of the Rx UE.
但是，当终端配置了DRX机制时，由于终端在非活动期不能接收PSCCH和/或PSSCH，因此不能感知侧行链路资源，这时如果该终端的用于感知侧行链路资源的时间资源(比如，如图7a所示的资源感知时间窗)和终端的非活动期全部重叠或部分重叠(也可以称为冲突)，这时会导致终端不知道在冲突的时间资源到底是感知侧行链路资源还是进入非活动状态。However, when the terminal is configured with the DRX mechanism, since the terminal cannot receive PSCCH and/or PSSCH during the inactive period, it cannot sense the side link resources. At this time, if the terminal’s time resources are used to sense the side link resources (For example, the resource perception time window shown in Figure 7a) and the inactive period of the terminal overlap completely or partially (also called conflict). At this time, the terminal will not know whether the conflicting time resource is the sensing sideline. The link resource is still in an inactive state.
因此，本申请实施例提供一种通信方法，该方法可以在第一终端的DRX机制和用于感知侧行链路资源的第一时间资源冲突的情况下，由第一终端利用第一信息告知通信设备第一非活动期与第一时间资源冲突。由于第一非活动期与第一时间资源冲突即表示可能需要在第一终端处于非活动状态时感知侧行链路资源，但是实际上第一终端在非活动状态时由于不能检测PSSCH-RSRP和RSSI测量，因此无法实现感知侧行链路资源的过程。因此通过发送第一信息便于通信设备调整或取消该第一终端的DRX配置，和/或，取消或调整第一时间资源的配置信息，避免用于感知侧行链路资源和终端的非活动期冲突，以实现第一终端在采用DRX配置降低功耗的同时，保障第一终端的数据传输。Therefore, the embodiments of the present application provide a communication method, which can be notified by the first terminal using the first information when the DRX mechanism of the first terminal conflicts with the first time resource for sensing sidelink resources The first inactive period of the communication device conflicts with the first time resource. Since the first inactive period and the first time resource conflict, it means that it may be necessary to sense the side link resources when the first terminal is in an inactive state, but in fact, the first terminal cannot detect PSSCH-RSRP and PSSCH-RSRP when the first terminal is in an inactive state. RSSI measurement, therefore, the process of sensing side link resources cannot be realized. Therefore, by sending the first information, it is convenient for the communication device to adjust or cancel the DRX configuration of the first terminal, and/or cancel or adjust the configuration information of the first time resource, so as to avoid sensing the side link resources and the inactive period of the terminal. Conflict, so as to realize that the first terminal adopts the DRX configuration to reduce power consumption while ensuring the data transmission of the first terminal.
在本申请实施例中，一种通信方法的执行主体的具体结构，本申请实施例并未特别限定，只要可以通过运行记录有本申请实施例的一种通信方法的代码的程序，以根据本申请实施例的一种通信方法进行通信即可。例如，本申请实施例提供的一种通信方法的执行主体可以是第一终端中能够调用程序并执行程序的功能模块，或者为应用于第一终端中的通信装置，例如，芯片、芯片系统、集成电路等等。这些芯片、芯片系统、集成电路可以设置于第一终端内部，也可以相对于第一终端独立，本申请实施例不做限制。本申请实施例提供的一种通信方法的执行主体可以是通信设备中能够调用程序并执行程序的功能模块，或者为应用于通信设备中的通信装置，例如，芯片、芯片系统、集成电路等等，这些芯片、芯片系统、集成电路可以设置于通信设备内部，也可以相对于通信设备独立，本申请实施例不做限制。In the embodiment of this application, the specific structure of the execution subject of a communication method is not particularly limited in the embodiment of this application, as long as the program recorded with the code of a communication method of the embodiment of this application can be run according to this application. Only one communication method of the application embodiment can be used for communication. For example, the execution subject of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application may be a functional module in the first terminal that can call and execute the program, or a communication device applied in the first terminal, such as a chip, a chip system, Integrated circuits and so on. These chips, chip systems, and integrated circuits may be provided inside the first terminal, or may be independent of the first terminal, and the embodiment of the present application does not limit it. The execution subject of the communication method provided by the embodiments of the present application may be a functional module in a communication device that can call and execute the program, or a communication device applied to a communication device, such as a chip, a chip system, an integrated circuit, etc. These chips, chip systems, and integrated circuits may be installed inside the communication device, or may be independent of the communication device, which is not limited in the embodiments of the present application.
如图6所示，图6示出了本申请实施例提供的一种通信方法的流程图，该方法包括：As shown in FIG. 6, FIG. 6 shows a flowchart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application, and the method includes:
步骤601、通信设备向第一终端发送第一DRX配置和/或第一时间资源的配置信息。相应的，第一终端接收来自通信设备的第一DRX配置和/或第一时间资源的配置信息。Step 601: The communication device sends the first DRX configuration and/or the configuration information of the first time resource to the first terminal. Correspondingly, the first terminal receives the first DRX configuration and/or the configuration information of the first time resource from the communication device.
其中，第一DRX配置包括第一非活动期的配置信息。第一非活动期的配置信息用于指示第一终端在第一非活动期处于非活动状态。第一时间资源为第一终端感知侧行链路资源的时间资源。通信设备为第二终端或网络设备。本申请实施例中的第一时间资源也可以称为资源感知时间窗。Wherein, the first DRX configuration includes configuration information of the first inactive period. The configuration information of the first inactive period is used to indicate that the first terminal is in an inactive state during the first inactive period. The first time resource is the time resource for the first terminal to perceive the side link resource. The communication device is a second terminal or a network device. The first time resource in the embodiment of the present application may also be referred to as a resource-aware time window.
举例说明，以第一终端为图3所示的发送方终端10为例，那么通信设备可以为如图3所示的终端30，或者通信设备可以为如图3所示的网络设备40。For example, taking the first terminal as the sender terminal 10 shown in FIG. 3 as an example, the communication device may be the terminal 30 shown in FIG. 3, or the communication device may be the network device 40 shown in FIG. 3.
举例说明，以第一终端为图3所示的接收方终端20为例，那么通信设备可以为如图3所示的终端30，或者通信设备可以为如图3所示的网络设备40。For example, taking the first terminal as the receiver terminal 20 shown in FIG. 3 as an example, the communication device may be the terminal 30 shown in FIG. 3, or the communication device may be the network device 40 shown in FIG.
一方面，第一DRX配置包括第一非活动期的信息。比如，第一非活动期的信息可以为第一非活动期的起始位置和结束位置。比如，第一非活动期的信息可以为第一非活动期的起始位置和结束时长。或者第一非活动期的信息可以由DRX周期和活动期的信息确定，比如，第一DRX配置包括DRX周期和活动期的信息。例如，第一DRX配置包括：DRX周期为10个时隙(时隙1～时隙10)，而活动期为时隙1～时隙3，那么第一终端便可以确定第一非活动期为7个时隙，即时隙4～时隙10。又比如，第一DRX配置包括：DRX周期为10个时隙(时隙1～时隙10)，而活动期为时隙1、时隙3以及时隙7，那么第一终端便可以确定第一非活动期为7个时隙，即时隙2、时隙4～时隙6、时隙8～时隙10。In one aspect, the first DRX configuration includes the information of the first inactive period. For example, the information of the first inactive period may be the start position and the end position of the first inactive period. For example, the information of the first inactive period may be the start position and end duration of the first inactive period. Or the information of the first inactive period may be determined by the information of the DRX period and the active period. For example, the first DRX configuration includes the information of the DRX period and the active period. For example, the first DRX configuration includes: the DRX cycle is 10 time slots (time slot 1 to time slot 10), and the active period is time slot 1 to time slot 3, then the first terminal can determine that the first inactive period is 7 time slots, namely time slot 4 to time slot 10. For another example, the first DRX configuration includes: the DRX cycle is 10 time slots (time slot 1 to time slot 10), and the active period is time slot 1, time slot 3, and time slot 7, then the first terminal can determine the first An inactive period is 7 time slots, namely time slot 2, time slot 4 to time slot 6, and time slot 8 to time slot 10.
另一方面，如果通信设备在执行步骤601之前或执行步骤601的过程中为第一终端配置第一非活动期，或者其他设备或协议为第一终端配置了第一非活动期，但是该第一非活动期未被激活。这时虽然第一终端具有第一非活动期，由于第一非活动期未被激活，因此在第一非活动期不执行进入非活动状态的动作。那么这时第一非活动期的配置信息可以为一个激活指示，该激活指示用于指示第一终端激活该第一终端的第一非活动期，待第一非活动期被激活，第一终端便可以确定通信设备希望第一终端后续在第一非活动期处于非活动状态。On the other hand, if the communication device configures the first inactive period for the first terminal before performing step 601 or in the process of performing step 601, or other devices or protocols configure the first inactive period for the first terminal, but the first inactive period An inactive period is not activated. At this time, although the first terminal has the first inactive period, since the first inactive period is not activated, the action of entering the inactive state is not executed during the first inactive period. Then the configuration information of the first inactive period can be an activation instruction, which is used to instruct the first terminal to activate the first inactive period of the first terminal. After the first inactive period is activated, the first terminal It can be determined that the communication device expects the first terminal to be in an inactive state during the first inactive period.
当然，假如第一终端处具有多个DRX配置，那么通信设备向第一终端发送第一DRX配置，包括：通信设备向第一终端发送指示1，该指示1用于指示第一终端激活多个DRX配置中的一个DRX配置，那么该被激活的DRX配置即为第一DRX配置。Of course, if there are multiple DRX configurations at the first terminal, then the communication device sending the first DRX configuration to the first terminal includes: the communication device sends an indication 1 to the first terminal, and the indication 1 is used to instruct the first terminal to activate multiple DRX configurations. A DRX configuration in the DRX configuration, then the activated DRX configuration is the first DRX configuration.
本申请实施例中的侧行链路资源可用于第一终端在侧行链路上发送数据或信令。比如，第一终端需要在侧行链路上向第三终端发送数据或信令之前，第一终端执行感知侧行链路资源的动作。此时，第一终端可以为图3所示的发送方终端10。The side link resources in the embodiment of the present application can be used for the first terminal to send data or signaling on the side link. For example, before the first terminal needs to send data or signaling to the third terminal on the side link, the first terminal performs the action of sensing the side link resource. At this time, the first terminal may be the sender terminal 10 shown in FIG. 3.
本申请实施例中的侧行链路资源可用于第一终端在侧行链路上接收数据或信令。比如，第一终端需要在侧行链路上接收第三终端发送数据或信令之前，第一终端执行感知侧行链路资源的动作。然后第一终端将感知到的侧行链路资源的信息发送给第三终端，以供第三终端从第一终端感知到的侧行链路资源中选择目标侧行链路资源用于向第一终端发送数据或信令。该第三终端可以和第二终端为同一个终端或者第三终端和第二终端为不同的终端，本申请实施例对此不做限定。此时图3所示的接收方终端20。The side link resources in the embodiment of the present application can be used for the first terminal to receive data or signaling on the side link. For example, before the first terminal needs to receive data or signaling sent by the third terminal on the side link, the first terminal performs the action of sensing the side link resource. Then the first terminal sends the information of the sensed side link resource to the third terminal, so that the third terminal can select the target side link resource from the side link resources sensed by the first terminal for the first terminal A terminal sends data or signaling. The third terminal and the second terminal may be the same terminal or the third terminal and the second terminal may be different terminals, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application. At this time, the receiver terminal 20 shown in FIG. 3.
本申请实施例中第一时间资源的配置信息可以包括n个时间资源的信息(例如，标识、索引或者时域位置)，也即通信设备指示第一终端在n个时间资源上感知侧行链路资源。The configuration information of the first time resource in the embodiment of the present application may include information about n time resources (for example, identification, index, or time domain location), that is, the communication device instructs the first terminal to perceive the side chain on n time resources Road resources.
一种示例，该n个时间资源的信息为连续的时间资源。比如，n个时间资源包括时隙1～时隙5。这时通信设备配置第一终端可在时隙1～时隙5上感知侧行链路资源。In an example, the information of the n time resources are continuous time resources. For example, n time resources include time slot 1 to time slot 5. At this time, the communication device configures the first terminal to perceive the side link resources in time slot 1 to time slot 5.
另一种示例，该n个时间资源也可以是非连续的时间资源。比如，n个时间资源包括时隙1、时隙3以及时隙4。这时通信设备配置第一终端可在时隙1、时隙3以及时隙4上感知侧行链路资源。In another example, the n time resources may also be non-continuous time resources. For example, n time resources include time slot 1, time slot 3, and time slot 4. At this time, the communication device configures the first terminal to perceive the side link resources in time slot 1, time slot 3, and time slot 4.
本申请实施例中第一时间资源的配置信息可以包括第一指示，该第一指示用于指示第一终端从m个时间资源中确定n个可用于感知侧行链路资源的时间资源。其中，m大于或等于n。比如，m个时间资源中每个时间资源关联至少一个比特，任一个时间资源关联的至少一个比特用于指示该时间资源是否可作为感知侧行链路资源的时间资源。比如，至少一个比特为第一指示符表示时间资源可作为感知侧行链路资源的时间资源。至少一个比特为第二指示符表示时间资源不可作为感知侧行链路资源的时间资源。The configuration information of the first time resource in the embodiment of the present application may include a first indication, and the first indication is used to instruct the first terminal to determine n time resources that can be used to sense side link resources from the m time resources. Among them, m is greater than or equal to n. For example, each of the m time resources is associated with at least one bit, and at least one bit associated with any one time resource is used to indicate whether the time resource can be used as a time resource for sensing side link resources. For example, at least one bit being the first indicator indicates that the time resource can be used as the time resource for sensing the side link resource. At least one bit being the second indicator indicates that the time resource cannot be used as a time resource for sensing side link resources.
举例说明，以第一指示符为1，第二指示符为0为例，如图7b所示，第一终端处具有时间资源1～时间资源8，时间资源1、时间资源3、时间资源4以及时间资源5所关联的至少一个比特均为“1”，时间资源2、时间资源5、时间资源6、时间资源7以及时间资源8所关联的至少一个比特均为“0”。这样第一终端便可以确定第一时间资源包括时间资源1、时间资源3、时间资源4以及时间资源5。For example, taking the first indicator as 1 and the second indicator as 0 as an example, as shown in Figure 7b, the first terminal has time resources 1 to 8, time resources 1, time resources 3, and time resources 4. And at least one bit associated with time resource 5 is "1", and at least one bit associated with time resource 2, time resource 5, time resource 6, time resource 7, and time resource 8 are all "0". In this way, the first terminal can determine that the first time resource includes time resource 1, time resource 3, time resource 4, and time resource 5.
一种示例，上述m个时间资源可以是通信设备为第一终端配置的，比如，通信设备在发送第一时间资源的配置信息时还向第一终端发送m个时间资源的信息。又或者通信设备在发送第一时间资源的配置信息之前，还向第一终端发送m个时间资源的信息。In an example, the foregoing m time resources may be configured by the communication device for the first terminal. For example, when the communication device sends configuration information of the first time resource, it also sends information about the m time resources to the first terminal. Or, before sending the configuration information of the first time resource, the communication device further sends the information of m time resources to the first terminal.
另一种示例，上述m个时间资源可以为协议预定义的，或者第一终端自行确定的感知侧行链路资源的时间资源。无论是协议预定义的或者第一终端在自行确定的，第一终端可以向通信设备上报该m个时间资源的信息。然后通信设备可以根据m个时间资源的信息确定m个时间资源中哪些时间资源可作为感知侧行链路资源的时间资源。In another example, the foregoing m time resources may be predefined by the protocol, or time resources for sensing side link resources determined by the first terminal itself. Whether it is predefined by the protocol or determined by the first terminal itself, the first terminal may report the information of the m time resources to the communication device. Then, the communication device can determine which of the m time resources can be used as time resources for sensing side link resources according to the information of the m time resources.
作为一种示例，步骤601可以分为如下情况：As an example, step 601 can be divided into the following situations:
情况1)、通信设备向第一终端发送第一DRX配置。也即通信设备可以为第一终端配置第一DRX配置，而不配置第一时间资源的配置信息。Case 1): The communication device sends the first DRX configuration to the first terminal. That is, the communication device may configure the first DRX configuration for the first terminal without configuring the configuration information of the first time resource.
在情况1)中，当通信设备未为第一终端配置第一时间资源的配置信息的情况下，该第一时间资源的配置信息可以是协议预定义的或者第一终端自行确定的，或者其他通信设备为第一终端配置的，本申请实施例对此不做限定。In case 1), when the communication device does not configure the configuration information of the first time resource for the first terminal, the configuration information of the first time resource may be predefined by the protocol or determined by the first terminal itself, or other The communication device is configured for the first terminal, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
举例说明，结合图3，通信设备为网络设备40，第一终端为发送方终端10为例，那么网络设备40可以为发送方终端10配置第一DRX配置。For example, in conjunction with FIG. 3, the communication device is the network device 40 and the first terminal is the sender terminal 10 as an example, then the network device 40 may configure the first DRX configuration for the sender terminal 10.
在该第一终端接入一个基站的情况下，该网络设备可以为如图4中的(a)～(c)所示的基站，或者在该第一终端处于双连接的情况下，该网络设备可以为图4中的(d)～(f)所示的主基站，或者也可以为辅基站。In the case that the first terminal accesses a base station, the network equipment may be a base station as shown in (a) to (c) in FIG. 4, or in the case that the first terminal is in dual connectivity, the network The device may be the primary base station shown in (d) to (f) in FIG. 4, or may also be a secondary base station.
一方面，第一时间资源的配置信息可以由终端30为发送方终端10配置。或者，另一方面，第一时间资源的配置信息可以由另一个网络设备为该发送方终端10配置，结合图4中的(d)～(f)，比如，由主基站为发送方终端10配置第一DRX配置，而由辅基站为发送方终端10配置第一时间资源的配置信息。或者，辅基站为发送方终端10配置第一DRX配置，而由主基站为发送方终端10配置第一时间资源的配置信息。On the one hand, the configuration information of the first time resource may be configured by the terminal 30 for the sender terminal 10. Or, on the other hand, the configuration information of the first time resource may be configured by another network device for the sender terminal 10. In combination with (d) to (f) in FIG. 4, for example, the primary base station is the sender terminal 10. The first DRX configuration is configured, and the secondary base station configures the configuration information of the first time resource for the sender terminal 10. Alternatively, the secondary base station configures the first DRX configuration for the sender terminal 10, and the primary base station configures the first time resource configuration information for the sender terminal 10.
情况2)、通信设备向第一终端发送第一时间资源的配置信息。也即通信设备可以为第一终端配置第一时间资源的配置信息，而不配置第一时间资源的配置信息。Case 2): The communication device sends the configuration information of the first time resource to the first terminal. That is, the communication device may configure the configuration information of the first time resource for the first terminal without configuring the configuration information of the first time resource.
在情况2)中，为第一终端配置第一时间资源的配置信息的通信设备可以和为该第一终端配置第一DRX配置的设备为不同的设备。In case 2), the communication device that configures the configuration information of the first time resource for the first terminal may be a different device from the device that configures the first DRX configuration for the first terminal.
举例说明，结合图3，通信设备为网络设备40，第一终端为发送方终端10为例，那么网络设备40可以为发送方终端10配置第一时间资源的配置信息，而第一DRX配置可以由终端30或者由另一个网络设备为该发送方终端10配置。For example, in conjunction with FIG. 3, the communication device is the network device 40, and the first terminal is the sender terminal 10. As an example, the network device 40 may configure the first time resource configuration information for the sender terminal 10, and the first DRX configuration may The sender terminal 10 is configured by the terminal 30 or by another network device.
结合图4中的(d)～(f)，比如，以网络设备40为主基站为例，那么由辅基站为发送方终端10配置第一DRX配置，而由主基站为发送方终端10配置第一时间资源的配置信息。或者，由主基站为发送方终端10配置第一DRX配置，而由辅基站为发送方终端10配置第一时间资源的配置信息。With reference to (d) to (f) in Figure 4, for example, taking the network device 40 as the primary base station, the secondary base station configures the first DRX configuration for the sender terminal 10, and the primary base station configures the sender terminal 10 The configuration information of the resource at the first time. Alternatively, the primary base station configures the first DRX configuration for the sender terminal 10, and the secondary base station configures the configuration information of the first time resource for the sender terminal 10.
在情况2)中，当通信设备未为第一终端配置第一DRX配置的情况下，该第一DRX配置可以是协议预定义的，或者其他通信设备为第一终端配置的，本申请实施例对此不做限定。In case 2), when the communication device does not configure the first DRX configuration for the first terminal, the first DRX configuration may be predefined by the protocol, or other communication devices may be configured for the first terminal. This embodiment of the present application There is no restriction on this.
情况3)、通信设备向第一终端发送第一DRX配置和第一时间资源的配置信息。在情况3)中也即通信设备为第一终端既配置第一DRX配置，又配置第一时间资源的配置信息。Case 3): The communication device sends the first DRX configuration and the configuration information of the first time resource to the first terminal. In case 3), that is, the communication device configures both the first DRX configuration and the configuration information of the first time resource for the first terminal.
在本申请的一个实施例中，通信设备可以主动向第一终端发送第一DRX配置和/或第一时间资源的配置信息。In an embodiment of the present application, the communication device may actively send the first DRX configuration and/or the configuration information of the first time resource to the first terminal.
在本申请的又一个实施例中，通信设备可以基于第一终端的请求，然后向第一终端发送第一DRX配置和/或第一时间资源的配置信息。比如，第一终端向通信设备发送请求，该请求用于请求通信设备为第一终端配置DRX配置和/或用于感知侧行链路资源的时间段。那么通信设备便可以执行步骤601。In another embodiment of the present application, the communication device may send the first DRX configuration and/or the configuration information of the first time resource to the first terminal based on the request of the first terminal. For example, the first terminal sends a request to the communication device, and the request is used to request the communication device to configure the DRX configuration for the first terminal and/or a time period for sensing side link resources. Then the communication device can execute step 601.
在本申请的又一个实施例中，如果通信设备为第二终端，那么在步骤601之前还可以包括第一终端和第二终端在PC5接口上建立侧行链路。关于第一终端和第二终端建立侧行链路的过程可以参考现有技术中的描述，此处不再赘述。这时步骤601可以通过以下方式实现：第二终端在该侧行链路上向第一终端发送第一DRX配置和/或第一时间资源的配置信息。In another embodiment of the present application, if the communication device is the second terminal, it may also include the first terminal and the second terminal establishing a side link on the PC5 interface before step 601. For the process of establishing the side link between the first terminal and the second terminal, reference may be made to the description in the prior art, which will not be repeated here. At this time, step 601 can be implemented in the following manner: the second terminal sends the first DRX configuration and/or the configuration information of the first time resource to the first terminal on the side link.
在本申请的又一个实施例中，如果通信设备为网络设备，这时步骤601可以通过以下方式实现：网络设备利用Uu接口向第一终端发送第一消息。其中，第一消息中包括第一DRX配置和/或第一时间资源的配置信息。比如，第一消息可以为RRC消息。In another embodiment of the present application, if the communication device is a network device, step 601 can be implemented in the following manner: the network device sends the first message to the first terminal by using the Uu interface. Wherein, the first message includes the first DRX configuration and/or the configuration information of the first time resource. For example, the first message may be an RRC message.
在一种可能的实现方式中，第一DRX配置还包括第一活动期的配置信息，第一活动期的配置信息用于指示第一终端在第一活动期处于非活动状态。In a possible implementation manner, the first DRX configuration further includes configuration information of the first active period, and the configuration information of the first active period is used to indicate that the first terminal is in an inactive state during the first active period.
当第一DRX配置和第一时间资源的配置信息均由通信设备为第一终端配置时，该第一DRX配置和第一时间资源的配置信息可以携带在同一消息中，也可以携带在不同的消息中，本申请实施例对此不做限定。When the first DRX configuration and the configuration information of the first time resource are both configured by the communication device for the first terminal, the first DRX configuration and the configuration information of the first time resource may be carried in the same message or in different In the message, this embodiment of the application does not limit this.
步骤602、当第一非活动期与第一时间资源冲突时，第一终端向通信设备发送第一信息，相应的，通信设备接收来自第一终端的第一信息。其中，第一信息用于指示第一非活动期与第一时间资源冲突。Step 602: When the first inactive period conflicts with the first time resource, the first terminal sends first information to the communication device, and correspondingly, the communication device receives the first information from the first terminal. The first information is used to indicate that the first inactive period conflicts with the first time resource.
比如说，第一信息可以携带在一个第二消息中。例如，第一信息中可以携带字段1，该字段1用于指示第一非活动期与第一时间资源冲突。比如，该字段1可以包括至少一个比特，该至少一个比特用于指示第一非活动期与第一时间资源冲突。以字段1包括2个比特为例，那么00用于表示第一非活动期与第一时间资源冲突。For example, the first information can be carried in a second message. For example, the first information may carry field 1, and the field 1 is used to indicate that the first inactive period conflicts with the first time resource. For example, the field 1 may include at least one bit, and the at least one bit is used to indicate that the first inactive period conflicts with the first time resource. Taking the field 1 including 2 bits as an example, 00 is used to indicate that the first inactive period and the first time resource conflict.
本申请实施例中的第一非活动期与第一时间资源冲突可以指：第一时间资源和第一非活动期 全部重叠或者部分重叠。比如，如图7b所示，第一非活动期包括时隙1～时隙3，而第一时间资源包括时隙1和时隙2，这时第一时间资源位于第一非活动期内，因此可看作第一时间资源和第一非活动期冲突。比如，如图7c所示，第一非活动期包括时隙1～时隙3，而第一时间资源包括时隙1、时隙2、时隙3、以及时隙4，这时第一非活动期位于第一时间资源内，因此也可看作第一时间资源和第一非活动期冲突。比如，如图7d所示，第一非活动期包括时隙1～时隙3，而第一时间资源包括时隙1、时隙2、时隙3，这时第一非活动期所对应的时间资源和第一时间资源相同，因此也可看作第一时间资源和第一非活动期冲突。The conflict between the first inactive period and the first time resource in the embodiment of the present application may refer to: the first time resource and the first inactive period overlap completely or partially. For example, as shown in Figure 7b, the first inactive period includes timeslot 1 to timeslot 3, and the first time resource includes timeslot 1 and timeslot 2. At this time, the first time resource is in the first inactive period. Therefore, it can be regarded as the conflict between the first time resource and the first inactive period. For example, as shown in Figure 7c, the first inactive period includes time slot 1 to time slot 3, and the first time resource includes time slot 1, time slot 2, time slot 3, and time slot 4. At this time, the first inactive period The active period is located in the first time resource, so it can also be seen as a conflict between the first time resource and the first inactive period. For example, as shown in Figure 7d, the first inactive period includes time slot 1 to time slot 3, and the first time resource includes time slot 1, time slot 2, and time slot 3. At this time, the first inactive period corresponds to The time resource is the same as the first time resource, so it can also be regarded as a conflict between the first time resource and the first inactive period.
在本申请的一个实施例中，通信设备接收到第一信息之后便可以决定调整或者取消为第一终端配置的DRX配置，和/或，通信设备接收到第一信息之后便可以决定调整或取消为第一终端配置的第一时间资源的配置信息。In an embodiment of the present application, after receiving the first information, the communication device may decide to adjust or cancel the DRX configuration configured for the first terminal, and/or, after receiving the first information, the communication device may decide to adjust or cancel Configuration information of the first time resource configured for the first terminal.
本申请实施例提供一种通信方法，该方法可以在第一终端的DRX机制和用于感知侧行链路资源的第一时间资源冲突的情况下，由第一终端利用第一信息告知通信设备第一非活动期与第一时间资源冲突。由于第一非活动期与第一时间资源冲突即表示可能需要在第一终端处于非活动状态时感知侧行链路资源，但是实际上第一终端在非活动状态时由于不能检测PSSCH-RSRP和RSSI测量，因此无法实现感知侧行链路资源的过程。因此第一终端通过向通信设备发送第一信息，便于通信设备及时调整或取消该第一终端的DRX配置，和/或，取消或调整第一时间资源的配置信息，避免用于感知侧行链路资源和第一终端的非活动期冲突，以实现第一终端在采用DRX配置降低功耗的同时，保障第一终端的数据传输。The embodiment of the application provides a communication method, which can notify the communication device by the first terminal using the first information when the DRX mechanism of the first terminal conflicts with the first time resource for sensing side link resources The first inactive period conflicts with the first time resources. Since the first inactive period and the first time resource conflict, it means that it may be necessary to sense the side link resources when the first terminal is in an inactive state, but in fact, the first terminal cannot detect PSSCH-RSRP and PSSCH-RSRP when the first terminal is in an inactive state. RSSI measurement, so the process of sensing side link resources cannot be realized. Therefore, by sending the first information to the communication device, the first terminal facilitates the communication device to adjust or cancel the DRX configuration of the first terminal in time, and/or cancel or adjust the configuration information of the first time resource, so as to avoid being used to sense the side chain The path resource conflicts with the inactive period of the first terminal, so that the first terminal uses the DRX configuration to reduce power consumption while ensuring the data transmission of the first terminal.
本申请实施例提供的方法可以适用于单播、组播、广播场景。The method provided in the embodiments of the present application may be applicable to unicast, multicast, and broadcast scenarios.
可选的，上述第二消息可以为RRC、媒体接入控制(medium access control，MAC)控制元素(Control Element，CE)、侧行链路控制信息(sidelink control information，SCI)。Optionally, the foregoing second message may be RRC, medium access control (medium access control, MAC) control element (CE), and sidelink control information (sidelink control information, SCI).
由于在第一时间资源和第一非活动期冲突的情况下，第一终端处理的方式存在差异，下述将分别介绍：Due to the differences in the processing methods of the first terminal in the case of the conflict between the first time resource and the first inactive period, the following will be introduced separately:
示例1，通信设备为第一终端配置第一DRX配置。Example 1: The communication device configures the first DRX configuration for the first terminal.
示例1-1，需要调整第一终端的非活动期。Example 1-1, the inactive period of the first terminal needs to be adjusted.
在本申请的一个实施例，第一信息还用于指示调整第一终端的非活动期。In an embodiment of the present application, the first information is also used to indicate to adjust the inactive period of the first terminal.
该第一终端的非活动期是一个泛指的概念，即第一信息除了指示调整该第一终端的第一非活动期外还用于调整该第一终端的其他为活动期。或者该第一终端的非活动期为特指的概念，即调整该第一终端的第一非活动期。The inactive period of the first terminal is a general concept, that is, the first information is used to adjust other active periods of the first terminal in addition to instructing to adjust the first inactive period of the first terminal. Or the inactive period of the first terminal is a specific concept, that is, the first inactive period of the first terminal is adjusted.
例如，字段1还用于指示调整第一终端的非活动期。比如，字段1包括第一比特和第二比特。其中，第一比特用于指示第一非活动期与第一时间资源冲突。第二比特指示调整第一终端的非活动期。For example, field 1 is also used to indicate to adjust the inactive period of the first terminal. For example, field 1 includes the first bit and the second bit. Among them, the first bit is used to indicate that the first inactive period conflicts with the first time resource. The second bit indicates to adjust the inactive period of the first terminal.
又例如，第一信息中还包括字段2，该字段2用于指示调整第一终端的非活动期。For another example, the first information further includes a field 2, and the field 2 is used to indicate to adjust the inactive period of the first terminal.
在本申请的另一个实施例中，如图8所示，本申请实施例提供的方法包括步骤801～步骤802、步骤803～步骤808，其中，步骤801～步骤802同步骤601～步骤602，此处不再赘述。In another embodiment of the present application, as shown in FIG. 8, the method provided by the embodiment of the present application includes steps 801 to 802, and steps 803 to 808, where steps 801 to 802 are the same as steps 601 to 602, I won't repeat them here.
步骤803、第一终端向通信设备发送第二信息。相应的，通信设备接收来自第一终端的第二信息。其中，第二信息用于指示调整第一终端的非活动期。Step 803: The first terminal sends second information to the communication device. Correspondingly, the communication device receives the second information from the first terminal. Wherein, the second information is used to indicate to adjust the inactive period of the first terminal.
示例性的，第二信息中携带字段3，该字段3用于指示调整第一终端的非活动期。比如，该字段3可以包括至少一个比特，该至少一个比特用于指示调整第一终端的非活动期。以字段3包括 2个比特为例，那么01用于指示调整第一终端的非活动期。Exemplarily, the second information carries field 3, and the field 3 is used to indicate to adjust the inactive period of the first terminal. For example, the field 3 may include at least one bit, and the at least one bit is used to indicate to adjust the inactive period of the first terminal. Taking field 3 including 2 bits as an example, then 01 is used to indicate to adjust the inactive period of the first terminal.
在本申请的一个实施例中，第一信息和第二信息可以携带在同一个的消息中，比如第二消息。这样可以节约第一终端和通信设备之间的信令开销。In an embodiment of the present application, the first information and the second information may be carried in the same message, such as the second message. In this way, the signaling overhead between the first terminal and the communication device can be saved.
在本申请的另一个实施例中，第一信息和第二信息可以携带在不同的消息中。In another embodiment of the present application, the first information and the second information may be carried in different messages.
在本申请的一个实施例中，步骤802和步骤803不分执行先后顺序。In an embodiment of the present application, step 802 and step 803 are performed in no particular order.
可以理解的是，在通信设备接收到用于指示调整第一终端的非活动期的情况下，通信设备可以选择调整第一终端的非活动期，也可以选择不调整第一终端的非活动期，这样可以基于通信设备的实现，本申请实施例对此不做限定。如果通信设备决定调整，那么通信设备可以执行下述步骤，如果通信设备选择不调整，那么通信设备可以向第一终端发送不调整指示，以便第一终端确定通信设备不同意调整第一终端的非活动期。It is understandable that, in the case that the communication device receives the instruction to adjust the inactive period of the first terminal, the communication device may choose to adjust the inactive period of the first terminal or not to adjust the inactive period of the first terminal. In this way, it may be implemented based on a communication device, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application. If the communication device decides to adjust, the communication device can perform the following steps. If the communication device chooses not to adjust, the communication device can send a non-adjustment instruction to the first terminal so that the first terminal can determine that the communication device does not agree to adjust the non-adjustment of the first terminal. Active period.
由于通信设备接收到第一信息之后可能选择调整第一终端的非活动期，这时如果通信设备不知道第一时间资源的信息的情况下，有可能为第一终端重新配置的非激活期依旧和第一时间资源重叠，为了避免该问题发生，如图8所示，在本申请的一个实施例中，本申请实施例提供的方法还可以包括：Since the communication device may choose to adjust the inactive period of the first terminal after receiving the first information, if the communication device does not know the information of the first time resource, it is possible that the inactive period reconfigured for the first terminal remains the same. It overlaps with the first time resources. In order to avoid this problem, as shown in FIG. 8, in an embodiment of the present application, the method provided in the embodiment of the present application may further include:
步骤804、第一终端向通信设备发送第三信息。相应的，通信设备接收来自第一终端的第三信息。该第三信息用于指示第二非活动期的信息。第二非活动期为第一终端期望的非活动期。Step 804: The first terminal sends third information to the communication device. Correspondingly, the communication device receives the third information from the first terminal. The third information is used to indicate the information of the second inactive period. The second inactive period is the inactive period expected by the first terminal.
作为一种可能的实施例，第二非活动期对应的时间资源和第一时间资源不冲突，也可以说：第二非活动期对应的时间资源和第一时间资源不存在交集。As a possible embodiment, the time resources corresponding to the second inactive period do not conflict with the first time resources. It can also be said that there is no intersection between the time resources corresponding to the second inactive period and the first time resources.
一种示例，第三信息和第二信息可以携带在同一个消息中。这样以节约第一终端和通信设备之间的信令开销。In an example, the third information and the second information may be carried in the same message. This saves the signaling overhead between the first terminal and the communication device.
另一种示例，第三信息和第二信息携带在不同的消息中。In another example, the third information and the second information are carried in different messages.
再一种示例，第三信息和第二信息为同一个信息，比如，第二信息既具有指示通信设备调整第一终端的非活动期的功能，还具有指示第二非活动期的信息的功能。比如，第二信息中具有字段a，字段a指示通信设备调整第一终端的非活动期，以及指示第二非活动期的信息。In another example, the third information and the second information are the same information. For example, the second information not only has the function of instructing the communication device to adjust the inactive period of the first terminal, but also has the function of indicating the information of the second inactive period. . For example, the second information has a field a, and the field a indicates that the communication device adjusts the inactive period of the first terminal, and indicates the information of the second inactive period.
又一种示例，第三信息可以为第二信息中的一个字段，或者第二信息可以为第三信息中的一个字段。In another example, the third information may be a field in the second information, or the second information may be a field in the third information.
该第三信息用于指示第二非活动期的信息可以包括：第三信息为第二非活动期的信息，或者第三信息为一个偏移值，这样便于通信设备根据第一非活动期的信息和偏移值确定第二非活动期的信息。比如，偏移值为1个时隙，如果第一非活动期为时隙1和时隙2，那么通信设备可以确定第二非活动期为时隙2和时隙3。The third information is used to indicate the information of the second inactive period, which may include: the third information is the information of the second inactive period, or the third information is an offset value, which is convenient for the communication device according to the first inactive period. The information and the offset value determine the information of the second inactive period. For example, the offset value is 1 time slot, and if the first inactive period is time slot 1 and time slot 2, then the communication device can determine that the second inactive period is time slot 2 and time slot 3.
值得说明的是，第一终端还可以隐式指示通信设备调整第一终端的非活动期。比如，如果执行了步骤804，而未执行步骤803，那么第一终端在接收到第三信息的情况下，便可以确定需要调整第一终端的非活动期。It is worth noting that the first terminal may also implicitly instruct the communication device to adjust the inactive period of the first terminal. For example, if step 804 is performed but step 803 is not performed, then the first terminal may determine that the inactive period of the first terminal needs to be adjusted when the third information is received.
在本申请的一个实施例中，本申请实施例提供的方法在步骤804之前，还可以包括：第一终端根据第一时间资源的配置信息确定第一终端的第二非活动期的信息。In an embodiment of the present application, before step 804, the method provided in the embodiment of the present application may further include: the first terminal determines the information of the second inactive period of the first terminal according to the configuration information of the first time resource.
比如，一个DRX周期包括10个时间资源，第一终端具有DRX周期1和DRX周期2。比如，时间资源1～时间资源10。其中，任一个DRX周期内的时间资源1～时间资源3为第一终端的第一非活动期对应的时间资源。时间资源4～时间资源10为第一终端的非活动期对应的时间资源。如果第一终端的第一时间资源为DRX周期1中的时间资源8～时间资源10，那么第一终端可以确定 第二非活动期对应的时间资源为时间资源1～时间资源7，也即后续第一终端在每个DRX周期内的时间资源1～时间资源7内处于非活动状态，而在每个DRX周期内的时间资源8～时间资源10内处于活动状态。For example, one DRX cycle includes 10 time resources, and the first terminal has DRX cycle 1 and DRX cycle 2. For example, time resource 1 to time resource 10. Wherein, time resource 1 to time resource 3 in any DRX cycle are time resources corresponding to the first inactive period of the first terminal. Time resources 4 to 10 are time resources corresponding to the inactive period of the first terminal. If the first time resource of the first terminal is time resource 8 to time resource 10 in DRX cycle 1, then the first terminal can determine that the time resource corresponding to the second inactive period is time resource 1 to time resource 7, that is, subsequent The first terminal is in an inactive state in time resource 1 to time resource 7 in each DRX cycle, and is in an active state in time resource 8 to time resource 10 in each DRX cycle.
步骤805、第一终端在第一非活动期维持唤醒状态。Step 805: The first terminal maintains an awake state during the first inactive period.
在本申请的一个实施例中，当第一终端向通信设备发送第三信息之后，无论通信设备是否指示调整第一终端的非活动期，第一终端便在第一非活动期到达时维持唤醒状态，即在第一终端在第一非活动期不进入非活动状态。In an embodiment of the present application, after the first terminal sends the third information to the communication device, regardless of whether the communication device instructs to adjust the inactive period of the first terminal, the first terminal keeps waking up when the first inactive period arrives. State, that is, the first terminal does not enter the inactive state during the first inactive period.
在本申请的一个实施例中，当第一终端向通信设备发送第三信息之后，第一终端在接收到通信设备允许调整第一终端的非活动期的情况下，第一终端才在第一非活动期到达时维持唤醒状态。In an embodiment of the present application, after the first terminal sends the third information to the communication device, the first terminal will be in the first terminal only when the first terminal receives the communication device's permission to adjust the inactive period of the first terminal. The wake-up state is maintained when the inactive period arrives.
值得说明的是，本申请实施例中第一终端执行步骤801和步骤802后可以不执行步骤803～步骤804，但是执行步骤805。即第一终端向通信设备指示存在冲突以后，在第一非活动期到达时，第一终端便不执行进入非活动状态的动作。It is worth noting that, in the embodiment of the present application, the first terminal may not execute step 803 to step 804 after executing step 801 and step 802, but execute step 805. That is, after the first terminal indicates to the communication device that there is a conflict, when the first inactive period arrives, the first terminal does not perform the action of entering the inactive state.
在本申请的一个实施例中，本申请实施例中的步骤805可以通过以下方式实现：第一终端在第一非活动期和第一时间资源冲突的时间资源上维持唤醒状态，即不进入非活动状态，而在第一非活动期和第一时间资源不冲突的时间资源上进入非活动状态。In an embodiment of the present application, step 805 in the embodiment of the present application can be implemented in the following manner: the first terminal maintains the awake state on the time resource conflicting between the first inactive period and the first time resource, that is, does not enter the non-active period. Active state, and enter the inactive state on the time resource where the first inactive period and the first time resource do not conflict.
比如，第一非活动期包括时间资源1～时间资源5，而第一时间资源包括时间资源2～时间资源4，那么第一终端可以在时间资源1、时间资源5上进入非活动状态，而在时隙资源2～时间4上维持唤醒状态。这样不仅可以实现第一终端降低功耗的目的，还可以实现感知侧行链路资源的目的。For example, if the first inactive period includes time resource 1 to time resource 5, and the first time resource includes time resource 2 to time resource 4, then the first terminal can enter the inactive state on time resource 1, time resource 5, and The awake state is maintained at time slot resource 2 to time 4. In this way, not only the purpose of reducing power consumption of the first terminal can be achieved, but also the purpose of sensing side link resources can be achieved.
在本申请的一个实施例中，如图8所示，本申请实施例提供的方法还包括：In an embodiment of the present application, as shown in FIG. 8, the method provided in the embodiment of the present application further includes:
步骤806、第一终端在第二非活动期进入非活动状态。Step 806: The first terminal enters an inactive state during the second inactive period.
可选的，第二非活动期和第一时间资源不冲突。比如，第一时间资源为时间资源1～时间资源4，那么第二非活动期对应的时间资源可以为时间资源5～时间资源8。比如，第一时间资源为时间资源1、时间资源4、时间资源5，那么第二非活动期对应的时间资源可以为时间资源2～时间资源3。Optionally, the second inactive period and the first time resource do not conflict. For example, if the first time resource is time resource 1 to time resource 4, the time resource corresponding to the second inactive period may be time resource 5 to time resource 8. For example, if the first time resource is time resource 1, time resource 4, and time resource 5, then the time resource corresponding to the second inactive period may be time resource 2 to time resource 3.
在本申请的一个实施例中，无论通信设备是否指示调整第一终端的非活动期，第一终端在第二非活动期到达时进入非活动状态。In an embodiment of the present application, regardless of whether the communication device instructs to adjust the inactive period of the first terminal, the first terminal enters the inactive state when the second inactive period arrives.
在本申请的一个实施例中，第一终端在接收到通信设备允许调整第一终端的非活动期的情况下，第一终端才在第二非活动期到达时进入非活动状态。这样可以保证通信设备侧了解的第一终端的状态和第一终端实际的状态匹配。In an embodiment of the present application, when the first terminal receives the communication device's permission to adjust the inactive period of the first terminal, the first terminal enters the inactive state when the second inactive period arrives. In this way, it can be ensured that the state of the first terminal learned by the side of the communication device matches the actual state of the first terminal.
在本申请的一个实施例中，如图8所示，本申请实施例提供的方法在步骤802之后还包括：In an embodiment of the present application, as shown in FIG. 8, after step 802, the method provided in the embodiment of the present application further includes:
步骤807、通信设备向第一终端发送第二DRX配置或者第一指示，相应的，第一终端接收来自通信设备的第二DRX配置或者第一指示。Step 807: The communication device sends the second DRX configuration or the first instruction to the first terminal. Correspondingly, the first terminal receives the second DRX configuration or the first instruction from the communication device.
其中，第一指示用于指示将为第一终端配置的第一DRX配置取消或无效。第二DRX配置用于确定第一终端的第三非活动期，第三非活动期由第一非活动期和第一偏移值得到。比如，第二DRX配置可以包括第三非活动期的信息或者第二DRX配置可以包括第一偏移值，本申请实施例对此不做限定。The first indication is used to indicate the cancellation or invalidation of the first DRX configuration configured for the first terminal. The second DRX configuration is used to determine the third inactive period of the first terminal, and the third inactive period is obtained from the first inactive period and the first offset value. For example, the second DRX configuration may include the information of the third inactive period or the second DRX configuration may include the first offset value, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
在本申请的一个实施例中，本申请实施例提供的方法在步骤807之前还可以包括：通信设备确定第三非活动期。如果通信设备接收到第二非活动期的信息，那么通信设备可以参考第二非活动期的信息以确定第三非活动期。比如，第三非活动期对应的时间资源即为第二非活动期对应的 时间资源，或者第三非活动期对应的时间资源位于第二非活动期对应的时间资源内。或者第三非活动期对应的时间资源包括第二非活动期对应的时间资源，本申请实施例对此不做限定。这样可以使得通信设备为第一终端重新配置的第三非活动期与第一终端的第一时间资源不冲突。如果通信设备未接收到第二非活动期的信息，那么第三非活动期可以由通信设备根据其实现自行确定，本申请实施例对此不做限定。在通信设备未接收到第二非活动期的信息，如果通信设备能够确定第一时间资源的信息，那么通信设备可以根据第一时间资源的信息确定第三非活动期的信息，这时通信设备为第一终端配置的第三非活动期与第一时间资源不冲突。In an embodiment of the present application, before step 807, the method provided in the embodiment of the present application may further include: the communication device determining a third inactive period. If the communication device receives the information of the second inactive period, the communication device may refer to the information of the second inactive period to determine the third inactive period. For example, the time resource corresponding to the third inactive period is the time resource corresponding to the second inactive period, or the time resource corresponding to the third inactive period is located in the time resource corresponding to the second inactive period. Or the time resource corresponding to the third inactive period includes the time resource corresponding to the second inactive period, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application. In this way, the third inactive period reconfigured by the communication device for the first terminal does not conflict with the first time resource of the first terminal. If the communication device does not receive the information of the second inactive period, the third inactive period may be determined by the communication device according to its implementation, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application. When the communication device does not receive the information of the second inactive period, if the communication device can determine the information of the first time resource, then the communication device can determine the information of the third inactive period according to the information of the first time resource, then the communication device The third inactive period configured for the first terminal does not conflict with the first time resource.
步骤808、第一终端在第三非活动期进入非活动状态。Step 808: The first terminal enters an inactive state during the third inactive period.
值得说明的是，在第一终端接收到第四信息的情况下，第一终端不执行步骤806。在第一终端未接收到第四信息的情况下，第一终端执行步骤806。It is worth noting that, in a case where the first terminal receives the fourth information, the first terminal does not perform step 806. In a case where the first terminal does not receive the fourth information, the first terminal executes step 806.
值得说明的是，在示例1-1中，即使第一终端指示通信设备需要调整第一终端的非活动期，如果通信设备根据第一信息确定第一非活动期与第一时间资源冲突，那么通信设备便可以执行步骤807，也即上述步骤803～步骤806可以省略。步骤801～步骤802、步骤807和步骤808可以作为一个实施例，用于描述第一终端告知通信设备存在冲突的情况下，通信设备如何处理的方案。It is worth noting that in Example 1-1, even if the first terminal indicates that the communication device needs to adjust the inactive period of the first terminal, if the communication device determines that the first inactive period conflicts with the first time resource according to the first information, then The communication device can execute step 807, that is, the above steps 803 to 806 can be omitted. Step 801 to step 802, step 807, and step 808 can be used as an embodiment to describe a solution for how the communication device handles the situation in which the first terminal informs the communication device that there is a conflict.
在示例1-1中，无论通信设备是否为第一终端配置第一时间资源的信息，第一终端均可以利用第一信息向通信设备指示第一非活动期与第一时间资源冲突。此外，在示例1中，第一终端在第一非活动期和第一时间资源冲突时，第一终端指示通信设备取消或调整第一非活动期。In Example 1-1, regardless of whether the communication device configures the first time resource information for the first terminal, the first terminal can use the first information to indicate to the communication device that the first inactive period conflicts with the first time resource. In addition, in Example 1, when the first terminal conflicts with the first time resource during the first inactive period, the first terminal instructs the communication device to cancel or adjust the first inactive period.
值得说明的是，在示例1-1中，第一终端在第一时间资源上感知侧行链路资源。It is worth noting that, in Example 1-1, the first terminal perceives the side link resource on the first time resource.
本申请实施例中，在第一终端确定第一时间资源和第一非活动期冲突的情况下，如果第一终端需要在侧行链路资源上向其他终端发送数据或信令，或者第一终端需要在侧行链路资源上接收其他终端发送的数据或信令，那么第一终端可以决定调整第一终端的非活动期或者通知通信设备调整第一终端的非活动期，而在第一时间资源上感知侧行链路资源。这样可以保证节省第一终端的功耗，也可以保证第一终端的数据的传输质量。In the embodiment of this application, if the first terminal determines that the first time resource conflicts with the first inactive period, if the first terminal needs to send data or signaling to other terminals on the side link resource, or the first terminal If the terminal needs to receive data or signaling sent by other terminals on the side link resources, the first terminal can decide to adjust the inactive period of the first terminal or notify the communication device to adjust the inactive period of the first terminal, and the first terminal can adjust the inactive period of the first terminal. Perceive side link resources in terms of time resources. In this way, the power consumption of the first terminal can be saved, and the data transmission quality of the first terminal can also be guaranteed.
示例1-2，需要取消第一终端的非活动期。Example 1-2, the inactive period of the first terminal needs to be cancelled.
在本申请的另一个实施例中，如图9所示，本申请实施例提供的方法包括步骤901～步骤902以及步骤903，其中，步骤901～步骤902同步骤601～步骤602，此处不再赘述。In another embodiment of the present application, as shown in FIG. 9, the method provided by the embodiment of the present application includes steps 901 to 902 and step 903. Steps 901 to 902 are the same as steps 601 to 602. Repeat it again.
步骤903、第一终端向通信设备发送第四信息，相应的，通信设备接收来自第一终端的第四信息。第四信息用于指示将为第一终端配置的第一DRX配置取消或无效。Step 903: The first terminal sends fourth information to the communication device, and correspondingly, the communication device receives the fourth information from the first terminal. The fourth information is used to indicate that the first DRX configuration configured for the first terminal is cancelled or invalid.
一种示例，该第四信息可以和第一信息为同一个信息，比如，第一信息既用于指示第一非活动期和第一时间资源冲突，又指示将为第一终端配置的第一DRX配置取消或无效。In an example, the fourth information may be the same information as the first information. For example, the first information is used to indicate the first inactive period and the first time resource conflict, and also indicate the first terminal configured for the first terminal. DRX configuration is cancelled or invalid.
另一种示例，第四信息和第一信息为不同的信息，二者可以携带在同一消息中也可以携带在不同的消息中。In another example, the fourth information and the first information are different information, and the two can be carried in the same message or in different messages.
步骤904、第一终端在第一非活动期维持唤醒状态。Step 904: The first terminal maintains an awake state during the first inactive period.
在本申请的一个实施例中，当第一终端向通信设备发送第三信息之后，无论通信设备是否指示调整第一终端的非活动期，第一终端便在第一非活动期到达时维持唤醒状态，即在第一终端在第一非活动期不进入非活动状态。In an embodiment of the present application, after the first terminal sends the third information to the communication device, regardless of whether the communication device instructs to adjust the inactive period of the first terminal, the first terminal keeps waking up when the first inactive period arrives. State, that is, the first terminal does not enter the inactive state during the first inactive period.
在本申请的一个实施例中，当第一终端向通信设备发送第三信息之后，第一终端在接收到通信设备允许调整第一终端的非活动期的情况下，第一终端才在第一非活动期到达后维持唤醒状态。In an embodiment of the present application, after the first terminal sends the third information to the communication device, the first terminal will be in the first terminal only when the first terminal receives the communication device's permission to adjust the inactive period of the first terminal. After the inactive period arrives, the awake state is maintained.
值得说明的是，本申请实施例中第一终端执行步骤901和步骤902后可以不执行步骤903， 但是执行步骤904。即第一终端向通信设备指示存在冲突以后，在第一非活动期到达时，第一终端便不执行进入非活动状态的动作。It is worth noting that, in the embodiment of the present application, the first terminal may not perform step 903 after performing step 901 and step 902, but performs step 904. That is, after the first terminal indicates to the communication device that there is a conflict, when the first inactive period arrives, the first terminal does not perform the action of entering the inactive state.
步骤905、同步骤807，此处不再赘述。Step 905 is the same as step 807, and will not be repeated here.
值得说明的是，在第一终端指示取消第一DRX配置的情况下，通信设备可以执行取消第一DRX配置的动作，当然，通信设备也可以执行调整第一DRX配置的动作，本申请实施例对此不做限定。It is worth noting that when the first terminal instructs to cancel the first DRX configuration, the communication device can perform the action of canceling the first DRX configuration. Of course, the communication device can also perform the action of adjusting the first DRX configuration. There is no restriction on this.
本申请实施例中，在第一终端确定第一时间资源和第一非活动期冲突的情况下，如果第一终端需要在侧行链路资源上向其他终端发送数据或信令，或者第一终端需要在侧行链路资源上接收其他终端发送的数据或信令，那么第一终端可以决定取消第一非活动期，而在第一时间资源上感知侧行链路资源。这样虽然无法保证节省第一终端的功耗，但是可以保证第一终端的数据的传输质量。In the embodiment of this application, if the first terminal determines that the first time resource conflicts with the first inactive period, if the first terminal needs to send data or signaling to other terminals on the side link resource, or the first terminal If the terminal needs to receive data or signaling sent by other terminals on the side link resource, the first terminal may decide to cancel the first inactive period and perceive the side link resource on the first time resource. In this way, although the power consumption of the first terminal cannot be saved, the transmission quality of the data of the first terminal can be guaranteed.
示例2、通信设备至少为第一终端配置第一时间资源的配置信息。Example 2: The communication device at least configures the configuration information of the first time resource for the first terminal.
值得说明的是，在示例2中，通信设备可以为第一终端也配置第一DRX配置，只是在第一非活动期和第一时间资源冲突时，第一终端指示通信设备取消或调整第一时间资源的配置信息。下述将分别介绍：It is worth noting that in Example 2, the communication device may also configure the first DRX configuration for the first terminal, but when the first inactive period and the first time resource conflict, the first terminal instructs the communication device to cancel or adjust the first DRX configuration. Time resource configuration information. The following will be introduced separately:
示例2-1)、需要取消第一时间资源的配置信息。Example 2-1). The configuration information of the first-time resource needs to be cancelled.
一方面，第一信息还用于指示取消第一时间资源的配置信息。例如，第一信息中包括字段1，字段1用于指示第一时间资源和第一非活动期冲突，以及用于指示取消第一时间资源的配置信息。又例如，第一信息中包括字段1和字段4，其中，字段1用于指示第一时间资源和第一非活动期冲突。字段4用于指示取消第一时间资源的配置信息。On the one hand, the first information is also used to instruct to cancel the configuration information of the first time resource. For example, the first information includes field 1, which is used to indicate the conflict between the first time resource and the first inactive period, and the configuration information used to indicate the cancellation of the first time resource. For another example, the first information includes field 1 and field 4, where field 1 is used to indicate that the first time resource conflicts with the first inactive period. Field 4 is used to indicate to cancel the configuration information of the first time resource.
另一方面，作为本申请的又一个实施例，如图10所示，为本申请实施例提供的一种通信方法，该方法包括：步骤1001～步骤1002，其中，步骤1001～步骤1002同上述步骤601～步骤602处的描述，此处不再赘述。On the other hand, as another embodiment of the present application, as shown in FIG. 10, a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application includes: step 1001 to step 1002, wherein, step 1001 to step 1002 are the same as those described above The descriptions at step 601 to step 602 will not be repeated here.
在本申请的一个实施例中，如图10所示，本申请实施例提供的方法还可以包括：In an embodiment of the present application, as shown in FIG. 10, the method provided in the embodiment of the present application may further include:
步骤1003、第一终端向通信设备发送第五信息，相应的，通信设备接收来自第一终端的第五信息。其中，第五信息用于指示取消第一时间资源的配置信息。Step 1003: The first terminal sends fifth information to the communication device, and correspondingly, the communication device receives the fifth information from the first terminal. Wherein, the fifth information is used to indicate the cancellation of the configuration information of the first time resource.
本申请实施例中的取消第一时间资源的配置信息也可以称为无效第一时间资源的配置信息，即第一终端不采用第一时间资源的配置信息。The cancellation of the configuration information of the first time resource in the embodiment of the present application may also be referred to as the configuration information of the invalid first time resource, that is, the first terminal does not use the configuration information of the first time resource.
本申请实施例中的第五信息和第一信息可以携带在同一个消息中，也可以携带在不同的消息中。第五信息可以为第一信息中的一个字段，或者第一信息为第五信息中的一个字段。The fifth information and the first information in the embodiment of the present application may be carried in the same message, or may be carried in different messages. The fifth information may be a field in the first information, or the first information may be a field in the fifth information.
可选的，在步骤1003之后，通信设备可以向第一终端发送指示，以指示允许第一终端取消第一时间资源的配置信息。或者在步骤1003之后，通信设备为第一终端重新配置用于感知侧行链路资源的时间资源，本申请实施例对此不做限定。Optionally, after step 1003, the communication device may send an instruction to the first terminal to indicate that the first terminal is allowed to cancel the configuration information of the first time resource. Or after step 1003, the communication device reconfigures the time resource for sensing the side link resource for the first terminal, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
在本申请的一个实施例中，如图10所示，本申请实施例提供的方法还可以包括：In an embodiment of the present application, as shown in FIG. 10, the method provided in the embodiment of the present application may further include:
步骤1004、第一终端在第一时间资源和第一非活动期冲突的时间资源上不执行感知侧行链路资源的动作。Step 1004: The first terminal does not perform the action of sensing the side link resource on the time resource conflicting between the first time resource and the first inactive period.
值得说明的是，由于第一时间资源可能和第一非活动期部分重叠，因此第一终端在部分重叠的时间资源不执行感知侧行链路资源的动作。比如，以时间资源为时隙，第一时间资源包括时隙1～时隙4为例，其中，时隙1～时隙3位于第一非活动期(比如，图7中的(c)所示的DRX周期 1内的非活动期)内，那么第一终端可以在时隙4上感知侧行链路资源，但是在时隙1～时隙3上不执行感知侧行链路资源的动作。时隙1～时隙4可以为连续的，也可以是非连续的，图7中的(c)以时隙1～时隙4为连续的时间资源为例，本申请实施例对此不做限定。It is worth noting that, because the first time resource may partially overlap with the first inactive period, the first terminal does not perform the action of sensing the side link resource during the partially overlapping time resource. For example, taking a time resource as a time slot, the first time resource includes time slot 1 to time slot 4 as an example, where time slot 1 to time slot 3 are located in the first inactive period (for example, as shown in (c) in Figure 7). In the inactive period in the DRX cycle 1) shown in the figure, then the first terminal can sense the side link resources in time slot 4, but does not perform the action of sensing side link resources in time slot 1 to time slot 3. . Time slot 1 to time slot 4 can be continuous or non-continuous. (c) in FIG. 7 takes time slot 1 to time slot 4 as continuous time resources as an example, which is not limited in the embodiment of this application. .
或者，本申请实施例中的步骤1004可以通过以下方式替换：第一终端在第一时间资源上不执行感知侧行链路资源的动作。结合上例，第一终端在时间资源1～时间资源3上均不感知侧行链路资源。Alternatively, step 1004 in the embodiment of the present application may be replaced in the following manner: the first terminal does not perform the action of sensing the side link resource on the first time resource. In combination with the above example, the first terminal does not perceive side link resources on time resource 1 to time resource 3.
本申请实施例中第一终端发送第一信息之后，可以不执行步骤1003，但执行步骤1004，即第一终端指示通信设备第一非活动期和第一时间资源存在冲突，然后执行步骤1004。或者，第一终端发送第一信息之后执行步骤1003和步骤1004。这样的好处在于，利用第五信息告知通信设备第一终端需要取消第一时间资源的配置信息，使得通信设备明确第一终端后续的处理。In the embodiment of the present application, after the first terminal sends the first information, step 1003 may not be performed, but step 1004 is performed, that is, the first terminal indicates that there is a conflict between the first inactive period of the communication device and the first time resource, and then step 1004 is performed. Or, after the first terminal sends the first information, step 1003 and step 1004 are performed. The advantage of this is that the fifth information is used to inform the communication device that the first terminal needs to cancel the configuration information of the first time resource, so that the communication device clarifies the subsequent processing of the first terminal.
在本申请的一个实施例中，如果第一终端在步骤1004之前接收到通信设备允许取消第一时间资源的配置信息的指示，那么第一终端再执行步骤1004。这样可以避免第一终端未经通信设备允许，而不在冲突的时间资源上感知侧行链路资源。In an embodiment of the present application, if the first terminal receives an instruction to allow the communication device to cancel the configuration information of the first time resource before step 1004, then the first terminal performs step 1004 again. In this way, it can be avoided that the first terminal does not perceive the side link resource on the conflicting time resource without the permission of the communication device.
本申请实施例中，在第一终端确定第一时间资源和第一非活动期冲突的情况下，如果第一终端确定在侧行链路资源上不存在向其他终端发送数据或信令，或者第一终端在侧行链路资源上不用接收其他终端发送的数据或信令，那么第一终端可以决定取消或通知通信设备取消第一时间资源的配置信息，而在第一非活动期进入非活动状态。这样可以保证第一终端的功耗。In the embodiment of the present application, when the first terminal determines that the first time resource conflicts with the first inactive period, if the first terminal determines that there is no data or signaling sent to other terminals on the side link resource, or The first terminal does not need to receive data or signaling sent by other terminals on the side link resource, then the first terminal can decide to cancel or notify the communication device to cancel the configuration information of the first time resource, and enter the non-active period during the first inactive period. Active status. In this way, the power consumption of the first terminal can be guaranteed.
在示例2-1)中，第一终端在第一非活动期进入非活动状态。In Example 2-1), the first terminal enters the inactive state during the first inactive period.
示例2-2、需要调整第一时间资源的配置信息。Example 2-2. The configuration information of the first-time resource needs to be adjusted.
一种示例，第一信息还用于调整第一时间资源的配置信息。例如，第一信息中包括字段1，字段1用于指示第一时间资源和第一非活动期冲突，以及用于指示调整第一时间资源的配置信息。又例如，第一信息中包括字段1和字段5，其中，字段1用于指示第一时间资源和第一非活动期冲突。字段5用于指示调整第一时间资源的配置信息。In an example, the first information is also used to adjust the configuration information of the first time resource. For example, the first information includes field 1, which is used to indicate that the first time resource conflicts with the first inactive period, and is used to indicate configuration information for adjusting the first time resource. For another example, the first information includes field 1 and field 5, where field 1 is used to indicate that the first time resource conflicts with the first inactive period. Field 5 is used to indicate the configuration information for adjusting the first time resource.
另一方面，作为本申请的又一个实施例，如图11所示，为本申请实施例提供的一种通信方法，该方法包括：步骤1101～步骤1102，其中，步骤1101～步骤1102同上述步骤601～步骤602处的描述，此处不再赘述。On the other hand, as another embodiment of the present application, as shown in FIG. 11, a communication method provided by this embodiment of the present application includes: steps 1101 to 1102, where steps 1101 to 1102 are the same as those described above The description at step 601 to step 602 will not be repeated here.
在本申请的一个实施例中，如图11所示，本申请实施例提供的方法还可以包括：In an embodiment of the present application, as shown in FIG. 11, the method provided in the embodiment of the present application may further include:
步骤1103、第一终端向通信设备发送第六信息。相应的，通信设备接收来自第一终端的第六信息。该第六信息用于指示调整第一时间资源的配置信息。Step 1103: The first terminal sends sixth information to the communication device. Correspondingly, the communication device receives the sixth information from the first terminal. The sixth information is used to indicate the configuration information for adjusting the first time resource.
本申请实施例中的第六信息和第一信息可以携带在同一个消息中，也可以携带在不同的消息中。第六信息可以为第一信息中的一个字段，或者第一信息为第六信息中的一个字段。本申请实施例对此不做限定。The sixth information and the first information in the embodiment of the present application may be carried in the same message, or may be carried in different messages. The sixth information may be a field in the first information, or the first information may be a field in the sixth information. This embodiment of the application does not limit this.
在本申请的一个实施例中，如图11所示，本申请实施例提供的方法还可以包括：In an embodiment of the present application, as shown in FIG. 11, the method provided in the embodiment of the present application may further include:
步骤1104、第一终端向通信设备发送用于指示第一时间段的信息，相应的，通信设备接收来自第一终端的用于指示第一时间段的信息。其中，第一时间段与所述第一非活动期不冲突，所述第一时间段为所述第一终端期望的感知侧行链路资源的时间段。Step 1104: The first terminal sends the information used to indicate the first time period to the communication device, and correspondingly, the communication device receives the information used to indicate the first time period from the first terminal. Wherein, the first time period does not conflict with the first inactive period, and the first time period is a time period for sensing the side link resource expected by the first terminal.
通过执行步骤1104便于通信设备确定第一终端期望的感知侧行链路资源的时间段，以及使得通信设备在确定第一时间资源和第一非活动期冲突的情况下，可以将第一时间段作为参考重新确定为该第一终端用于感知侧行链路资源的时间资源。By performing step 1104, it is convenient for the communication device to determine the time period for sensing the side link resource expected by the first terminal, and for the communication device to determine that the first time resource conflicts with the first inactive period, the first time period As a reference, it is re-determined as the time resource used by the first terminal to sense the side link resource.
值得说明的是，上述步骤1103可以省略，即第一终端确定第一时间资源和第一非活动期冲突，然后不发送第六信息，而是执行步骤1104发送用于指示第一时间段的信息，以隐式指示通信设备调整第一时间资源的配置信息。在这种情况下，用于指示第一时间段的信息可以和第一信息携带在同一个消息中。It is worth noting that the above step 1103 can be omitted, that is, the first terminal determines that the first time resource conflicts with the first inactive period, and then does not send the sixth information, but executes step 1104 to send information indicating the first time period , To implicitly instruct the communication device to adjust the configuration information of the first time resource. In this case, the information used to indicate the first time period may be carried in the same message as the first information.
本申请实施例中用于指示第一时间段的信息可以为第一时间段，第一时间段可以为连续的时间段也可以是非连续的时间段。The information used to indicate the first time period in the embodiment of the present application may be the first time period, and the first time period may be a continuous time period or a discontinuous time period.
本申请实施例中用于指示第一时间段的信息可以为偏移值，这样便于通信设备根据第一时间资源和该偏移值确定第一时间段。The information used to indicate the first time period in the embodiment of the present application may be an offset value, so that it is convenient for the communication device to determine the first time period according to the first time resource and the offset value.
在本申请的一个实施例中，如图11所示，本申请实施例提供的方法还可以包括：In an embodiment of the present application, as shown in FIG. 11, the method provided in the embodiment of the present application may further include:
步骤1105、第一终端在第一时间段内感知侧行链路资源。Step 1105: The first terminal senses the side link resource in the first time period.
在一种可选的实现方式中，第一终端向通信设备发送用于指示第一时间段的信息之后，无论通信设备是否为第一终端重新配置用于感知侧行链路资源的时间资源，或者是否允许第一终端采用第一时间段，第一终端均执行步骤1105。In an optional implementation manner, after the first terminal sends the information for indicating the first time period to the communication device, regardless of whether the communication device reconfigures the time resource for sensing the side link resource for the first terminal, Or whether to allow the first terminal to use the first time period, the first terminal performs step 1105.
在另一种可选的实现方式中，第一终端向通信设备发送用于指示第一时间段的信息之后，在得到通信设备允许第一终端采用第一时间段，第一终端执行步骤1105。In another optional implementation manner, after the first terminal sends the information for indicating the first time period to the communication device, the first terminal executes step 1105 after obtaining that the communication device allows the first terminal to use the first time period.
本申请实施例中，在第一终端确定第一时间资源和第一非活动期冲突的情况下，如果第一终端确定在侧行链路资源上存在向其他终端发送数据或信令，或者第一终端在侧行链路资源上需要接收其他终端发送的数据或信令，那么第一终端可以决定调整或通知通信设备调整第一时间资源的配置信息，而在第一非活动期进入非活动状态。这样可以保证降低第一终端的功耗，又提升了第一终端的通信质量。In the embodiment of the present application, in the case where the first terminal determines that the first time resource conflicts with the first inactive period, if the first terminal determines that there is a side link resource sending data or signaling to other terminals, or the first terminal When a terminal needs to receive data or signaling sent by other terminals on the side link resource, the first terminal can decide to adjust or notify the communication device to adjust the configuration information of the first time resource, and enter inactive during the first inactive period state. This can ensure that the power consumption of the first terminal is reduced, and the communication quality of the first terminal is improved.
示例3)、第一DRX配置和第一时间资源的配置信息均由通信设备为第一终端配置。Example 3) The first DRX configuration and the configuration information of the first time resource are both configured by the communication device for the first terminal.
在示例3中，一方面，第一信息还用于指示调整第一时间资源的配置信息，以及调整第一终端的非活动期。In Example 3, on the one hand, the first information is also used to indicate to adjust the configuration information of the first time resource, and to adjust the inactive period of the first terminal.
同上，例如，第一信息中包括字段1，该字段1用于指示第一时间资源和第一非活动期冲突，以及指示调整为第一时间资源的配置信息，以及调整第一终端的非活动期。Same as above, for example, the first information includes field 1, which is used to indicate that the first time resource conflicts with the first inactive period, and to indicate the configuration information that is adjusted to the first time resource, and the inactivity of the first terminal is adjusted. Expect.
又例如，第一信息中包括字段1和字段6。其中，字段1用于指示第一时间资源和第一非活动期冲突。字段6用于指示第一时间资源的配置信息，以及调整第一终端的非活动期。For another example, the first information includes field 1 and field 6. Among them, field 1 is used to indicate that the first time resource conflicts with the first inactive period. Field 6 is used to indicate the configuration information of the first time resource and adjust the inactive period of the first terminal.
再例如，第一信息中包括字段1、字段7以及字段8。其中，字段1用于指示第一时间资源和第一非活动期冲突。字段7用于指示第一时间资源的配置信息。字段8用于指示调整第一终端的非活动期。For another example, the first information includes field 1, field 7, and field 8. Among them, field 1 is used to indicate that the first time resource conflicts with the first inactive period. Field 7 is used to indicate the configuration information of the first time resource. Field 8 is used to indicate to adjust the inactive period of the first terminal.
另一方面，作为本申请的又一个实施例，如图12所示，为本申请实施例提供的一种通信方法，该方法包括：步骤1201～步骤1202。On the other hand, as another embodiment of the present application, as shown in FIG. 12, a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application includes: step 1201 to step 1202.
步骤1201、通信设备为第一终端配置第一时间资源的配置信息和第一DRX配置。Step 1201: The communication device configures the configuration information of the first time resource and the first DRX configuration for the first terminal.
步骤1202、同上述步骤602处的描述，此处不再赘述。Step 1202 is the same as the description at step 602 above, and will not be repeated here.
在一种可能的实施例中，如图12所示，本申请实施例提供的方法还可以包括：In a possible embodiment, as shown in FIG. 12, the method provided in the embodiment of the present application may further include:
步骤1203、第一终端向通信设备发送第七信息，相应的，通信设备接收来自第一终端的第七信息。该第七信息用于指示调整第一时间资源的配置信息，以及调整第一终端的非活动期。Step 1203: The first terminal sends the seventh information to the communication device, and correspondingly, the communication device receives the seventh information from the first terminal. The seventh information is used to instruct to adjust the configuration information of the first time resource and adjust the inactive period of the first terminal.
示例性的，第七信息和第一信息可以携带在同一个消息中，或者携带在不同的消息中，本申请实施例对此不做限定。例如，第七信息中包括字段6。或者第七信息中包括字段7和字段8。Exemplarily, the seventh information and the first information may be carried in the same message or in different messages, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application. For example, the seventh information includes field 6. Or the seventh information includes field 7 and field 8.
在本申请的一个实施例中，如图12所示，本申请实施例提供的方法还可以包括：In an embodiment of the present application, as shown in FIG. 12, the method provided in the embodiment of the present application may further include:
步骤1204、第一终端在第一时间资源和第一非活动期冲突的时间资源上不执行感知侧行链路资源的动作，以及在第一非活动期维持唤醒状态。Step 1204: The first terminal does not perform the action of sensing the side link resource on the conflicting time resource between the first time resource and the first inactive period, and maintains the awake state during the first inactive period.
值得说明的是，上述步骤1203可以省略，即第一终端确定第一时间资源和第一非活动期冲突，然后不发送第七信息，而是执行步骤1204。这样的好处在于，第一终端和通信设备可以提前协商或者协议预定义有存在冲突的解决方式即第一终端不在冲突的时间资源上执行感知侧行链路资源的动作，以及在第一非活动期维持唤醒状态。It is worth noting that the above step 1203 can be omitted, that is, the first terminal determines that the first time resource conflicts with the first inactive period, and then does not send the seventh information, but executes step 1204. The advantage of this is that the first terminal and the communication device can negotiate in advance or the agreement predefines a conflict resolution method, that is, the first terminal does not perform the action of sensing side link resources on the conflicting time resources, and the first inactive Period to maintain the awake state.
在本申请的一个实施例中，如果第一终端在步骤1204之前接收到通信设备的允许指示，那么第一终端再执行步骤1204。这样可以避免第一终端未经通信设备允许，而不在冲突的时间资源上感知侧行链路资源以及不按照第一DRX的配置进入非活动状态。In an embodiment of the present application, if the first terminal receives the permission instruction of the communication device before step 1204, the first terminal performs step 1204 again. In this way, it can be avoided that the first terminal does not perceive the side link resource on the conflicting time resource without the permission of the communication device, and does not enter the inactive state without following the configuration of the first DRX.
在本申请的一个实施例中，在第一终端向通信设备发送第一信息之后，无论第一终端是否接收到通信设备的允许指示，第一终端执行步骤1204。这是由于存在冲突，第一终端便无法确定在冲突的时间资源上到底是进入非休眠状态还是感知侧行链路资源，因此第一终端便可以不执行感知侧行链路资源的动作，以及在第一非活动期维持唤醒状态。In an embodiment of the present application, after the first terminal sends the first information to the communication device, regardless of whether the first terminal receives the permission instruction of the communication device, the first terminal executes step 1204. This is because there is a conflict, and the first terminal cannot determine whether to enter a non-sleep state or sense side link resources on the conflicting time resources, so the first terminal may not perform the action of sensing side link resources, and Maintain the awake state during the first inactive period.
在本申请的一个实施例中，如图12所示，本申请实施例提供的方法还包括：In an embodiment of the present application, as shown in FIG. 12, the method provided in the embodiment of the present application further includes:
步骤1205、第一终端向通信设备发送用于指示第二时间段的信息以及用于指示第三时间段的信息，所述第二时间段和第三时间段不重叠，所述第二时间段为所述第一终端期望的用于感知侧行链路资源的时间段，所述第三时间段为所述第一终端期望的处于非活动状态的时间段。Step 1205: The first terminal sends information indicating a second time period and information indicating a third time period to the communication device, where the second time period and the third time period do not overlap, and the second time period Is a time period expected by the first terminal for sensing sidelink resources, and the third time period is a time period expected by the first terminal to be in an inactive state.
通过执行步骤1205，便于通信设备确定第一终端期望感知侧行链路资源的时间段以及期望处于非活动状态的时间段，以便通信设备为第一终端后续重新配置用于感知侧行链路资源的时间段时可以参考该第二时间段的信息，此外，通信设备为第一终端配置非活动期时也可以参考第三时间段。By performing step 1205, it is convenient for the communication device to determine the time period during which the first terminal expects to sense side link resources and the time period during which it is expected to be in an inactive state, so that the communication device can subsequently reconfigure the first terminal for sensing side link resources. The information of the second time period can be referred to when the time period is, and in addition, the third time period can also be referred to when the communication device configures the inactive period for the first terminal.
在本申请的一个实施例中，如图12所示，本申请实施例提供的方法还包括：In an embodiment of the present application, as shown in FIG. 12, the method provided in the embodiment of the present application further includes:
步骤1206、通信设备向第一终端发送第二时间资源的配置信息，和/或，第二DRX配置，相应的，第一终端接收来自通信设备的第二时间资源的配置信息，和/或，第二DRX配置。Step 1206: The communication device sends the configuration information of the second time resource to the first terminal, and/or the second DRX configuration. Accordingly, the first terminal receives the configuration information of the second time resource from the communication device, and/or, The second DRX configuration.
其中，第二时间资源的配置信息和第二DRX配置的作用可以参考上述描述，本申请实施例对此不做限定。For the configuration information of the second time resource and the role of the second DRX configuration, reference may be made to the above description, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
值得说明的是，在第一DRX配置和第一时间资源的配置信息均由通信设备为第一终端配置的情况下，通信设备可以选择为第一终端同时重配置用于感知侧行链路资源的时间资源以及非活动期。通信设备也可以为第一终端重配置用于感知侧行链路资源的时间资源，或者重配置第一终端的非活动期，本申请实施例对此不做限定。It is worth noting that when the first DRX configuration and the configuration information of the first time resource are both configured by the communication device for the first terminal, the communication device may choose to be the first terminal and reconfigure at the same time for sensing the side link resources. Time resources and periods of inactivity. The communication device may also reconfigure the time resource for sensing the side link resource for the first terminal, or reconfigure the inactive period of the first terminal, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
在本申请的一个实施例中，本申请实施例提供的方法还包括：第一终端接收来自所述通信设备的第七信息，所述第七信息用于指示取消或无效所述第一DRX配置，以及用于指示取消或无效第一时间资源的配置信息。这样在发生冲突的情况下，通信设备允许第一终端在第一非活动期不进入非活动状态，以及在第一时间资源上不感知侧行链路资源。In an embodiment of the present application, the method provided in the embodiment of the present application further includes: the first terminal receives seventh information from the communication device, where the seventh information is used to indicate cancellation or invalidation of the first DRX configuration , And the configuration information used to indicate the cancellation or invalidation of the first time resource. In this way, in the case of a conflict, the communication device allows the first terminal not to enter the inactive state during the first inactive period, and does not perceive the side link resource in the first time resource.
上述主要从各个网元之间交互的角度对本申请实施例的方案进行了介绍。可以理解的是，各个网元，例如第一终端、通信设备等为了实现上述功能，其包括了执行各个功能相应的结构和/或软件模块。本领域技术人员应该很容易意识到，结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的单元及算法步骤，本申请能够以硬件或硬件和计算机软件的结合形式来实现。某个功能究竟以硬件还 是计算机软件驱动硬件的方式来执行，取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。专业技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能，但是这种实现不应认为超出本申请的范围。The foregoing mainly introduces the solution of the embodiment of the present application from the perspective of interaction between various network elements. It can be understood that, in order to implement the foregoing functions, each network element, such as a first terminal, a communication device, etc., includes a corresponding structure and/or software module for performing each function. Those skilled in the art should easily realize that in combination with the units and algorithm steps of the examples described in the embodiments disclosed herein, the present application can be implemented in the form of hardware or a combination of hardware and computer software. Whether a certain function is executed by hardware or computer software-driven hardware depends on the specific application and design constraints of the technical solution. Professionals and technicians can use different methods for each specific application to implement the described functions, but such implementation should not be considered as going beyond the scope of this application.
本申请实施例可以根据上述方法示例第一终端、通信设备进行功能单元的划分，例如，可以对应各个功能划分各个功能单元，也可以将两个或两个以上的功能集成在一个处理单元中。上述集成的单元既可以采用硬件的形式实现，也可以采用软件功能单元的形式实现。需要说明的是，本申请实施例中对单元的划分是示意性的，仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分，实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式。In the embodiments of the present application, the first terminal and the communication device may be divided into functional units according to the foregoing method examples. For example, each functional unit may be divided corresponding to each function, or two or more functions may be integrated into one processing unit. The above-mentioned integrated unit can be implemented in the form of hardware or software functional unit. It should be noted that the division of units in the embodiments of the present application is illustrative, and is only a logical function division, and there may be other division methods in actual implementation.
上面结合图6至图12，对本申请实施例的方法进行了说明，下面对本申请实施例提供的执行上述方法的通信装置进行描述。本领域技术人员可以理解，方法和装置可以相互结合和引用，本申请实施例提供的通信装置可以执行上述通信方法中由第一终端、通信设备执行的步骤。The method of the embodiment of the present application is described above with reference to FIGS. 6 to 12, and the communication device provided by the embodiment of the present application for performing the foregoing method is described below. Those skilled in the art can understand that the method and the device can be combined and referenced with each other, and the communication device provided in the embodiment of the present application can execute the steps performed by the first terminal and the communication device in the above-mentioned communication method.
在采用集成单元的情况下，图13示出了上述实施例中所涉及的通信装置，该通信装置可以包括：通信模块1313和处理模块1312。In the case of adopting an integrated unit, FIG. 13 shows the communication device involved in the foregoing embodiment, and the communication device may include: a communication module 1313 and a processing module 1312.
在一种可选的实现方式中，该通信装置还可以包括存储模块1311，用于存储通信装置的程序代码和数据。In an optional implementation manner, the communication device may further include a storage module 1311 for storing program codes and data of the communication device.
一种示例，该通信装置为第一终端，或者为应用于第一终端中的芯片。在这种情况下，通信模块1313用于支持该通信装置与外部网元(例如，通信设备)通信。例如，通信模块1313用于执行上述方法实施例中第一终端的信号收发操作。处理模块1312用于执行上述方法实施例中第一终端的信号处理操作。In an example, the communication device is a first terminal or a chip applied in the first terminal. In this case, the communication module 1313 is used to support the communication device to communicate with external network elements (for example, communication equipment). For example, the communication module 1313 is configured to perform the signal transceiving operation of the first terminal in the foregoing method embodiment. The processing module 1312 is configured to perform the signal processing operation of the first terminal in the foregoing method embodiment.
举例说明，通信模块1313用于执行上述实施例的图6的步骤601中由第一终端执行的接收动作以及步骤602中由第一终端执行的发送动作。处理模块1312，用于支持该通信装置执行上述实施例中由第一终端执行的处理动作。For example, the communication module 1313 is configured to execute the receiving action performed by the first terminal in step 601 of FIG. 6 and the sending action performed by the first terminal in step 602 of the foregoing embodiment. The processing module 1312 is configured to support the communication device to execute the processing actions performed by the first terminal in the foregoing embodiment.
作为一种可能的实施例，通信模块1313，还用于支持该通信装置执行图8的步骤803、步骤804中由第一终端执行的发送动作。处理模块1312，用于支持该通信装置执行上述实施例中由第一终端在图9中执行的步骤805、步骤806以及步骤808。通信模块1313，还用于支持该通信设备执行上述实施例的图8的步骤807中由第一终端执行的接收动作。As a possible embodiment, the communication module 1313 is also used to support the communication device to execute the sending action performed by the first terminal in step 803 and step 804 in FIG. 8. The processing module 1312 is configured to support the communication device to execute steps 805, 806, and 808 performed by the first terminal in FIG. 9 in the foregoing embodiment. The communication module 1313 is also used to support the communication device to execute the receiving action performed by the first terminal in step 807 of FIG. 8 in the foregoing embodiment.
作为一种可能的实施例，通信模块1313，还用于支持该通信装置执行图9的步骤903中由第一终端执行的发送动作。处理模块1312，用于支持该通信装置执行上述实施例中由第一终端在图9中执行的步骤904和步骤906。通信模块1313，还用于支持该通信设备执行上述实施例的图9的步骤905中由第一终端执行的接收动作。As a possible embodiment, the communication module 1313 is further configured to support the communication device to execute the sending action performed by the first terminal in step 903 in FIG. 9. The processing module 1312 is configured to support the communication device to execute steps 904 and 906 performed by the first terminal in FIG. 9 in the foregoing embodiment. The communication module 1313 is also used to support the communication device to perform the receiving action performed by the first terminal in step 905 of FIG. 9 in the foregoing embodiment.
作为一种可能的实施例，通信模块1313，还用于支持该通信装置执行图10的步骤1003中由第一终端执行的发送动作。处理模块1312，用于支持该通信装置执行上述实施例中由第一终端在图10中执行的步骤1004、步骤1006以及步骤1008。通信模块1313，还用于支持该通信设备执行上述实施例的图10的步骤1007中由第一终端执行的接收动作。As a possible embodiment, the communication module 1313 is further configured to support the communication device to perform the sending action performed by the first terminal in step 1003 in FIG. 10. The processing module 1312 is configured to support the communication device to perform step 1004, step 1006, and step 1008 performed by the first terminal in FIG. 10 in the foregoing embodiment. The communication module 1313 is also configured to support the communication device to perform the receiving action performed by the first terminal in step 1007 of FIG. 10 in the foregoing embodiment.
作为一种可能的实施例，通信模块1313，还用于支持该通信装置执行图11的步骤1103以及步骤1104中由第一终端执行的发送动作。处理模块1312，用于支持该通信装置执行上述实施例中由第一终端在图11中执行的步骤1105。As a possible embodiment, the communication module 1313 is also used to support the communication device to perform step 1103 in FIG. 11 and the sending action performed by the first terminal in step 1104. The processing module 1312 is configured to support the communication device to perform step 1105 performed by the first terminal in FIG. 11 in the foregoing embodiment.
作为一种可能的实施例，通信模块1313，还用于支持该通信装置执行图12的步骤1203、步骤1205中由第一终端执行的发送动作。处理模块1312，用于支持该通信装置执行上述实施例中 由第一终端在图12中执行的步骤1204。通信模块1313，还用于支持该通信设备执行图12的步骤1206中由第一终端执行的接收动作。As a possible embodiment, the communication module 1313 is also used to support the communication device to execute the sending action performed by the first terminal in step 1203 and step 1205 in FIG. 12. The processing module 1312 is used to support the communication device to execute step 1204 performed by the first terminal in FIG. 12 in the above-mentioned embodiment. The communication module 1313 is also used to support the communication device to perform the receiving action performed by the first terminal in step 1206 in FIG. 12.
另一种示例，该通信装置为通信设备，或者为应用于通信设备中的芯片。在这种情况下，通信模块1313用于支持该通信装置与外部网元(例如，第一终端)通信。例如，通信模块1313用于执行上述方法实施例中通信设备的信号收发操作。处理模块1312用于执行上述方法实施例中通信设备的信号处理操作。In another example, the communication device is a communication device or a chip applied to a communication device. In this case, the communication module 1313 is used to support the communication device to communicate with an external network element (for example, the first terminal). For example, the communication module 1313 is configured to perform the signal transceiving operation of the communication device in the foregoing method embodiment. The processing module 1312 is configured to perform the signal processing operation of the communication device in the foregoing method embodiment.
举例说明，通信模块1313用于执行上述实施例的图6的步骤601中由通信设备执行的发送动作，以及步骤602中由通信设备执行的接收动作。处理模块1312用于执行上述实施例中由通信设备执行的处理动作。For example, the communication module 1313 is configured to execute the sending action performed by the communication device in step 601 of FIG. 6 and the receiving action performed by the communication device in step 602 of the foregoing embodiment. The processing module 1312 is configured to execute the processing actions performed by the communication device in the foregoing embodiment.
作为一种可能的实施例，通信模块1313，还用于支持该通信装置执行图8的步骤803、步骤804中由通信设备执行的接收动作。通信模块1313，还用于支持该通信装置执行上述实施例的图8的步骤807中由通信设备执行的发送动作。As a possible embodiment, the communication module 1313 is also used to support the communication device to perform the receiving action performed by the communication device in step 803 and step 804 in FIG. 8. The communication module 1313 is also used to support the communication device to execute the sending action performed by the communication device in step 807 of FIG. 8 in the foregoing embodiment.
作为一种可能的实施例，通信模块1313，还用于支持该通信装置执行图9的步骤903中由通信设备执行的接收动作。通信模块1313，还用于支持该通信设备执行上述实施例的图9的步骤905中由通信设备执行的发送动作。As a possible embodiment, the communication module 1313 is also used to support the communication device to perform the receiving action performed by the communication device in step 903 in FIG. 9. The communication module 1313 is also used to support the communication device to execute the sending action performed by the communication device in step 905 of FIG. 9 of the foregoing embodiment.
作为一种可能的实施例，通信模块1313，还用于支持该通信装置执行图10的步骤1003中由通信设备执行的接收动作。通信模块1313，还用于支持该通信装置执行上述实施例的图10的步骤1007中由通信设备执行的发送动作。As a possible embodiment, the communication module 1313 is also used to support the communication device to perform the receiving action performed by the communication device in step 1003 in FIG. 10. The communication module 1313 is also used to support the communication device to execute the sending action performed by the communication device in step 1007 of FIG. 10 in the foregoing embodiment.
作为一种可能的实施例，通信模块1313，还用于支持该通信装置执行图11的步骤1103以及步骤1104中由通信设备执行的接收动作。As a possible embodiment, the communication module 1313 is also used to support the communication device to perform step 1103 in FIG. 11 and the receiving action performed by the communication device in step 1104.
作为一种可能的实施例，通信模块1313，还用于支持该通信装置执行图12的步骤1203、步骤1205中由通信设备执行的接收动作。通信模块1313，还用于支持该通信装置执行图12的步骤1206中由通信设备执行的发送动作。As a possible embodiment, the communication module 1313 is also used to support the communication device to perform the receiving actions performed by the communication device in step 1203 and step 1205 in FIG. 12. The communication module 1313 is also used to support the communication device to execute the sending action performed by the communication device in step 1206 in FIG. 12.
需要说明的是，图13所示的通信模块1313还可以采用通信单元替换，处理模块1312还可以参考处理单元替换。存储模块1311还可以采用存储单元替换。处理单元用于对通信装置的动作进行控制管理，例如，处理单元用于执行在通信装置进行信息/数据处理的步骤。通信单元用于支持通信装置进行信息/数据发送或者接收的步骤。It should be noted that the communication module 1313 shown in FIG. 13 may also be replaced by a communication unit, and the processing module 1312 may also be replaced with reference to the processing unit. The storage module 1311 can also be replaced by a storage unit. The processing unit is used to control and manage the actions of the communication device. For example, the processing unit is used to perform information/data processing steps on the communication device. The communication unit is used to support the communication device to send or receive information/data.
在一种可能的实现方式中，通信单元可以包括接收单元和发送单元，接收单元用于接收信号，发送单元用于发送信号。In a possible implementation manner, the communication unit may include a receiving unit and a sending unit, the receiving unit is used for receiving signals, and the sending unit is used for sending signals.
其中，处理模块1312可以是处理器或控制器，例如可以是中央处理器单元，通用处理器，数字信号处理器，专用集成电路，现场可编程门阵列或者其他可编程逻辑器件、晶体管逻辑器件、硬件部件或者其任意组合。其可以实现或执行结合本申请公开内容所描述的各种示例性的逻辑方框，模块和电路。处理器也可以是实现计算功能的组合，例如包含一个或多个微处理器组合，数字信号处理器和微处理器的组合等等。通信模块可以是收发器、收发电路或通信接口等。存储模块可以是存储器。Among them, the processing module 1312 may be a processor or a controller, for example, a central processing unit, a general-purpose processor, a digital signal processor, an application specific integrated circuit, a field programmable gate array or other programmable logic devices, transistor logic devices, Hardware components or any combination thereof. It can implement or execute various exemplary logical blocks, modules, and circuits described in conjunction with the disclosure of this application. The processor may also be a combination that implements computing functions, for example, a combination of one or more microprocessors, a combination of a digital signal processor and a microprocessor, and so on. The communication module can be a transceiver, a transceiver circuit, or a communication interface. The storage module may be a memory.
当处理模块1312为处理器51或处理器55，通信模块1313为收发器53时，存储模块1311为存储器52时，本申请所涉及的通信装置可以为图5所示的通信设备。When the processing module 1312 is the processor 51 or the processor 55, the communication module 1313 is the transceiver 53, and the storage module 1311 is the memory 52, the communication device involved in this application may be the communication device shown in FIG. 5.
一种示例，该设备为第一终端，或者为应用于第一终端中的芯片。在这种情况下，收发器53用于支持该设备与外部网元(例如，通信设备)通信。例如，收发器53用于执行上述方法实施例 中第一终端的信号收发操作。处理器51或处理器55用于执行上述方法实施例中第一终端的信号处理操作。In an example, the device is the first terminal or a chip applied to the first terminal. In this case, the transceiver 53 is used to support the device to communicate with an external network element (for example, a communication device). For example, the transceiver 53 is used to perform the signal transceiving operation of the first terminal in the foregoing method embodiment. The processor 51 or the processor 55 is configured to perform the signal processing operation of the first terminal in the foregoing method embodiment.
举例说明，收发器53用于执行上述实施例的图6的步骤601中由第一终端执行的接收动作以及步骤602中由第一终端执行的发送动作。处理器51或处理器55，用于支持该设备执行上述实施例中由第一终端执行的处理动作。For example, the transceiver 53 is configured to perform the receiving action performed by the first terminal in step 601 of FIG. 6 and the sending action performed by the first terminal in step 602 of the foregoing embodiment. The processor 51 or the processor 55 is configured to support the device to execute the processing actions performed by the first terminal in the foregoing embodiment.
作为一种可能的实施例，收发器53，还用于支持该设备执行图8的步骤803、步骤804中由第一终端执行的发送动作。处理器51或处理器55，用于支持该设备执行上述实施例中由第一终端在图9中执行的步骤805、步骤806以及步骤808。收发器53，还用于支持该通信设备执行上述实施例的图8的步骤807中由第一终端执行的接收动作。As a possible embodiment, the transceiver 53 is also used to support the device to perform the sending action performed by the first terminal in step 803 and step 804 in FIG. 8. The processor 51 or the processor 55 is configured to support the device to execute step 805, step 806, and step 808 performed by the first terminal in FIG. 9 in the foregoing embodiment. The transceiver 53 is also used to support the communication device to perform the receiving action performed by the first terminal in step 807 of FIG. 8 in the foregoing embodiment.
作为一种可能的实施例，收发器53，还用于支持该设备执行图9的步骤903中由第一终端执行的发送动作。处理器51或处理器55，用于支持该设备执行上述实施例中由第一终端在图9中执行的步骤904和步骤906。收发器53，还用于支持该通信设备执行上述实施例的图9的步骤905中由第一终端执行的接收动作。As a possible embodiment, the transceiver 53 is also used to support the device to perform the sending action performed by the first terminal in step 903 in FIG. 9. The processor 51 or the processor 55 is configured to support the device to execute step 904 and step 906 performed by the first terminal in FIG. 9 in the foregoing embodiment. The transceiver 53 is also used to support the communication device to perform the receiving action performed by the first terminal in step 905 of FIG. 9 of the foregoing embodiment.
作为一种可能的实施例，收发器53，还用于支持该设备执行图10的步骤1003中由第一终端执行的发送动作。处理器51或处理器55，用于支持该设备执行上述实施例中由第一终端在图10中执行的步骤1004、步骤1006以及步骤1008。收发器53，还用于支持该通信设备执行上述实施例的图10的步骤1007中由第一终端执行的接收动作。As a possible embodiment, the transceiver 53 is also used to support the device to perform the sending action performed by the first terminal in step 1003 in FIG. 10. The processor 51 or the processor 55 is configured to support the device to execute step 1004, step 1006, and step 1008 performed by the first terminal in FIG. 10 in the foregoing embodiment. The transceiver 53 is also used to support the communication device to perform the receiving action performed by the first terminal in step 1007 of FIG. 10 in the foregoing embodiment.
作为一种可能的实施例，收发器53，还用于支持该设备执行图11的步骤1103以及步骤1104中由第一终端执行的发送动作。处理器51或处理器55，用于支持该设备执行上述实施例中由第一终端在图11中执行的步骤1105。As a possible embodiment, the transceiver 53 is also used to support the device to perform step 1103 in FIG. 11 and the sending action performed by the first terminal in step 1104. The processor 51 or the processor 55 is configured to support the device to execute step 1105 executed by the first terminal in FIG. 11 in the foregoing embodiment.
作为一种可能的实施例，收发器53，还用于支持该设备执行图12的步骤1203、步骤1205中由第一终端执行的发送动作。处理器51或处理器55，用于支持该设备执行上述实施例中由第一终端在图12中执行的步骤1204。收发器53，还用于支持该通信设备执行图12的步骤1206中由第一终端执行的接收动作。As a possible embodiment, the transceiver 53 is also used to support the device to perform the sending action performed by the first terminal in step 1203 and step 1205 in FIG. 12. The processor 51 or the processor 55 is configured to support the device to execute step 1204 executed by the first terminal in FIG. 12 in the foregoing embodiment. The transceiver 53 is also used to support the communication device to perform the receiving action performed by the first terminal in step 1206 in FIG. 12.
另一种示例，该设备为通信设备，或者为应用于通信设备中的芯片。在这种情况下，收发器53用于支持该设备与外部网元(例如，第一终端)通信。例如，收发器53用于执行上述方法实施例中通信设备的信号收发操作。处理器51或处理器55用于执行上述方法实施例中通信设备的信号处理操作。In another example, the device is a communication device or a chip applied in a communication device. In this case, the transceiver 53 is used to support the device to communicate with an external network element (for example, the first terminal). For example, the transceiver 53 is used to perform the signal transceiving operation of the communication device in the foregoing method embodiment. The processor 51 or the processor 55 is configured to perform the signal processing operation of the communication device in the foregoing method embodiment.
举例说明，收发器53用于执行上述实施例的图6的步骤601中由通信设备执行的发送动作，以及步骤602中由通信设备执行的接收动作。处理器51或处理器55用于执行上述实施例中由通信设备执行的处理动作。For example, the transceiver 53 is configured to perform the sending action performed by the communication device in step 601 of FIG. 6 and the receiving action performed by the communication device in step 602 of the foregoing embodiment. The processor 51 or the processor 55 is configured to execute the processing actions performed by the communication device in the foregoing embodiment.
作为一种可能的实施例，收发器53，还用于支持该设备执行图8的步骤803、步骤804中由通信设备执行的接收动作。收发器53，还用于支持该设备执行上述实施例的图8的步骤807中由通信设备执行的发送动作。As a possible embodiment, the transceiver 53 is also used to support the device to perform the receiving action performed by the communication device in step 803 and step 804 in FIG. 8. The transceiver 53 is also used to support the device to execute the sending action performed by the communication device in step 807 of FIG. 8 in the foregoing embodiment.
作为一种可能的实施例，收发器53，还用于支持该设备执行图9的步骤903中由通信设备执行的接收动作。收发器53，还用于支持该通信设备执行上述实施例的图9的步骤905中由通信设备执行的发送动作。As a possible embodiment, the transceiver 53 is also used to support the device to perform the receiving action performed by the communication device in step 903 in FIG. 9. The transceiver 53 is also used to support the communication device to execute the sending action performed by the communication device in step 905 of FIG. 9 in the foregoing embodiment.
作为一种可能的实施例，收发器53，还用于支持该设备执行图10的步骤1003中由通信设备执行的接收动作。收发器53，还用于支持该设备执行上述实施例的图10的步骤1007中由通信设 备执行的发送动作。As a possible embodiment, the transceiver 53 is also used to support the device to perform the receiving action performed by the communication device in step 1003 in FIG. 10. The transceiver 53 is also used to support the device to execute the sending action performed by the communication device in step 1007 of FIG. 10 in the foregoing embodiment.
作为一种可能的实施例，收发器53，还用于支持该设备执行图11的步骤1103以及步骤1104中由通信设备执行的接收动作。As a possible embodiment, the transceiver 53 is also used to support the device to perform step 1103 in FIG. 11 and the receiving action performed by the communication device in step 1104.
作为一种可能的实施例，收发器53，还用于支持该设备执行图12的步骤1203、步骤1205中由通信设备执行的接收动作。收发器53，还用于支持该设备执行图12的步骤1206中由通信设备执行的发送动作。As a possible embodiment, the transceiver 53 is also used to support the device to perform the receiving action performed by the communication device in step 1203 and step 1205 in FIG. 12. The transceiver 53 is also used to support the device to perform the sending action performed by the communication device in step 1206 in FIG. 12.
图14是本申请实施例提供的芯片140的结构示意图。芯片140包括一个或两个以上(包括两个)处理器1410和通信接口1430。FIG. 14 is a schematic structural diagram of a chip 140 provided by an embodiment of the present application. The chip 140 includes one or more (including two) processors 1410 and a communication interface 1430.
可选的，该芯片140还包括存储器1440，存储器1440可以包括只读存储器和随机存取存储器，并向处理器1410提供操作指令和数据。存储器1440的一部分还可以包括非易失性随机存取存储器(non-volatile random access memory，NVRAM)。Optionally, the chip 140 further includes a memory 1440. The memory 1440 may include a read-only memory and a random access memory, and provides operation instructions and data to the processor 1410. A part of the memory 1440 may also include a non-volatile random access memory (NVRAM).
在一些实施方式中，存储器1440存储了如下的元素，执行模块或者数据结构，或者他们的子集，或者他们的扩展集。In some embodiments, the memory 1440 stores the following elements, execution modules or data structures, or their subsets, or their extended sets.
在本申请实施例中，通过调用存储器1440存储的操作指令(该操作指令可存储在操作系统中)，执行相应的操作。In the embodiment of the present application, the corresponding operation is executed by calling the operation instruction stored in the memory 1440 (the operation instruction may be stored in the operating system).
一种可能的实现方式中为：第一终端、通信设备所用的芯片的结构类似，不同的装置可以使用不同的芯片以实现各自的功能。One possible implementation manner is that the structures of the chips used by the first terminal and the communication device are similar, and different devices can use different chips to realize their respective functions.
处理器1410控制第一终端、通信设备中任一个的处理操作，处理器1410还可以称为中央处理单元(central processing unit，CPU)。The processor 1410 controls the processing operations of any one of the first terminal and the communication device. The processor 1410 may also be referred to as a central processing unit (central processing unit, CPU).
存储器1440可以包括只读存储器和随机存取存储器，并向处理器1410提供指令和数据。存储器1440的一部分还可以包括NVRAM。例如应用中存储器1440、通信接口1430以及存储器1440通过总线系统1420耦合在一起，其中总线系统1420除包括数据总线之外，还可以包括电源总线、控制总线和状态信号总线等。但是为了清楚说明起见，在图14中将各种总线都标为总线系统1420。The memory 1440 may include a read-only memory and a random access memory, and provides instructions and data to the processor 1410. A part of the memory 1440 may also include NVRAM. For example, in an application, the memory 1440, the communication interface 1430, and the memory 1440 are coupled together through a bus system 1420, where the bus system 1420 may include a power bus, a control bus, and a status signal bus in addition to a data bus. However, for clarity of description, various buses are marked as the bus system 1420 in FIG. 14.
上述本申请实施例揭示的方法可以应用于处理器1410中，或者由处理器1410实现。处理器1410可能是一种集成电路芯片，具有信号的处理能力。在实现过程中，上述方法的各步骤可以通过处理器1410中的硬件的集成逻辑电路或者软件形式的指令完成。上述的处理器1410可以是通用处理器、数字信号处理器(digital signal processing，DSP)、ASIC、现成可编程门阵列(field-programmable gate array，FPGA)或者其他可编程逻辑器件、分立门或者晶体管逻辑器件、分立硬件组件。可以实现或者执行本申请实施例中的公开的各方法、步骤及逻辑框图。通用处理器可以是微处理器或者该处理器也可以是任何常规的处理器等。结合本申请实施例所公开的方法的步骤可以直接体现为硬件译码处理器执行完成，或者用译码处理器中的硬件及软件模块组合执行完成。软件模块可以位于随机存储器，闪存、只读存储器，可编程只读存储器或者电可擦写可编程存储器、寄存器等本领域成熟的存储介质中。该存储介质位于存储器1440，处理器1410读取存储器1440中的信息，结合其硬件完成上述方法的步骤。The method disclosed in the foregoing embodiments of the present application may be applied to the processor 1410 or implemented by the processor 1410. The processor 1410 may be an integrated circuit chip with signal processing capabilities. In the implementation process, the steps of the foregoing method can be completed by an integrated logic circuit of hardware in the processor 1410 or instructions in the form of software. The aforementioned processor 1410 may be a general-purpose processor, a digital signal processing (digital signal processing, DSP), an ASIC, an off-the-shelf programmable gate array (field-programmable gate array, FPGA) or other programmable logic devices, discrete gates or transistors Logic devices, discrete hardware components. The methods, steps, and logical block diagrams disclosed in the embodiments of the present application can be implemented or executed. The general-purpose processor may be a microprocessor or the processor may also be any conventional processor or the like. The steps of the method disclosed in the embodiments of the present application may be directly embodied as being executed and completed by a hardware decoding processor, or executed and completed by a combination of hardware and software modules in the decoding processor. The software module can be located in a mature storage medium in the field, such as random access memory, flash memory, read-only memory, programmable read-only memory, or electrically erasable programmable memory, registers. The storage medium is located in the memory 1440, and the processor 1410 reads the information in the memory 1440, and completes the steps of the foregoing method in combination with its hardware.
一种可能的实现方式中，通信接口1430用于执行图6～图12所示的实施例中的第一终端的接收和发送的步骤。处理器1410用于执行图6～图12所示的实施例中的第一终端的处理的步骤。In a possible implementation manner, the communication interface 1430 is used to perform the receiving and sending steps of the first terminal in the embodiment shown in FIG. 6 to FIG. 12. The processor 1410 is configured to execute the processing steps of the first terminal in the embodiments shown in FIG. 6 to FIG. 12.
另一种可能的实现方式中，通信接口1430用于执行图6～图12所示的实施例中的通信设备的接收和发送的步骤。处理器1410用于执行图6～图12所示的实施例中的通信设备的处理的步骤。In another possible implementation manner, the communication interface 1430 is used to perform the receiving and sending steps of the communication device in the embodiments shown in FIGS. 6-12. The processor 1410 is configured to execute the processing steps of the communication device in the embodiments shown in FIG. 6 to FIG. 12.
以上通信模块可以是该装置的一种通信接口，用于从其它装置接收信号。例如，当该装置以芯片的方式实现时，该通信模块是该芯片用于从其它芯片或装置接收信号或发送信号的通信接口。The above communication module may be a communication interface of the device, which is used to receive signals from other devices. For example, when the device is implemented in the form of a chip, the communication module is a communication interface for the chip to receive signals or send signals from other chips or devices.
一方面，提供一种计算机可读存储介质，计算机可读存储介质中存储有指令，当指令被运行时，实现如图6～图12中由第一终端执行的功能。On the one hand, a computer-readable storage medium is provided, and instructions are stored in the computer-readable storage medium. When the instructions are executed, the functions executed by the first terminal as shown in FIGS. 6-12 are realized.
一方面，提供一种计算机可读存储介质，计算机可读存储介质中存储有指令，当指令被运行时，实现如图6～图12中由通信设备执行的功能。On the one hand, a computer-readable storage medium is provided, and instructions are stored in the computer-readable storage medium. When the instructions are executed, the functions performed by the communication device as shown in FIGS. 6-12 are realized.
一方面，提供一种包括指令的计算机程序产品，计算机程序产品中包括指令，当指令被运行时，实现如图6～图12中由第一终端执行的功能。On the one hand, a computer program product including instructions is provided. The computer program product includes instructions. When the instructions are executed, the functions performed by the first terminal as shown in FIGS. 6-12 are realized.
又一方面，提供一种包括指令的计算机程序产品，计算机程序产品中包括指令，当指令被运行时，实现如图6～图12中由通信设备执行的功能。In another aspect, a computer program product including instructions is provided. The computer program product includes instructions. When the instructions are executed, the functions performed by the communication device as shown in FIGS. 6-12 are realized.
一方面，提供一种芯片，该芯片应用于第一终端中，芯片包括至少一个处理器和通信接口，通信接口和至少一个处理器耦合，处理器用于运行指令，以实现如图6～图12中由第一终端执行的功能。On the one hand, a chip is provided. The chip is used in a first terminal. The chip includes at least one processor and a communication interface. The communication interface is coupled to the at least one processor. In the function performed by the first terminal.
又一方面，本申请实施例提供一种芯片，该芯片应用于通信设备中，芯片包括至少一个处理器和通信接口，通信接口和至少一个处理器耦合，该处理器用于运行指令，以实现如图6～图12中由通信设备执行的功能。In another aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a chip that is used in a communication device. The chip includes at least one processor and a communication interface, the communication interface is coupled to at least one processor, and the processor is used to run instructions to implement such as The functions performed by the communication device in Figures 6-12.
本申请实施例提供一种通信系统，该通信系统包括：第一终端和通信设备。其中，第一终端用于执行如图6～图12中由第一终端执行的功能，通信设备用于执行图6～图12中由通信设备执行的功能。An embodiment of the present application provides a communication system, and the communication system includes: a first terminal and a communication device. The first terminal is used to perform the functions performed by the first terminal in FIGS. 6-12, and the communication device is used to perform the functions performed by the communication device in FIGS. 6-12.
结合以上，本申请还提供如下实施例：In combination with the above, this application also provides the following embodiments:
实施例1、一种通信方法，该方法包括：第一终端接收来自通信设备的第一非连续接收DRX配置和/或第一时间资源的配置信息，其中，第一DRX配置包括第一非活动期的配置信息，第一非活动期的配置信息用于指示第一终端在第一非活动期处于非活动状态，第一时间资源为第一终端感知侧行链路资源的时间资源，通信设备包括第二终端和/或网络设备；当第一非活动期与第一时间资源冲突时，向通信设备发送第一信息，第一信息用于指示第一非活动期与第一时间资源冲突。 Embodiment 1. A communication method, the method comprising: a first terminal receives a first discontinuous reception DRX configuration and/or configuration information of a first time resource from a communication device, wherein the first DRX configuration includes a first inactive The configuration information of the first inactive period is used to indicate that the first terminal is in an inactive state during the first inactive period. The first time resource is the time resource for the first terminal to perceive the side link resource. The communication device It includes a second terminal and/or a network device; when the first inactive period conflicts with the first time resource, first information is sent to the communication device, and the first information is used to indicate that the first inactive period conflicts with the first time resource.
实施例2、根据实施例1描述的方法，第一信息还用于指示调整第一终端的非活动期。Embodiment 2. According to the method described in Embodiment 1, the first information is also used to instruct to adjust the inactive period of the first terminal.
实施例3、根据实施例1描述的方法，本申请实施例提供的方法还可以包括：第一终端向通信设备发送第二信息。该第二信息用于指示调整第一终端的非活动期。Embodiment 3. According to the method described in Embodiment 1, the method provided in this embodiment of the present application may further include: the first terminal sends the second information to the communication device. The second information is used to instruct to adjust the inactive period of the first terminal.
实施例4、根据实施例1～实施例3任一个实施例描述的方法，本申请实施例提供的方法还可以包括：第一终端向通信设备发送第三信息，第三信息用于指示第二非活动期的信息，第二非活动期为第一终端期望的非活动期。Embodiment 4. According to the method described in any one of Embodiments 1 to 3, the method provided in this embodiment of the present application may further include: the first terminal sends third information to the communication device, and the third information is used to indicate the second Information about the inactive period. The second inactive period is the inactive period expected by the first terminal.
实施例5、根据实施例4描述的方法，本申请实施例提供的方法还可以包括：第一终端在第二非活动期进入非活动状态。Embodiment 5. According to the method described in Embodiment 4, the method provided in this embodiment of the present application may further include: the first terminal enters the inactive state during the second inactive period.
实施例6、根据实施例1描述的方法，第一信息还用于指示将为第一终端配置的第一DRX配置取消或无效。Embodiment 6. According to the method described in Embodiment 1, the first information is also used to indicate that the first DRX configuration configured for the first terminal is cancelled or invalid.
实施例7、根据实施例1描述的方法，本申请实施例提供的方法还可以包括：第一终端向通信设备发送第四信息，第四信息用于指示将为第一终端配置的第一DRX配置取消或无效。Embodiment 7. According to the method described in Embodiment 1, the method provided in this embodiment of the present application may further include: the first terminal sends fourth information to the communication device, where the fourth information is used to indicate the first DRX configured for the first terminal The configuration is cancelled or invalid.
实施例8、根据实施例1～实施例7任一实施例描述的方法，本申请实施例提供的方法还可以 包括：第一终端在第一非活动期维持唤醒状态。Embodiment 8. According to the method described in any one of Embodiments 1 to 7, the method provided in this embodiment of the present application may further include: the first terminal maintains an awake state during the first inactive period.
实施例9、根据实施例1～实施例7任一实施例描述的方法，本申请实施例提供的方法还可以包括：第一终端在第一非活动期和第一时间资源冲突的时间资源上维持唤醒状态，第一终端在第一非活动期和第一时间资源不冲突的时间资源上进入非活动状态。 Embodiment 9. According to the method described in any one of Embodiments 1 to 7, the method provided in this embodiment of the present application may further include: the first terminal is on a time resource that conflicts with the first time resource during the first inactive period The awake state is maintained, and the first terminal enters the inactive state on a time resource where the first inactive period and the first time resource do not conflict.
实施例10、根据实施例1～实施例9任一实施例描述的方法，本申请实施例提供的方法还可以包括：第一终端接收来自通信设备的第二DRX配置或者第一指示。其中，第一指示用于指示将为第一终端配置的第一DRX配置取消或无效；第二DRX配置用于确定第一终端的第三非活动期，第三非活动期由第一非活动期和第一偏移值得到。 Embodiment 10. According to the method described in any one of Embodiments 1 to 9, the method provided in this embodiment of the present application may further include: the first terminal receives the second DRX configuration or the first instruction from the communication device. The first indication is used to indicate the cancellation or invalidation of the first DRX configuration configured for the first terminal; the second DRX configuration is used to determine the third inactive period of the first terminal, and the third inactive period is determined by the first inactive period. The period and the first offset value are obtained.
实施例11、根据实施例1描述的方法，本申请实施例提供的方法还可以包括：第一信息还用于指示取消第一时间资源的配置信息。Embodiment 11. According to the method described in Embodiment 1, the method provided in this embodiment of the present application may further include: the first information is further used to indicate the cancellation of the configuration information of the first time resource.
实施例12、根据实施例1描述的方法，本申请实施例提供的方法还可以包括：第一终端向通信设备发送第五信息，第五信息用于指示取消第一时间资源的配置信息。Embodiment 12. According to the method described in Embodiment 1, the method provided in this embodiment of the present application may further include: the first terminal sends fifth information to the communication device, where the fifth information is used to instruct to cancel the configuration information of the first time resource.
实施例13、根据实施例1或实施例12任一实施例描述的方法，本申请实施例提供的方法还可以包括：第一终端在第一时间资源和第一非活动期冲突的时间资源或者第一时间资源上不执行感知侧行链路资源的动作。或者，第一终端在第一时间资源和第一非活动期未冲突的时间资源上感知侧行链路资源。Embodiment 13. According to the method described in any one of Embodiment 1 or Embodiment 12, the method provided in the embodiment of the present application may further include: the first terminal conflicts with the time resource in the first time resource and the first inactive period, or The action of sensing the side link resource is not performed on the first time resource. Or, the first terminal perceives the side link resource on the first time resource and the time resource that does not conflict with the first inactive period.
实施例14、根据实施例1描述的方法，第一信息还用于调整第一时间资源的配置信息。Embodiment 14. According to the method described in Embodiment 1, the first information is also used to adjust the configuration information of the first time resource.
实施例15、根据实施例1描述的方法，本申请实施例提供的方法还可以包括：第一终端向通信设备发送第六信息，第六信息用于指示调整第一时间资源的配置信息。Embodiment 15. According to the method described in Embodiment 1, the method provided in this embodiment of the present application may further include: the first terminal sends sixth information to the communication device, where the sixth information is used to indicate the configuration information for adjusting the first time resource.
实施例16、根据实施例15描述的方法，本申请实施例提供的方法还可以包括：第一终端向通信设备发送用于指示第一时间段的信息，第一时间段与第一非活动期不冲突，第一时间段为第一终端期望的感知侧行链路资源的时间段。Embodiment 16. According to the method described in Embodiment 15, the method provided in this embodiment of the present application may further include: the first terminal sends information indicating the first time period to the communication device, and the first time period is compared with the first inactive period. There is no conflict, and the first time period is the time period for sensing the side link resource expected by the first terminal.
实施例17、根据实施例16描述的方法，本申请实施例提供的方法还可以包括：第一终端在第一时间段内感知侧行链路资源。Embodiment 17. According to the method described in Embodiment 16, the method provided in this embodiment of the present application may further include: the first terminal perceives the side link resource in the first time period.
实施例18、根据实施例1、实施例12、实施例13、或实施例17描述的方法，当第一DRX配置和第一时间资源的配置信息均由通信设备为第一终端配置时，第一信息还用于指示调整为第一时间资源的配置信息，以及调整第一终端的非活动期。Embodiment 18. According to the method described in Embodiment 1, Embodiment 12, Embodiment 13, or Embodiment 17, when the first DRX configuration and the configuration information of the first time resource are configured by the communication device for the first terminal, the first One piece of information is also used to indicate the configuration information adjusted to the first time resource, and to adjust the inactive period of the first terminal.
实施例19、根据实施例1、实施例12、实施例13、或实施例17或实施例18描述的方法，本申请实施例提供的方法还可以包括：第一终端在第一时间资源和第一非活动期冲突的时间资源上或第一时间资源上不执行感知侧行链路资源的动作，以及在第一非活动期维持唤醒状态。Embodiment 19. According to the method described in Embodiment 1, Embodiment 12, Embodiment 13, or Embodiment 17 or Embodiment 18, the method provided in this embodiment of the present application may further include: the first terminal performs the first time resource and the first time resource The action of sensing the side link resource is not performed on the conflicting time resource or the first time resource in an inactive period, and the wake-up state is maintained during the first inactive period.
实施例20、根据实施例1、实施例18或实施例19描述的方法，本申请实施例提供的方法还可以包括：第一终端向通信设备发送用于指示第二时间段的信息以及用于指示第三时间段的信息，第二时间段和第三时间段不重叠，第二时间段为第一终端期望的用于感知侧行链路资源的时间段，第三时间段为第一终端期望的处于非活动状态的时间段。 Embodiment 20. According to the method described in Embodiment 1, Embodiment 18, or Embodiment 19, the method provided in the embodiment of the present application may further include: the first terminal sends information indicating the second time period to the communication device and Information indicating the third time period, the second time period and the third time period do not overlap, the second time period is the time period expected by the first terminal for sensing side link resources, and the third time period is the first terminal The desired period of inactivity.
实施例21、根据实施例1、实施例18或实施例19或实施例20描述的方法，本申请实施例提供的方法还可以包括：第一终端接收来自通信设备的第七信息，第七信息用于指示取消或无效第一DRX配置，以及用于指示取消或无效第一时间资源的配置信息。Embodiment 21. According to the method described in Embodiment 1, Embodiment 18 or Embodiment 19 or Embodiment 20, the method provided in this embodiment of the present application may further include: the first terminal receives seventh information from the communication device, and the seventh information Configuration information used to indicate cancellation or invalidation of the first DRX configuration, and configuration information used to indicate cancellation or invalidation of the first time resource.
实施例22、根据实施例1、实施例18或实施例19或实施例20描述的方法，本申请实施例提供的方法还可以包括：第一终端接收来自通信设备的第二时间资源的配置信息，和/或，第二DRX 配置，第二时间资源的配置信息用于配置第一终端感知侧行链路资源的第二时间资源，第二时间资源由第一时间资源和第二偏移值得到，第二DRX配置用于确定第一终端的第三非活动期，第三非活动期由第一非活动期和第一偏移值得到。Embodiment 22. According to the method described in Embodiment 1, Embodiment 18 or Embodiment 19 or Embodiment 20, the method provided in this embodiment of the present application may further include: the first terminal receives the configuration information of the second time resource from the communication device , And/or, the second DRX configuration, the configuration information of the second time resource is used to configure the second time resource for the first terminal to perceive the side link resource, and the second time resource is composed of the first time resource and the second offset value Then, the second DRX configuration is used to determine the third inactive period of the first terminal, and the third inactive period is obtained from the first inactive period and the first offset value.
实施例23、一种通信方法，包括：通信设备向第一终端发送第一非连续接收DRX配置和/或第一时间资源的配置信息。其中，所述第一DRX配置包括第一非活动期的配置信息，所述第一非活动期的配置信息用于指示所述第一终端在所述第一非活动期处于非活动状态，所述第一时间资源为所述第一终端感知侧行链路资源的时间资源。通信设备接收来自所述第一终端的第一信息，所述第一信息用于指示所述第一非活动期与所述第一时间资源冲突。Embodiment 23, a communication method, including: a communication device sends first discontinuous reception DRX configuration and/or configuration information of a first time resource to a first terminal. Wherein, the first DRX configuration includes configuration information of a first inactive period, and the configuration information of the first inactive period is used to indicate that the first terminal is in an inactive state during the first inactive period, so The first time resource is a time resource for the first terminal to perceive a side link resource. The communication device receives first information from the first terminal, where the first information is used to indicate that the first inactive period conflicts with the first time resource.
实施例24、根据实施例23描述的方法，其中，第一信息还用于指示调整所述第一终端的非活动期。Embodiment 24. The method described in embodiment 23, wherein the first information is also used to indicate to adjust the inactive period of the first terminal.
实施例25、根据实施例23描述的方法，本申请实施例提供的方法还包括：通信设备接收来自所述第一终端的第二信息，所述第二信息用于指示调整所述第一终端的非活动期。Embodiment 25. According to the method described in Embodiment 23, the method provided in this embodiment of the application further includes: the communication device receives second information from the first terminal, where the second information is used to instruct to adjust the first terminal The inactive period.
实施例26、根据实施例23～实施例25任一项描述的方法，本申请实施例提供的方法还包括：通信设备接收来自第一终端的第三信息，第三信息用于指示第二非活动期的信息，第二非活动期为第一终端期望的非活动期。Embodiment 26. According to the method described in any one of Embodiment 23 to Embodiment 25, the method provided in this embodiment of the present application further includes: the communication device receives third information from the first terminal, and the third information is used to indicate the second non Information about the active period, the second inactive period is the inactive period expected by the first terminal.
实施例27、根据实施例23描述的方法，第一信息还用于指示将为所述第一终端配置的所述第一DRX配置取消或无效。Embodiment 27. According to the method described in Embodiment 23, the first information is also used to indicate that the first DRX configuration configured for the first terminal is cancelled or invalid.
实施例28、根据实施例23描述的方法，本申请实施例提供的方法还可以包括：通信设备接收来自所述第一终端的第四信息，所述第四信息用于指示将为所述第一终端配置的所述第一DRX配置取消或无效。Embodiment 28. According to the method described in Embodiment 23, the method provided in this embodiment of the present application may further include: the communication device receives fourth information from the first terminal, where the fourth information is used to indicate that the second terminal will be The first DRX configuration configured by a terminal is cancelled or invalid.
实施例29、根据实施例23描述的方法，第一信息还用于指示取消所述第一时间资源的配置信息。Embodiment 29. According to the method described in Embodiment 23, the first information is further used to indicate cancellation of the configuration information of the first time resource.
实施例30、根据实施例23描述的方法，本申请实施例提供的方法还可以包括：通信设备接收来自所述第一终端的第五信息，所述第五信息用于指示取消所述第一时间资源的配置信息。Embodiment 30. According to the method described in Embodiment 23, the method provided in this embodiment of the present application may further include: a communication device receiving fifth information from the first terminal, where the fifth information is used to instruct to cancel the first terminal. Time resource configuration information.
实施例31、根据实施例23描述的方法，第一信息还用于调整所述第一时间资源的配置信息。Embodiment 31. According to the method described in Embodiment 23, the first information is also used to adjust the configuration information of the first time resource.
实施例32、根据实施例23描述的方法，本申请实施例提供的方法还可以包括：通信设备接收来自所述第一终端的第六信息，所述第六信息用于指示调整所述第一时间资源的配置信息。Embodiment 32. According to the method described in embodiment 23, the method provided in this embodiment of the present application may further include: the communication device receives sixth information from the first terminal, where the sixth information is used to instruct to adjust the first terminal. Time resource configuration information.
实施例33、根据实施例23或实施例32描述的方法，本申请实施例提供的方法还可以包括：通信设备接收来自所述第一终端的用于指示第一时间段的信息，所述第一时间段与所述第一非活动期不冲突，所述第一时间段为所述第一终端期望的感知侧行链路资源的时间段。Embodiment 33. According to the method described in Embodiment 23 or Embodiment 32, the method provided in this embodiment of the present application may further include: the communication device receives information from the first terminal for indicating the first time period, and the first A period of time does not conflict with the first inactive period, and the first period of time is a period of time for which the first terminal expects to sense the side link resource.
实施例34、根据实施例23～实施例33任一个实施例描述的方法，本申请实施例提供的方法还可以包括：通信设备向所述第一终端发送第二DRX配置或者第一指示；其中，所述第一指示用于指示将为所述第一终端配置的所述第一DRX配置取消或无效；所述第二DRX配置用于确定所述第一终端的第三非活动期，所述第三非活动期由所述第一非活动期和第一偏移值得到。Embodiment 34. According to the method described in any one of Embodiment 23 to Embodiment 33, the method provided in this embodiment of the present application may further include: the communication device sends a second DRX configuration or a first indication to the first terminal; where , The first indication is used to indicate the cancellation or invalidation of the first DRX configuration configured for the first terminal; the second DRX configuration is used to determine the third inactive period of the first terminal, so The third inactive period is obtained from the first inactive period and the first offset value.
实施例35、根据实施例23描述的方法，当所述第一DRX配置和所述第一时间资源的配置信息均由所述通信设备为所述第一终端配置时，所述第一信息还用于指示调整为所述第一时间资源的配置信息，以及调整所述第一终端的非活动期。Embodiment 35. According to the method described in embodiment 23, when the first DRX configuration and the configuration information of the first time resource are both configured by the communication device for the first terminal, the first information is also It is used to indicate adjustment to the configuration information of the first time resource, and adjust the inactive period of the first terminal.
实施例36、根据实施例23或实施例35描述的方法，本申请实施例提供的方法还可以包括：通信设备接收来自所述第一终端的用于指示第二时间段的信息以及用于指示第三时间段的信息； 其中，所述第二时间段和所述第三时间段不完全或部分重叠，所述第二时间段为所述第一终端期望的用于感知侧行链路资源的时间段，所述第三时间段为所述第一终端期望的处于所述非活动状态的时间段。Embodiment 36. According to the method described in Embodiment 23 or Embodiment 35, the method provided in this embodiment of the present application may further include: the communication device receiving information from the first terminal for indicating the second time period and for indicating Information of the third time period; wherein the second time period and the third time period are not completely or partially overlapped, and the second time period is the side link resource expected by the first terminal The third time period is a time period during which the first terminal expects to be in the inactive state.
实施例37、根据实施例23或实施例35或实施例36任一个实施例描述的方法，本申请实施例提供的方法还包括：通信设备接收来自所述第一终端的第七信息，所述第七信息用于指示取消或无效所述第一DRX配置，以及用于指示取消或无效所述第一时间资源的配置信息。Embodiment 37. According to the method described in any one of Embodiment 23 or Embodiment 35 or Embodiment 36, the method provided in this embodiment of the present application further includes: the communication device receives seventh information from the first terminal, and The seventh information is used to indicate cancellation or invalidation of the first DRX configuration, and configuration information used to indicate the cancellation or invalidation of the first time resource.
实施例38、根据实施例23或实施例35或实施例36或实施例37任一个实施例描述的方法，本申请实施例提供的方法还包括：通信设备向所述第一终端发送第二时间资源的配置信息，和/或，第二DRX配置，所述第二时间资源的配置信息用于配置所述第一终端感知侧行链路资源的第二时间资源，所述第二时间资源由所述第一时间资源和第二偏移值得到，所述第二DRX配置用于确定所述第一终端的第三非活动期，所述第三非活动期由所述第一非活动期和第一偏移值得到。Embodiment 38. According to the method described in any one of Embodiment 23 or Embodiment 35 or Embodiment 36 or Embodiment 37, the method provided in this embodiment of the present application further includes: the communication device sends a second time to the first terminal Resource configuration information, and/or, second DRX configuration, the configuration information of the second time resource is used to configure the second time resource of the side link resource that the first terminal senses, and the second time resource is determined by The first time resource and the second offset value are obtained, the second DRX configuration is used to determine a third inactive period of the first terminal, and the third inactive period is determined by the first inactive period And the first offset value.
实施例39、一种通信装置，该装置可以为第一终端，或者应用于第一终端中，该通信装置包括：收发器和至少一个处理器，其中，收发器，用于接收来自通信设备的第一非连续接收DRX配置和/或第一时间资源的配置信息，其中，第一DRX配置包括第一非活动期的配置信息，第一非活动期的配置信息用于指示第一终端在第一非活动期处于非活动状态，第一时间资源为第一终端感知侧行链路资源的时间资源，通信设备包括第二终端和/或网络设备。至少一个处理器，用于确定第一非活动期与第一时间资源冲突时，利用收发器向通信设备发送第一信息，第一信息用于指示第一非活动期与第一时间资源冲突。Embodiment 39. A communication device, which may be a first terminal or applied to the first terminal. The communication device includes: a transceiver and at least one processor, wherein the transceiver is configured to receive data from a communication device. The first discontinuous reception DRX configuration and/or the configuration information of the first time resource, where the first DRX configuration includes the configuration information of the first inactive period, and the configuration information of the first inactive period is used to indicate that the first terminal is in the first inactive period. An inactive period is in an inactive state, the first time resource is a time resource for the first terminal to perceive the side link resource, and the communication device includes a second terminal and/or a network device. At least one processor is configured to use the transceiver to send first information to the communication device when determining that the first inactive period conflicts with the first time resource, where the first information is used to indicate that the first inactive period conflicts with the first time resource.
实施例40、根据实施例39描述的装置，第一信息还用于指示调整第一终端的非活动期。Embodiment 40. According to the device described in embodiment 39, the first information is also used to indicate to adjust the inactive period of the first terminal.
实施例41、根据实施例39描述的装置，收发器，还用于向通信设备发送第二信息。该第二信息用于指示调整第一终端的非活动期。Embodiment 41. The device and transceiver described in embodiment 39 are also used to send second information to a communication device. The second information is used to instruct to adjust the inactive period of the first terminal.
实施例42、根据实施例39～实施例41任一个实施例描述的装置，收发器，还用于向通信设备发送第三信息，第三信息用于指示第二非活动期的信息，第二非活动期为第一终端期望的非活动期。Embodiment 42. The device described in any one of Embodiment 39 to Embodiment 41, the transceiver, is also used to send third information to the communication device, the third information is used to indicate the information of the second inactive period, and the second The inactive period is the inactive period expected by the first terminal.
实施例43、根据实施例42描述的装置，至少一个处理器，控制第一终端在第二非活动期进入非活动状态。Embodiment 43: According to the device described in embodiment 42, at least one processor controls the first terminal to enter the inactive state during the second inactive period.
实施例44、根据实施例39描述的装置，第一信息还用于指示将为第一终端配置的第一DRX配置取消或无效。Embodiment 44. According to the device described in Embodiment 39, the first information is also used to indicate that the first DRX configuration configured for the first terminal is cancelled or invalid.
实施例45、根据实施例39描述的装置，收发器，还用于向通信设备发送第四信息，第四信息用于指示将为第一终端配置的第一DRX配置取消或无效。Embodiment 45: The apparatus and transceiver described in Embodiment 39 are further used to send fourth information to the communication device, where the fourth information is used to indicate that the first DRX configuration configured for the first terminal is cancelled or invalid.
实施例46、根据实施例39～实施例45任一实施例描述的装置，至少一个处理器还用于控制第一终端在第一非活动期维持唤醒状态。Embodiment 46. According to the device described in any one of Embodiment 39 to Embodiment 45, at least one processor is further configured to control the first terminal to maintain the awake state during the first inactive period.
实施例47、根据实施例39～实施例45任一实施例描述的装置，至少一个处理器，用于控制第一终端在第一非活动期和第一时间资源冲突的时间资源上维持唤醒状态，以及控制第一终端在第一非活动期和第一时间资源不冲突的时间资源上进入非活动状态。Embodiment 47. According to the device described in any one of Embodiment 39 to Embodiment 45, at least one processor is configured to control the first terminal to maintain the awake state on the time resource conflicting between the first inactive period and the first time resource , And controlling the first terminal to enter an inactive state on a time resource where the first inactive period and the first time resource do not conflict.
实施例48、根据实施例39～实施例47任一实施例描述的装置，收发器，还用于接收来自通信设备的第二DRX配置或者第一指示。其中，第一指示用于指示将为第一终端配置的第一DRX配置取消或无效；第二DRX配置用于确定第一终端的第三非活动期，第三非活动期由第一非活动期和第一偏移值得到。Embodiment 48. The apparatus and transceiver described in any one of Embodiment 39 to Embodiment 47 are further configured to receive the second DRX configuration or the first indication from the communication device. The first indication is used to indicate the cancellation or invalidation of the first DRX configuration configured for the first terminal; the second DRX configuration is used to determine the third inactive period of the first terminal, and the third inactive period is determined by the first inactive period. The period and the first offset value are obtained.
实施例49、根据实施例39描述的装置，第一信息还用于指示取消第一时间资源的配置信息。Embodiment 49. According to the device described in embodiment 39, the first information is further used to indicate the cancellation of the configuration information of the first time resource.
实施例50、根据实施例39描述的装置，收发器，还用于向通信设备发送第五信息，第五信息用于指示取消第一时间资源的配置信息。Embodiment 50: The apparatus and transceiver described in Embodiment 39 are further configured to send fifth information to the communication device, where the fifth information is used to indicate the cancellation of the configuration information of the first time resource.
实施例51、根据实施例39或实施例50任一实施例描述的装置，至少一个处理器，还用于在第一时间资源和第一非活动期冲突的时间资源或者第一时间资源上不执行感知侧行链路资源的动作。或者，第一终端在第一时间资源和第一非活动期未冲突的时间资源上感知侧行链路资源。 Embodiment 51. The device described in any one of Embodiment 39 or Embodiment 50, at least one processor, is further configured to: Perform the action of sensing side link resources. Or, the first terminal perceives the side link resource on the first time resource and the time resource that does not conflict with the first inactive period.
实施例52、根据实施例39描述的装置，第一信息还用于调整第一时间资源的配置信息。 Embodiment 52. According to the device described in Embodiment 39, the first information is also used to adjust the configuration information of the first time resource.
实施例53、根据实施例39描述的装置，本申请实施例提供的方法还可以包括：收发器，还用于向通信设备发送第六信息，第六信息用于指示调整第一时间资源的配置信息。 Embodiment 53, according to the device described in embodiment 39, the method provided in this embodiment of the application may further include: a transceiver, which is further used to send sixth information to the communication device, and the sixth information is used to instruct to adjust the configuration of the first time resource information.
实施例54、根据实施例53描述的装置，收发器，还用于向通信设备发送用于指示第一时间段的信息，第一时间段与第一非活动期不冲突，第一时间段为第一终端期望的感知侧行链路资源的时间段。Embodiment 54: The apparatus and transceiver described in embodiment 53 are also used to send information indicating the first time period to the communication device. The first time period does not conflict with the first inactive period, and the first time period is The time period during which the first terminal expects to sense the side link resource.
实施例55、根据实施例54描述的装置，该至少一个处理器，用于在第一时间段内感知侧行链路资源。 Embodiment 55. According to the device described in embodiment 54, the at least one processor is configured to sense side link resources in the first time period.
实施例56、根据实施例39、实施例50、实施例51、或实施例55描述的装置，当第一DRX配置和第一时间资源的配置信息均由通信设备为第一终端配置时，第一信息还用于指示调整为第一时间资源的配置信息，以及调整第一终端的非活动期。Embodiment 56, according to the device described in embodiment 39, embodiment 50, embodiment 51, or embodiment 55, when the first DRX configuration and the configuration information of the first time resource are configured by the communication device for the first terminal, the first terminal One piece of information is also used to indicate the configuration information adjusted to the first time resource, and to adjust the inactive period of the first terminal.
实施例57、根据实施例39、实施例50、实施例51、或实施例55或实施例56描述的装置，至少一个处理器，还用于在第一时间资源和第一非活动期冲突的时间资源上或第一时间资源上不执行感知侧行链路资源的动作，以及在第一非活动期维持唤醒状态。Embodiment 57, the device described in embodiment 39, embodiment 50, embodiment 51, or embodiment 55 or embodiment 56, at least one processor, is also used for conflicting resources at the first time and the first inactive period The action of sensing the side link resource is not performed on the time resource or on the first time resource, and the awake state is maintained during the first inactive period.
实施例58、根据实施例39、实施例50或实施例57描述的装置，收发器，还用于向通信设备发送用于指示第二时间段的信息以及用于指示第三时间段的信息，第二时间段和第三时间段不重叠，第二时间段为第一终端期望的用于感知侧行链路资源的时间段，第三时间段为第一终端期望的处于非活动状态的时间段。Embodiment 58, the device described in Embodiment 39, Embodiment 50, or Embodiment 57, and the transceiver, are further used to send information for indicating the second time period and information for indicating the third time period to the communication device, The second time period and the third time period do not overlap, the second time period is the time period expected by the first terminal for sensing side link resources, and the third time period is the time when the first terminal is expected to be in an inactive state part.
实施例59、根据实施例39、实施例56或实施例57或实施例58描述的装置，收发器，还用于接收来自通信设备的第七信息，第七信息用于指示取消或无效第一DRX配置，以及用于指示取消或无效第一时间资源的配置信息。Embodiment 59, according to the device described in embodiment 39, embodiment 56 or embodiment 57 or embodiment 58, the transceiver is also used to receive seventh information from the communication device, and the seventh information is used to indicate cancellation or invalidation of the first DRX configuration, and configuration information used to indicate the cancellation or invalidation of the first-time resource.
实施例60、根据实施例39、实施例56或实施例57或实施例58描述的装置，收发器，还用于接收来自通信设备的第二时间资源的配置信息，和/或，第二DRX配置，第二时间资源的配置信息用于配置第一终端感知侧行链路资源的第二时间资源，第二时间资源由第一时间资源和第二偏移值得到，第二DRX配置用于确定第一终端的第三非活动期，第三非活动期由第一非活动期和第一偏移值得到。Embodiment 60, the device described in embodiment 39, embodiment 56 or embodiment 57 or embodiment 58, the transceiver, is also used to receive the configuration information of the second time resource from the communication device, and/or the second DRX Configuration, the configuration information of the second time resource is used to configure the second time resource for the first terminal to perceive the side link resource, the second time resource is obtained from the first time resource and the second offset value, and the second DRX configuration is used for The third inactive period of the first terminal is determined, and the third inactive period is obtained from the first inactive period and the first offset value.
实施例61、一种通信装置，该通信装置可以为通信设备或者为应用于通信设备中的芯片，该通信装置包括：收发器和处理器，其中，收发器用于收发信息，处理器用于处理信息。其中，收发器，用于向第一终端发送第一非连续接收DRX配置和/或第一时间资源的配置信息。其中，所述第一DRX配置包括第一非活动期的配置信息，所述第一非活动期的配置信息用于指示所述第一终端在所述第一非活动期处于非活动状态，所述第一时间资源为所述第一终端感知侧行链路资源的时间资源。收发器，还用于接收来自所述第一终端的第一信息，所述第一信息用于指示所述第一非活动期与所述第一时间资源冲突。Embodiment 61. A communication device. The communication device may be a communication device or a chip applied to a communication device. The communication device includes a transceiver and a processor, where the transceiver is used to send and receive information, and the processor is used to process information. . The transceiver is used to send the first discontinuous reception DRX configuration and/or configuration information of the first time resource to the first terminal. Wherein, the first DRX configuration includes configuration information of a first inactive period, and the configuration information of the first inactive period is used to indicate that the first terminal is in an inactive state during the first inactive period, so The first time resource is a time resource for the first terminal to perceive a side link resource. The transceiver is further configured to receive first information from the first terminal, where the first information is used to indicate that the first inactive period conflicts with the first time resource.
实施例62、根据实施例61描述的装置，其中，第一信息还用于指示调整所述第一终端的非活动期。Embodiment 62. The device described in embodiment 61, wherein the first information is further used to instruct to adjust the inactive period of the first terminal.
实施例63、根据实施例61描述的装置，收发器，还用于接收来自所述第一终端的第二信息，所述第二信息用于指示调整所述第一终端的非活动期。Embodiment 63: The device and transceiver described in Embodiment 61 are further configured to receive second information from the first terminal, where the second information is used to instruct to adjust the inactive period of the first terminal.
实施例64、根据实施例61～实施例63任一项描述的装置，收发器，还用于接收来自第一终端的第三信息，第三信息用于指示第二非活动期的信息，第二非活动期为第一终端期望的非活动期。Embodiment 64. According to the device described in any one of Embodiment 61 to Embodiment 63, the transceiver is further configured to receive third information from the first terminal, and the third information is used to indicate the information of the second inactive period. The second inactive period is the inactive period expected by the first terminal.
实施例65、根据实施例61描述的装置，第一信息还用于指示将为所述第一终端配置的所述第一DRX配置取消或无效。Embodiment 65. According to the device described in embodiment 61, the first information is also used to indicate that the first DRX configuration configured for the first terminal is cancelled or invalid.
实施例66、根据实施例61描述的装置，收发器，还用于接收来自所述第一终端的第四信息，所述第四信息用于指示将为所述第一终端配置的所述第一DRX配置取消或无效。Embodiment 66: The device and transceiver described in Embodiment 61 are further configured to receive fourth information from the first terminal, where the fourth information is used to indicate the first terminal configured for the first terminal. A DRX configuration is cancelled or invalid.
实施例67、根据实施例61描述的装置，第一信息还用于指示取消所述第一时间资源的配置信息。Embodiment 67. According to the apparatus described in Embodiment 61, the first information is further used to indicate cancellation of the configuration information of the first time resource.
实施例68、根据实施例61描述的装置，收发器，还用于接收来自所述第一终端的第五信息，所述第五信息用于指示取消所述第一时间资源的配置信息。Embodiment 68: The device and transceiver described in Embodiment 61 are further configured to receive fifth information from the first terminal, where the fifth information is used to instruct to cancel the configuration information of the first time resource.
实施例69、根据实施例61描述的装置，第一信息还用于调整所述第一时间资源的配置信息。Embodiment 69: According to the device described in Embodiment 61, the first information is also used to adjust the configuration information of the first time resource.
实施例70、根据实施例61描述的装置，收发器，还用于收来自所述第一终端的第六信息，所述第六信息用于指示调整所述第一时间资源的配置信息。Embodiment 70: The device and transceiver described in Embodiment 61 are further configured to receive sixth information from the first terminal, where the sixth information is used to indicate adjustment of configuration information of the first time resource.
实施例71、根据实施例61或实施例70描述的装置，收发器，还用于接收来自所述第一终端的用于指示第一时间段的信息，所述第一时间段与所述第一非活动期不冲突，所述第一时间段为所述第一终端期望的感知侧行链路资源的时间段。Embodiment 71. The device and the transceiver described in Embodiment 61 or Embodiment 70 are further configured to receive information from the first terminal for indicating a first time period, where the first time period is related to the first time period. An inactive period does not conflict, and the first period of time is a period of time for which the first terminal expects to sense side link resources.
实施例72、根据实施例61～实施例71任一个实施例描述的装置，收发器，还用于向所述第一终端发送第二DRX配置或者第一指示；Embodiment 72. The device and transceiver described in any one of Embodiment 61 to Embodiment 71 are further configured to send a second DRX configuration or a first indication to the first terminal;
其中，所述第一指示用于指示将为所述第一终端配置的所述第一DRX配置取消或无效；Wherein, the first indication is used to indicate that the first DRX configuration configured for the first terminal is cancelled or invalid;
所述第二DRX配置用于确定所述第一终端的第三非活动期，所述第三非活动期由所述第一非活动期和第一偏移值得到。The second DRX configuration is used to determine a third inactive period of the first terminal, and the third inactive period is obtained from the first inactive period and a first offset value.
实施例73、根据实施例61描述的装置，当所述第一DRX配置和所述第一时间资源的配置信息均由所述通信设备为所述第一终端配置时，所述第一信息还用于指示调整为所述第一时间资源的配置信息，以及调整所述第一终端的非活动期。Embodiment 73. According to the apparatus described in embodiment 61, when the first DRX configuration and the configuration information of the first time resource are both configured by the communication device for the first terminal, the first information is also It is used to indicate adjustment to the configuration information of the first time resource, and adjust the inactive period of the first terminal.
实施例74、根据实施例61或实施例73描述的装置，收发器，还用于接收来自所述第一终端的用于指示第二时间段的信息以及用于指示第三时间段的信息；Embodiment 74. The device and transceiver described in Embodiment 61 or Embodiment 73 are further configured to receive information used to indicate a second time period and information used to indicate a third time period from the first terminal;
其中，所述第二时间段和所述第三时间段不完全或部分重叠，所述第二时间段为所述第一终端期望的用于感知侧行链路资源的时间段，所述第三时间段为所述第一终端期望的处于所述非活动状态的时间段。Wherein, the second time period and the third time period do not completely or partially overlap, the second time period is the time period expected by the first terminal for sensing side link resources, and the first The three time periods are the time periods during which the first terminal is expected to be in the inactive state.
实施例75、根据实施例61或实施例73或实施例74任一个实施例描述的装置，收发器，还用于接收来自所述第一终端的第七信息，所述第七信息用于指示取消或无效所述第一DRX配置，以及用于指示取消或无效所述第一时间资源的配置信息。Embodiment 75. The device described in any one of Embodiment 61 or Embodiment 73 or Embodiment 74, and the transceiver, is further configured to receive seventh information from the first terminal, where the seventh information is used to indicate Canceling or invalidating the first DRX configuration, and configuration information used to instruct to cancel or invalidate the first time resource.
实施例76、根据实施例61或实施例73或实施例74或实施例75任一个实施例描述的装置，收发器，还用于向所述第一终端发送第二时间资源的配置信息，和/或，第二DRX配置，所述第二时间资源的配置信息用于配置所述第一终端感知侧行链路资源的第二时间资源，所述第二时间 资源由所述第一时间资源和第二偏移值得到，所述第二DRX配置用于确定所述第一终端的第三非活动期，所述第三非活动期由所述第一非活动期和第一偏移值得到。Embodiment 76, the device and transceiver described in any one of Embodiment 61 or Embodiment 73 or Embodiment 74 or Embodiment 75, and the transceiver is further configured to send configuration information of the second time resource to the first terminal, and /Or, the second DRX configuration, the configuration information of the second time resource is used to configure the second time resource of the side link resource that the first terminal senses, and the second time resource is defined by the first time resource And a second offset value, the second DRX configuration is used to determine a third inactive period of the first terminal, and the third inactive period is determined by the first inactive period and the first offset value arrive.
实施例77、一种计算机可读存储介质，该可读存储介质中存储有指令，当所述指令被执行时，实现如权利要求实施例1～实施例22任一个实施例描述的方法。Embodiment 77: A computer-readable storage medium that stores instructions in the readable storage medium, and when the instructions are executed, the method described in any one of claims 1 to 22 is implemented.
实施例78、一种计算机可读存储介质，该可读存储介质中存储有指令，当所述指令被执行时，实现如权利要求实施例23～实施例38任一个实施例描述的方法。Embodiment 78. A computer-readable storage medium that stores instructions in the readable storage medium. When the instructions are executed, the method described in any one of claims 23 to 38 is implemented.
实施例79、一种芯片，该芯片包括：至少一个处理器，所述至少一个处理器和通信接口耦合，所述至少一个处理器用于运行存储器中存储的计算机程序或指令，以实现如实施例1～实施例22中任一个实施例描述的方法，该通信接口用于与所述芯片之外的其它模块进行通信。Embodiment 79. A chip comprising: at least one processor, the at least one processor is coupled with a communication interface, and the at least one processor is configured to run a computer program or instruction stored in a memory, so as to implement In the method described in any one of 1 to Embodiment 22, the communication interface is used to communicate with modules other than the chip.
实施例80、一种芯片，该芯片包括：至少一个处理器，所述至少一个处理器和通信接口耦合，所述至少一个处理器用于运行存储器中存储的计算机程序或指令，以实现如实施例23～实施例38中任一个实施例描述的方法，该通信接口用于与所述芯片之外的其它模块进行通信。Embodiment 80. A chip comprising: at least one processor, the at least one processor is coupled with a communication interface, and the at least one processor is configured to run a computer program or instruction stored in a memory to implement According to the method described in any one of 23 to 38, the communication interface is used to communicate with modules other than the chip.
实施例81、一种通信装置，包括：通信单元和至少一个处理单元，其中，通信单元，用于执行如实施例1～实施例22任一个实施例描述的方法中由第一终端执行的发送或接收的动作。至少一个处理单元，用于执行如实施例1～实施例22任一个实施例描述的方法中由第一终端执行的处理的动作。Embodiment 81. A communication device, comprising: a communication unit and at least one processing unit, wherein the communication unit is configured to execute the sending performed by the first terminal in the method described in any one of the embodiments 1 to 22 Or the act of receiving. At least one processing unit is configured to perform processing actions performed by the first terminal in the method described in any one of Embodiments 1 to 22.
实施例82、一种通信装置，包括：通信单元和至少一个处理单元，其中，通信单元，用于执行如实施例23～实施例38任一个实施例描述的方法中由通信设备执行的发送或接收的动作。至少一个处理单元，用于执行如实施例23～实施例38任一个实施例描述的方法中由通信设备执行的处理的动作。Embodiment 82. A communication device, comprising: a communication unit and at least one processing unit, where the communication unit is configured to execute the sending or the communication performed by the communication device in the method described in any one of the embodiments 23 to 38. Received action. At least one processing unit is configured to perform processing actions performed by the communication device in the method described in any one of Embodiment 23 to Embodiment 38.
实施例83、一种通信系统，包括：第一终端和通信设备，其中，所述第一终端用于执行如实施例1～实施例22任一个实施例描述的方法；所述通信设备用于执行如实施例23～实施例38任一个实施例描述的方法。Embodiment 83. A communication system includes: a first terminal and a communication device, wherein the first terminal is used to execute the method described in any one of Embodiments 1 to 22; the communication device is used for Perform the method described in any one of Embodiment 23 to Embodiment 38.
实施例84、一种包括指令的计算机程序产品，当指令在计算机上运行时，使得计算机执行实施例1～实施例22任一个实施例描述的方法。Embodiment 84. A computer program product including instructions. When the instructions are run on a computer, the computer executes the method described in any one of Embodiments 1 to 22.
实施例85、一种包括指令的计算机程序产品，当指令在计算机上运行时，使得计算机执行实施例23～实施例39任一个实施例描述的方法。Embodiment 85. A computer program product including instructions, which when the instructions are executed on a computer, cause the computer to execute the method described in any one of Embodiments 23 to 39.

Claims (21)

  1. 一种通信方法，其特征在于，所述方法包括：A communication method, characterized in that the method includes:
    接收来自通信设备的第一非连续接收DRX配置和/或第一时间资源的配置信息，其中，所述第一DRX配置包括第一非活动期的配置信息，所述第一非活动期的配置信息用于指示第一终端在所述第一非活动期处于非活动状态，所述第一时间资源为所述第一终端感知侧行链路资源的时间资源，所述通信设备包括第二终端和/或网络设备；Receive first discontinuous reception DRX configuration and/or configuration information of a first time resource from a communication device, where the first DRX configuration includes configuration information of a first inactive period, and configuration of the first inactive period Information is used to indicate that the first terminal is in an inactive state during the first inactive period, the first time resource is the time resource for the first terminal to perceive side link resources, and the communication device includes a second terminal And/or network equipment;
    当所述第一非活动期与所述第一时间资源冲突时，向所述通信设备发送第一信息，所述第一信息用于指示所述第一非活动期与所述第一时间资源冲突。When the first inactive period conflicts with the first time resource, send first information to the communication device, where the first information is used to indicate the first inactive period and the first time resource conflict.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一信息还用于指示调整所述第一终端的非活动期；The method according to claim 1, wherein the first information is further used to instruct to adjust the inactive period of the first terminal;
    或者，所述方法还包括：Alternatively, the method further includes:
    向所述通信设备发送第二信息，所述第二信息用于指示调整所述第一终端的非活动期。Sending second information to the communication device, where the second information is used to instruct to adjust the inactive period of the first terminal.
  3. 根据权利要求1或2所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：The method according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the method further comprises:
    向所述通信设备发送第三信息，所述第三信息用于指示第二非活动期的信息，所述第二非活动期为所述第一终端期望的非活动期。Sending third information to the communication device, where the third information is used to indicate information of a second inactive period, and the second inactive period is an inactive period expected by the first terminal.
  4. 根据权利要求3所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：The method according to claim 3, wherein the method further comprises:
    在所述第二非活动期进入所述非活动状态。Enter the inactive state during the second inactive period.
  5. 根据权利要求1所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一信息还用于指示将为所述第一终端配置的所述第一DRX配置取消或无效；The method according to claim 1, wherein the first information is further used to indicate that the first DRX configuration configured for the first terminal is cancelled or invalid;
    或者，所述方法还包括：Alternatively, the method further includes:
    向所述通信设备发送第四信息，所述第四信息用于指示将为所述第一终端配置的所述第一DRX配置取消或无效。Sending fourth information to the communication device, where the fourth information is used to indicate that the first DRX configuration configured for the first terminal is cancelled or invalid.
  6. 根据权利要求1～5任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：The method according to any one of claims 1 to 5, wherein the method further comprises:
    在所述第一非活动期维持唤醒状态。The awake state is maintained during the first inactive period.
  7. 根据权利要求1～6任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：The method according to any one of claims 1 to 6, wherein the method further comprises:
    接收来自所述通信设备的第二DRX配置或者第一指示；Receiving the second DRX configuration or the first instruction from the communication device;
    其中，所述第一指示用于指示将为所述第一终端配置的所述第一DRX配置取消或无效；Wherein, the first indication is used to indicate that the first DRX configuration configured for the first terminal is cancelled or invalid;
    所述第二DRX配置用于确定所述第一终端的第三非活动期，所述第三非活动期由所述第一非活动期和第一偏移值得到。The second DRX configuration is used to determine a third inactive period of the first terminal, and the third inactive period is obtained from the first inactive period and a first offset value.
  8. 根据权利要求1所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一信息还用于指示取消所述第一时间资源的配置信息；The method according to claim 1, wherein the first information is further used to instruct to cancel the configuration information of the first time resource;
    或者，or,
    所述方法还包括：The method also includes:
    向所述通信设备发送第五信息，所述第五信息用于指示取消所述第一时间资源的配置信息。Send fifth information to the communication device, where the fifth information is used to instruct to cancel the configuration information of the first time resource.
  9. 根据权利要求1或8所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：The method according to claim 1 or 8, wherein the method further comprises:
    在所述第一时间资源和所述第一非活动期冲突的时间资源或者第一时间资源上不执行感知侧行链路资源的动作。The action of sensing the side link resource is not performed on the time resource that conflicts with the first inactive period or the first time resource.
  10. 根据权利要求1所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一信息还用于调整所述第一时间资源的配置信息；The method according to claim 1, wherein the first information is also used to adjust configuration information of the first time resource;
    或者，所述方法还包括：Alternatively, the method further includes:
    向所述通信设备发送第六信息，所述第六信息用于指示调整所述第一时间资源的配置信息。Sending sixth information to the communication device, where the sixth information is used to instruct to adjust the configuration information of the first time resource.
  11. 根据权利要求1或10所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：The method according to claim 1 or 10, wherein the method further comprises:
    向所述通信设备发送用于指示第一时间段的信息，所述第一时间段与所述第一非活动期不冲突，所述第一时间段为所述第一终端期望的感知侧行链路资源的时间段。Send information to the communication device for indicating a first time period, where the first time period does not conflict with the first inactive period, and the first time period is the sensing side line expected by the first terminal The time period of the link resource.
  12. 根据权利要求11所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：The method according to claim 11, wherein the method further comprises:
    在所述第一时间段内感知侧行链路资源。Perceive the side link resource in the first time period.
  13. 根据权利要求1所述的方法，其特征在于，当所述第一DRX配置和所述第一时间资源的配置信息均由所述通信设备为所述第一终端配置时，所述第一信息还用于指示调整为所述第一时间资源的配置信息，以及调整所述第一终端的非活动期。The method according to claim 1, wherein when the first DRX configuration and the configuration information of the first time resource are both configured by the communication device for the first terminal, the first information It is also used to indicate adjustment to the configuration information of the first time resource, and to adjust the inactive period of the first terminal.
  14. 根据权利要求1或8或13所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：The method according to claim 1 or 8 or 13, wherein the method further comprises:
    在所述第一时间资源和所述第一非活动期冲突的时间资源上或第一时间资源上不执行感知侧行链路资源的动作，以及在所述第一非活动期维持唤醒状态。The action of sensing the side link resource is not performed on the time resource that conflicts with the first inactive period or on the first time resource, and the wake-up state is maintained during the first inactive period.
  15. 根据权利要求1或13或14的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：The method according to claim 1 or 13 or 14, characterized in that the method further comprises:
    向所述通信设备发送用于指示第二时间段的信息以及用于指示第三时间段的信息，所述第二时间段和所述第三时间段不重叠，所述第二时间段为所述第一终端期望的用于感知侧行链路资源的时间段，所述第三时间段为所述第一终端期望的处于所述非活动状态的时间段。Sending the information for indicating the second time period and the information for indicating the third time period to the communication device, the second time period and the third time period do not overlap, and the second time period is all The time period expected by the first terminal for sensing the side link resource, and the third time period is the time period expected by the first terminal to be in the inactive state.
  16. 根据权利要求1或13或14或15任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：The method according to any one of claims 1 or 13 or 14 or 15, wherein the method further comprises:
    接收来自所述通信设备的第七信息，所述第七信息用于指示取消或无效所述第一DRX配置，以及用于指示取消或无效所述第一时间资源的配置信息。Receiving seventh information from the communication device, where the seventh information is used to indicate cancellation or invalidation of the first DRX configuration, and configuration information used to indicate cancellation or invalidation of the first time resource.
  17. 根据权利要求1或13或14或15任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：The method according to any one of claims 1 or 13 or 14 or 15, wherein the method further comprises:
    接收来自所述通信设备的第二时间资源的配置信息，和/或，第二DRX配置，所述第二时间资源的配置信息用于配置所述第一终端感知侧行链路资源的第二时间资源，所述第二时间资源由所述第一时间资源和第二偏移值得到，所述第二DRX配置用于确定所述第一终端的第三非活动期，所述第三非活动期由所述第一非活动期和第一偏移值得到。Receiving configuration information of a second time resource from the communication device, and/or, a second DRX configuration, where the configuration information of the second time resource is used to configure the second terminal of the first terminal to sense the side link resource Time resource, the second time resource is obtained from the first time resource and a second offset value, the second DRX configuration is used to determine the third inactive period of the first terminal, and the third non-active period The active period is obtained from the first inactive period and the first offset value.
  18. 一种计算机可读存储介质，其特征在于，所述可读存储介质中存储有指令，当所述指令被执行时，实现如权利要求1～17任一项所述的方法。A computer-readable storage medium, characterized in that instructions are stored in the readable storage medium, and when the instructions are executed, the method according to any one of claims 1-17 is realized.
  19. 一种芯片，其特征在于，所述芯片包括：至少一个处理器，所述至少一个处理器和通信接口耦合，所述至少一个处理器用于运行存储器中存储的计算机程序或指令，以实现如权利要求1～17任一项所述的方法，所述通信接口用于与所述芯片之外的其它模块进行通信。A chip, characterized in that the chip comprises: at least one processor, the at least one processor is coupled with a communication interface, and the at least one processor is used to run a computer program or instruction stored in a memory to implement The method according to any one of claims 1 to 17, wherein the communication interface is used to communicate with modules other than the chip.
  20. 一种通信装置，其特征在于，包括：收发器和至少一个处理器，所述至少一个处理器与所述收发器耦合，所述至少一个处理器用于运行存储器中存储的指令以执行如权利要求1～17任一项所述的方法。A communication device, characterized by comprising: a transceiver and at least one processor, the at least one processor is coupled to the transceiver, and the at least one processor is configured to execute instructions stored in a memory to execute The method described in any one of 1-17.
  21. 一种通信系统，其特征在于，包括：第一终端和通信设备，其中，所述第一终端用于执行如权利要求1～17任一项所述的方法；所述通信设备用于为所述第一终端配置第一非连续接收DRX配置和/或第一时间资源的配置信息，以及用于接收来自所述第一终端的第一信息。A communication system, characterized by comprising: a first terminal and a communication device, wherein the first terminal is used for executing the method according to any one of claims 1-17; the communication device is used for The first terminal configures the first discontinuous reception DRX configuration and/or the configuration information of the first time resource, and is used to receive the first information from the first terminal.
PCT/CN2021/093823 2020-06-04 2021-05-14 Communication method, apparatus and system WO2021244256A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202010501831 2020-06-04
CN202010501831.2 2020-06-04
CN202010933188.0A CN113766565B (en) 2020-06-04 2020-09-04 Communication method, device and system
CN202010933188.0 2020-09-04

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2021244256A1 true WO2021244256A1 (en) 2021-12-09

Family

ID=78785713

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2021/093823 WO2021244256A1 (en) 2020-06-04 2021-05-14 Communication method, apparatus and system

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN113766565B (en)
WO (1) WO2021244256A1 (en)

Families Citing this family (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN117042167A (en) * 2022-04-28 2023-11-10 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 Straight-through link configuration method, device, terminal and network equipment
WO2024011570A1 (en) * 2022-07-15 2024-01-18 Lenovo (Beijing) Limited Methods and apparatuses for handling resource conflict

Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN101651530A (en) * 2008-08-11 2010-02-17 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Method for processing conflict between discontinuous receiving and measurement clearance
US20130170414A1 (en) * 2012-01-04 2013-07-04 Futurewei Technologies, Inc. System and Method for Device-to-Device Communication Overlaid on a Cellular Network
WO2016090560A1 (en) * 2014-12-09 2016-06-16 富士通株式会社 Discontinuous reception configuration method and apparatus, and communication system
EP3226639A1 (en) * 2016-04-01 2017-10-04 ASUSTek Computer Inc. Method and apparatus for improving a transmission using a configured resource in a wireless communication system
CN111092709A (en) * 2019-11-08 2020-05-01 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Signaling processing method, device, terminal and storage medium

Family Cites Families (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2018064477A1 (en) * 2016-09-30 2018-04-05 Intel IP Corporation Systems and methods for discontinuous reception in device-to-device communication
EP3301986A1 (en) * 2016-09-30 2018-04-04 Panasonic Intellectual Property Corporation of America Improved uplink resource allocation among different ofdm numerology schemes
CA3042831C (en) * 2016-11-04 2021-10-19 Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) Methods and apparatuses for transmission scheduling in a wireless communication system

Patent Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN101651530A (en) * 2008-08-11 2010-02-17 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Method for processing conflict between discontinuous receiving and measurement clearance
US20130170414A1 (en) * 2012-01-04 2013-07-04 Futurewei Technologies, Inc. System and Method for Device-to-Device Communication Overlaid on a Cellular Network
WO2016090560A1 (en) * 2014-12-09 2016-06-16 富士通株式会社 Discontinuous reception configuration method and apparatus, and communication system
EP3226639A1 (en) * 2016-04-01 2017-10-04 ASUSTek Computer Inc. Method and apparatus for improving a transmission using a configured resource in a wireless communication system
CN111092709A (en) * 2019-11-08 2020-05-01 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Signaling processing method, device, terminal and storage medium

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN113766565A (en) 2021-12-07
CN113766565B (en) 2024-03-05

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP6048592B2 (en) Management of movement and connection of low-power wireless communication devices
US10251084B2 (en) Method for multi-rat scheduling and apparatus therefor in system in which heterogeneous wireless communication technologies are utilized
WO2018170913A1 (en) Method and apparatus for transmitting system information
WO2021244256A1 (en) Communication method, apparatus and system
CN113645680B (en) Method, device and system for determining side uplink resource
CN112166646A (en) Method and apparatus for reducing power consumption of terminal in wireless communication system
WO2021218740A1 (en) Method, apparatus and system for determining sidelink resource
JP2023523224A (en) Method and device for discontinuous reception operation in sidelink communication channel
US20230007726A1 (en) Drx cycle reconfiguration to improve detection of d2d transmissions
CN114286310A (en) Communication method, device and system
US11178660B2 (en) Determining access slot for communications on radio interface
CN113596963A (en) Communication method and device
WO2021238920A1 (en) Method, apparatus, and system for indicating sidelink resource
US20230247596A1 (en) Resource reservation prediction for sideline ues
JP7457797B2 (en) Wireless communication methods, terminal devices and network devices
CN115190617A (en) Method and device for determining resources
WO2023020482A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus, and terminal and network device
WO2022057578A1 (en) Resource determination method, apparatus, and system
CN116095794A (en) Method and device for waking up terminal equipment in communication network and readable storage medium
WO2022062973A1 (en) Communication method, apparatus, and system
WO2022022339A1 (en) Information configuration method, apparatus and system
WO2024092653A1 (en) Wireless communication method, and terminal device and network device
US20220295594A1 (en) Networks, user equipment and methods for geographic area based discontinuous reception (drx) configuration
WO2023115565A1 (en) Wireless communication method, terminal device, access network device, and core network device
US20230180215A1 (en) Method, device, and system for sidelink resource selection

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 21817965

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 21817965

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1